AGERE T8110

Advisory
September 2001
Ambassador ® T8110
Version History
Introduction
The purpose of this advisory is to provide information on the different versions of the Ambassador T8110.
T8110 Version 1
Models of the T8110 V1 had two device issues. The two device issues only affect the microprocessor interface
and packet switching capabilities. The T8110 V1 can function as a 4096 connection standard telephony switch
when using the PCI interface.
Issue 1:
Microprocessor interface: The RDY(DTACKn) signal can oscillate if the microprocessor device
driving the microprocessor interface does not relinquish its RDn (or WRn) signal within one
65 MHz clock cycle after the reassertion of RDY ( Intel ® mode) or deassertion of DTACKn
(Motorola ® mode).
Workaround:
The processor or board-level component driving the microprocessor port must deassert RDn
or WRn immediately (within 15 ns) upon reassertion of RDY.
Issue 2:
Packet switch malfunction: The T8110 does not disable its upper byte lanes on the descriptor
table update, resulting in an over-write of descriptor table data. The descriptor table update
occurs as the last phase of a PCI Master PUSH & PULL cycle. This results in virtual channel
connection malfunctions. TDM switching is unaffected.
Workaround:
A systemic workaround for the user is to keep a shadow table for the UOR portion of the
descriptor table.
T8110 version 1 models can be identified by the markings on the device or by reading the version ID register. If
the last line of the device markings is a 7 digit number followed by no version number, then the device is a version 1. Reading the version ID register 0x00128 will read back a value of 01h, indicating the device is version
1.
Samples of version 1 are no longer available (version 2 samples are now available).
T8110 Version 2
Models of the T8110 V2 have one device issue. The device issue only affects the packet switching capabilities.
The T8110 V2 can function as a 4096 connection standard telephony switch when using either PCI or microprocessor interface.
Issue 1 (from version 1): Fixed. The microprocessor interface issue has been resolved.
Issue 2 (from version 1): Will be fixed in version 3.
T8110 version 2 models can be identified by the markings on the device or by reading the version ID register. If
the last line of the device markings is a 7 digit number followed by V2, then the device is a version 2. Reading
the version ID register 0x00128 will read back a value of 02h, indicating the device is a version 2.
Samples of version 2 are currently available.
For additional information, contact your local FAE (field application engineer), or call 1-800-372-2447.
Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.
Motorola is a registered trademark of Motorola, Inc.
For additional information, contact your Agere Systems Account Manager or the following:
INTERNET:
http://www.agere.com
E-MAIL:
[email protected]
N. AMERICA: Agere Systems Inc., 555 Union Boulevard, Room 30L-15P-BA, Allentown, PA 18109-3286
1-800-372-2447, FAX 610-712-4106 (In CANADA: 1-800-553-2448, FAX 610-712-4106)
ASIA:
Agere Systems Hong Kong Ltd., Suites 3201 & 3210-12, 32/F, Tower 2, The Gateway, Harbour City, Kowloon
Tel. (852) 3129-2000, FAX (852) 3129-2020
CHINA: (86) 21-5047-1212 (Shanghai), (86) 10-6522-5566 (Beijing), (86) 755-695-7224 (Shenzhen)
JAPAN: (81) 3-5421-1600 (Tokyo), KOREA: (82) 2-767-1850 (Seoul), SINGAPORE: (65) 778-8833, TAIWAN: (886) 2-2725-5858 (Taipei)
EUROPE:
Tel. (44) 7000 624624, FAX (44) 1344 488 045
Agere Systems Inc. reserves the right to make changes to the product(s) or information contained herein without notice. No liability is assumed as a result of their use or application.
Copyright © 2001 Agere Systems Inc.
All Rights Reserved
September 2001
AY01-038CTI (Replaces AY01-021CTI and must accompany DS00-434CTI)
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador ® T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
1 Introduction
The T8110 is Agere Systems Inc.’s newest addition
to the Ambassador series of computer telephony
integrated circuits. This device not only has the capabilities of previous members of the Ambassador
series but also extends them by providing a flexible
interface for switching packet payloads between a
local PCI bus and the H.100/H.110 buses. Packets
may also be switched between the local PCI bus and
local TDM streams. This part is intended to work with
a coprocessor for providing header, framing, and
checksum generation. Since the T8110 operates
purely on payloads, multiple protocols such as IP,
ATM, and A-Bis can therefore be supported simultaneously. To reduce system integration costs, support
for non-PCI devices is provided through a minibridge.
1.1 Features
n T1/E1 rate adaptation
n Two clock-fallback modes
n Stratum 4/4E and AT&T 62411 MTIE compliant
n Incorporates 38 H.100 and 34 H.110 termination
resistors
n Subrate switching of 4 bits, 2 bits, or 1 bit
n Backward compatible to all T810x devices
n JTAG/boundary-scan testing support
n BSDL files available
n Assists H.110 hot swap
n Single 3.3 V supply with 5 V tolerant inputs and
TTL compatible outputs
n 272 PBGA package
n Evaluation boards available, PCI and CompactPCI‡
Hot Swap
n 4,096-connection unified switch
n Packet payload engine supports up to 512 virtual
channels
n Microprocessor interface: Motorola*/Intel † modes
n Minibridge with programmable chip selects
LOCAL PCI BUS
PCI
BRIDGE
I/F
COPROCESSOR
ETHERNET 10/100
MAC/PHY
PCI
STREAMS
AGERE
T8110
PCI
n PCI interface: combined master/slave with burst
TRUNKS
STREAMS
PCI
n 32 local I/O lines (2, 4, 8, or 16 Mbits/s)
FRAMERS
n Full H.100/H.110 support (32 data lines, all clock
modes)
& CLOCKS
H.100 BUS
MEMORY
PCI-PCI
BRIDGE
n Interrupt controller with external inputs
HOST PCI BUS
n Eight independent general-purpose I/O lines
n Eight independently programmed framing signals
n Four local clocks
5-8921F
Figure 1. Basic Application of the T8110 as a CT
Switch and CT-IP Payload Processor
* Motorola is a registered trademark of Motorola, Inc.
† Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.
‡ CompactPCI is a registered trademark of the PCI Industrial Computer Manufacturers Group.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
Table of Contents
Contents
Page
1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................1
1.1 Features .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
2 Pin Description ...................................................................................................................................................... 8
2.1 Interface Signals ............................................................................................................................................. 8
2.2 T8110 Pinout Information ............................................................................................................................. 11
2.3 Special Buffer Requirements ........................................................................................................................ 18
2.3.1 H1x0 Bus Signal Internal Pull-Up/Pull-Down ................................................................................... 18
2.3.2 Local Bus Signal Internal Pull-Up .................................................................................................... 18
3 Main Architectural Features ................................................................................................................................ 19
3.1 T8110 Architecture .......................................................................................................................................19
4 PCI Interface ....................................................................................................................................................... 22
4.1 Target ........................................................................................................................................................... 22
4.1.1 PCI Interface Registers ....................................................................................................................23
4.1.2 Register Space Target Access ........................................................................................................29
4.1.3 Connection Memory Space Target Access .....................................................................................29
4.1.4 Data Memory Space Target Access ................................................................................................ 29
4.1.4.1 Posted Write Transaction .................................................................................................... 29
4.1.4.2 Delayed Read Transaction .................................................................................................. 30
4.1.5 Virtual Channel Memory Space Target Access ............................................................................... 30
4.1.5.1 Posted Write Transaction .................................................................................................... 30
4.1.5.2 Delayed Read Transaction .................................................................................................. 30
4.1.6 Minibridge Space Target Access ..................................................................................................... 30
4.1.6.1 Posted Write Transaction .................................................................................................... 31
4.1.6.2 Delayed Read Transaction .................................................................................................. 31
4.2 Initiator ..........................................................................................................................................................31
4.2.1 PUSH Operation (Upstream Transaction) ....................................................................................... 31
4.2.2 PULL Operation (Downstream Transaction) .................................................................................... 32
4.3 Configuration Space/EEPROM Interface ...................................................................................................... 34
4.3.1 Loadable PCI Configuration Space Via EEPROM ........................................................................... 36
5 Microprocessor Interface ..................................................................................................................................... 38
5.1 Intel/Motorola Protocol Selector ....................................................................................................................38
5.2 Word/Byte Addressing Selector ....................................................................................................................38
5.3 Access Via the Microprocessor Bus ............................................................................................................. 39
5.3.1 Microprocessor Interface Register Map ........................................................................................... 40
5.3.2 Register Space Access ....................................................................................................................44
5.3.3 Connection Memory Space Access .................................................................................................44
5.3.4 Data Memory Space Access ........................................................................................................... 45
5.3.5 Virtual Channel Memory Space Access ..........................................................................................45
6 Operating Control and Status .............................................................................................................................. 46
6.1 Control Registers .......................................................................................................................................... 46
6.1.1 Reset Registers ............................................................................................................................... 46
6.1.2 Master Output Enable Register ....................................................................................................... 47
6.1.3 Connection Control—Virtual Channel Enable and Data Memory Selector Register ........................ 48
6.1.4 General Clock Control (Phase Alignment, Fallback, Watchdogs) Register ..................................... 49
6.1.5 Phase Alignment Select Register .................................................................................................... 50
6.1.6 Fallback Control Register ................................................................................................................ 50
6.1.7 Fallback Type Select Register ......................................................................................................... 51
6.1.8 Fallback Trigger Registers ...............................................................................................................51
6.1.9 Watchdog Select, C8, and NETREF Registers ................................................................................ 52
2
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Table of Contents (continued)
Contents
Page
6.1.10 Watchdog EN Register .................................................................................................................... 53
6.1.11 Failsafe Control Registers ................................................................................................................ 54
6.1.12 External Buffers—Descriptor Table Base Address .......................................................................... 55
6.2 Error and Status Registers ........................................................................................................................... 55
6.2.1 Clock Errors ..................................................................................................................................... 56
6.2.1.1 Transient Clock Errors Registers ......................................................................................... 56
6.2.1.2 Latched Clock Error Register .............................................................................................. 57
6.2.2 System Status .................................................................................................................................. 58
6.2.3 Clock Fallback Status Register ........................................................................................................ 58
6.2.4 PLL and Switching Status Register ..................................................................................................58
6.2.5 System Errors Register .................................................................................................................... 59
6.2.6 Device Identification Registers .........................................................................................................60
6.2.7 Miscellaneous Status ....................................................................................................................... 61
7 Clock Architecture ...............................................................................................................................................62
7.1 Clock Input Control Registers ....................................................................................................................... 63
7.1.1 Main Input Selector Register ............................................................................................................ 63
7.1.2 Main Divider Register ....................................................................................................................... 64
7.1.3 Analog PLL1 (APLL1) Input Selector Register ................................................................................. 64
7.1.4 APLL1 Rate Register ....................................................................................................................... 65
7.1.5 Main Inversion Select Register ........................................................................................................ 65
7.1.6 Resource Divider Register ............................................................................................................... 66
7.1.7 Analog PLL2 (APLL2) Rate Register ............................................................................................... 66
7.1.8 LREF Input Select Registers ............................................................................................................ 67
7.1.9 DPLL1 Input Selector ....................................................................................................................... 68
7.1.9.1 DPLL1 Rate Register ........................................................................................................... 68
7.1.10 DPLL2 Input Selector ....................................................................................................................... 69
7.1.10.1 DPLL2 Rate Register ........................................................................................................... 69
7.1.11 NETREF1 Registers ........................................................................................................................ 70
7.1.12 NETREF2 Registers ........................................................................................................................ 71
7.2 Clock Output Control Registers .................................................................................................................... 72
7.2.1 Master Output Enables Register ...................................................................................................... 72
7.2.2 Clock Output Format Registers ........................................................................................................ 74
7.2.3 TCLK and L_SCx Select Registers ..................................................................................................74
7.3 Clock Register Access .................................................................................................................................. 76
7.4 Clock Circuit Operation—APLL1 .................................................................................................................. 76
7.4.1 Main Clock Selection, Bit Clock, and Frame ....................................................................................76
7.4.1.1 Watchdog Timers ................................................................................................................ 77
7.4.1.2 Frame Center Sampling ...................................................................................................... 78
7.4.2 Main and Resource Dividers ............................................................................................................ 78
7.4.3 DPLL1 .............................................................................................................................................. 79
7.4.4 Reference Selector .......................................................................................................................... 79
7.4.5 Internal Clock Generation ................................................................................................................ 79
7.4.5.1 Phase Alignment ................................................................................................................. 80
7.5 Clock Circuit Operation, APLL2 .................................................................................................................... 81
7.5.1 DPLL2 .............................................................................................................................................. 81
7.6 Clock Circuit Operation, CT_NETREF Generation ....................................................................................... 81
7.6.1 NETREF Source Select ................................................................................................................... 81
7.6.2 NETREF Divider .............................................................................................................................. 81
7.7 Clock Circuit Operation—Fallback and Failsafe ...........................................................................................82
Agere Systems Inc.
3
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
Table of Contents (continued)
Contents
Page
7.7.1
Clock Fallback ................................................................................................................................. 82
7.7.1.1 Fallback Events ................................................................................................................... 82
7.7.1.2 Fallback Scenarios—Fixed vs. Rotating Secondary ............................................................ 83
7.7.1.3 H-Bus Clock Enable/Disable on Fallback ............................................................................ 86
7.7.2 Clock Failsafe ..................................................................................................................................88
7.7.2.1 Failsafe Events ....................................................................................................................88
8 Frame Group and FG I/O .................................................................................................................................... 90
8.1 Frame Group Control Registers ....................................................................................................................90
8.1.1 FGx Lower and Upper Start Registers ............................................................................................. 90
8.1.2 FGx Width Registers ........................................................................................................................ 91
8.1.3 FGx Rate Registers ......................................................................................................................... 91
8.2 FG7 Timer Option ......................................................................................................................................... 92
8.2.1 FG7 Counter (Low and High Byte) Registers .................................................................................. 92
8.3 FGIO Control Registers ................................................................................................................................ 93
8.3.1 FGIO Data Register ......................................................................................................................... 93
8.3.2 FGIO Read Mask Register .............................................................................................................. 93
8.3.3 FGIO R/W Register .......................................................................................................................... 94
8.4 FG Circuit Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 95
8.4.1 Frame Group 8 kHz Reference Generation .....................................................................................96
8.4.2 FGIO General-Purpose Bits ............................................................................................................. 97
8.4.3 Programmable Timer (FG7 Only) .................................................................................................... 97
8.4.4 FG External Interrupts ..................................................................................................................... 97
8.4.5 FG Diagnostic Test Point Observation ............................................................................................97
9 General-Purpose I/O ........................................................................................................................................... 98
9.1 GPIO Control Registers ................................................................................................................................ 98
9.1.1 GPIO Data Register ......................................................................................................................... 98
9.1.2 GPIO Read Mask Register .............................................................................................................. 99
9.1.3 GPIO R/W Register ......................................................................................................................... 99
9.1.4 GPIO Override Register ................................................................................................................. 100
9.2 GP Circuit Operation ................................................................................................................................... 100
9.2.1 GPIO General-Purpose Bits .......................................................................................................... 101
9.2.2 GP Dual-Purpose Bits GPIO (Override) ......................................................................................... 101
9.2.2.1 GP H.110 Clock Master Indicators (GP0, GP1 Only) ........................................................ 101
9.2.2.2 PCI_RST# Indicator (GP2 Only) ........................................................................................101
9.2.3 GP External Interrupts ................................................................................................................... 101
9.2.4 GP Diagnostic Test Point Observation ..........................................................................................101
10 Stream Rate Control ....................................................................................................................................... 102
10.1 H-Bus Stream Rate Control Registers ................................................................................................... 103
10.1.1 H-Bus Rate Registers ....................................................................................................................103
10.2 L-Bus Stream Rate Control Registers ................................................................................................... 103
10.2.1 L-Bus Rate Registers ..................................................................................................................... 103
10.2.2 L-Bus 16.384 Mbits/s Operation .................................................................................................... 104
10.2.3 16.384 Mbits/s Local I/O Superrate ...............................................................................................105
11 Minibridge ........................................................................................................................................................107
11.1 Wait-State Control Registers ................................................................................................................. 107
11.1.1 Minibridge Wait-State Control Registers ........................................................................................107
11.2 Strobe Control Registers ....................................................................................................................... 110
11.3 Minibridge Circuit Operation ..................................................................................................................110
11.4 Minibridge Operational Addressing ....................................................................................................... 112
4
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Table of Contents (continued)
Contents
Page
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control .............................................................................................................. 113
12.1 Interrupt Control Registers .................................................................................................................... 113
12.1.1 Interrupts Via External FG[7:0] Registers ...................................................................................... 113
12.1.1.1 FGIO Interrupt Pending Register ....................................................................................... 113
12.1.2 Interrupts Via External GP[7:0] ...................................................................................................... 115
12.1.2.1 GPIO Interrupt Pending Register ....................................................................................... 115
12.1.2.2 GPIO Edge/Level and GPIO Polarity Registers ................................................................ 116
12.1.3 Interrupts Via Internal System Errors ............................................................................................. 116
12.1.4 System Interrupt Pending High/Low Registers .............................................................................. 117
12.1.5 System Interrupt Enable High/Low Registers ................................................................................ 118
12.1.6 Interrupts Via Internal Clock Errors ................................................................................................119
12.1.7 Clock Interrupt Pending High/Low Registers ................................................................................. 120
12.1.8 Clock Interrupt Enable High/Low Registers ................................................................................... 121
12.1.9 Interrupt Servicing Registers .......................................................................................................... 122
12.1.9.1 Arbitration Control Register ............................................................................................... 122
12.1.10 PCI_INTA Output Select Register .................................................................................................. 122
12.1.10.1 SYSERR and CLKERR Output Select Register ................................................................ 122
12.1.10.2 Interrupt In-Service Registers ........................................................................................... 123
12.2 Error Reporting and Interrupt Controller Circuit Operation .................................................................... 125
12.2.1 Externally Sourced Interrupts Via FG[7:0], GP[7:0] ....................................................................... 126
12.2.2 Internally Sourced System Error Interrupts ....................................................................................126
12.2.3 Internally Sourced Clock Error Interrupts ....................................................................................... 126
12.2.4 Arbitration of Pending Interrupts .................................................................................................... 126
12.2.4.1 Arbitration Off .................................................................................................................... 126
12.2.4.2 Flat Arbitration ...................................................................................................................126
12.2.4.3 Tier Arbitration ...................................................................................................................126
12.2.4.3.1 Pre-Empting Disabled ..................................................................................127
12.2.4.3.2 Pre-Empting Enabled ..................................................................................127
12.2.5 CLKERR Output ............................................................................................................................. 127
12.2.6 SYSERR Output ............................................................................................................................ 127
12.2.7 PCI_INTA# Output ......................................................................................................................... 127
12.2.8 System Handling of Interrupts ........................................................................................................ 127
13 Test and Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 128
13.1 Diagnostics Control Registers ............................................................................................................... 128
13.1.1 FG Testpoint Enable Register ........................................................................................................ 128
13.1.2 GP Testpoint Enable Register .......................................................................................................129
13.1.3 State Counter Modes Registers .....................................................................................................132
13.1.4 Miscellaneous Diagnostics Low Register ....................................................................................... 133
13.1.5 External Buffer Retry Timer Register ............................................................................................. 134
13.2 Diagnostic Circuit Operation .................................................................................................................. 135
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel ............................................................................... ....... 136
14.1 Programming Interface ..........................................................................................................................136
14.1.1 PCI Interface .................................................................................................................................. 136
14.1.1.1 PCI Connection Memory Programming .............................................................................136
14.1.1.2 PCI Virtual Channel Memory Programming ......................................................................138
14.1.2 Microprocessor Interface ............................................................................................................... 139
14.1.2.1 Microprocessor Connection Memory Programming ..........................................................139
14.1.2.2 Microprocessor Virtual Channel Memory Programming ............................................... 144
14.2 Switching Operation .............................................................................................................................. 146
Agere Systems Inc.
5
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
Table of Contents (continued)
Contents
Page
14.2.1 Memory Architecture and Configuration ........................................................................................146
14.2.1.1 Connection Memory .......................................................................................................... 146
14.2.1.1.1 Virtual Channel Switching, Nonbonded Connections .................................. 147
14.2.1.1.2 Virtual Channel Switching, Bonded Connections ........................................ 147
14.2.1.2 Data Memory ..................................................................................................................... 148
14.2.1.3 Virtual Channel Memory .................................................................................................... 149
14.2.2 Standard Switching ........................................................................................................................ 149
14.2.2.1 Constant Delay and Minimum Delay Connections ............................................................ 149
14.2.2.2 Pattern Mode ..................................................................................................................... 149
14.2.2.3 Subrate .............................................................................................................................. 149
14.2.2.3.1 Subrate Switching Overview ........................................................................ 150
14.2.2.3.2 Subrate Switching Using T8110 .................................................................. 151
14.2.2.3.3 Subrate Packing of Outgoing Bytes ............................................................. 152
14.2.2.3.4 Subrate Unpacking of Incoming Bytes ........................................................ 153
14.2.3 Virtual Channel (Packet Payload) Switching ................................................................................. 155
14.2.3.1 Nonbonded Channels ........................................................................................................ 155
14.2.3.2 Subrate .............................................................................................................................. 157
14.2.3.3 Bonded Channels .............................................................................................................. 158
14.2.3.4 External Buffer Access ......................................................................................................160
14.2.3.4.1 Overview ......................................................................................................160
14.2.3.4.2 Descriptor Table ..........................................................................................161
14.2.3.4.3 External Buffer ............................................................................................. 162
14.2.3.4.4 Transfer Protocol ......................................................................................... 162
14.2.3.4.5 External Buffer Data Transfer ...................................................................... 164
14.2.3.4.6 Descriptor Table Update .............................................................................. 164
14.2.3.5 T8110 Packet Switching, Circuit Operation .......................................................................164
14.2.3.5.1 System Errors Due to Packet Switching ...................................................... 165
15 Electrical Characteristics ................................................................................................................................. 166
15.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings ................................................................................................................... 166
15.1.1 Handling Precautions ..................................................................................................................... 166
15.2 Crystal Specifications ............................................................................................................................ 166
15.2.1 XTAL1 Crystal ................................................................................................................................166
15.2.2 XTAL2 Crystal ................................................................................................................................167
15.2.3 Reset Pulse ................................................................................................................................... 168
15.3 Thermal Considerations for the 272 PBGA ........................................................................................... 168
15.4 dc Electrical Characteristics ..................................................................................................................168
15.4.1 PCI Signals .................................................................................................................................... 168
15.4.2 Electrical Drive Specifications, CT_C8 and /CT_FRAME .............................................................. 168
15.4.3 All Other Pins ................................................................................................................................. 169
15.5 H-Bus Timing ......................................................................................................................................... 169
15.5.1 Timing Diagrams ............................................................................................................................ 169
15.6 ac Electrical Characteristics ..................................................................................................................170
15.6.1 Skew Timing, H-Bus ...................................................................................................................... 170
15.7 Hot-Swap ............................................................................................................................................... 171
15.7.1 LPUE (Local Pull-Up Enable) ........................................................................................................ 171
15.8 Decoupling ............................................................................................................................................171
15.9 APLL VDD Filter ...................................................................................................................................... 171
15.10 PC Board PBGA Considerations ........................................................................................................... 172
15.11 Unused Pins .......................................................................................................................................... 172
6
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Table of Contents (continued)
Contents
Page
15.12 T8110 Evaluation Boards ...................................................................................................................... 172
15.13 T8110 Ordering Information .................................................................................................................. 172
16 Package Outline .............................................................................................................................................. 173
16.1 Pin and Pad Assignments ..................................................................................................................... 173
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan ..................................................................................................................................... 177
17.1 The Principle of Boundary-Scan Architecture ........................................................................................ 177
17.1.1 Instruction Register ........................................................................................................................ 178
17.2 Boundary-Scan Register ....................................................................................................................... 178
Appendix A. Constant and Minimum Connections ................................................................................................190
A.1 Connection Definitions ...............................................................................................................................190
A.2 Delay Type Definitions ...............................................................................................................................190
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary ............................................................................................. 193
Agere Systems Inc.
7
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
2 Pin Description
2.1 Interface Signals
Table 1. Interface Signals
Signal
I/O
Width
PCI_AD
PCI_CBE#
PCI_CLK
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_GNT#
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_INTA#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_LOCK#
PCI_PAR
PCI_PERR#
PCI_REQ#
PCI_RST#
PCI_SERR#
PCI_STOP#
PCI_TRDY#
I/O
I/O
In
I/O
I/O
In
In
Out
I/O
In
I/O
I/O
Out
In
Out
I/O
I/O
32
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Function
PCI bus address/data.
PCI bus command/byte enable.
PCI bus clock (33 MHz).
PCI bus device select.
PCI bus cycle frame.
PCI bus grant.
PCI bus initialization device select.
PCI bus interrupt.
PCI bus initiator ready.
PCI bus lock.
PCI bus parity.
PCI bus parity error.
PCI bus request.
PCI bus reset.
PCI bus system error.
PCI bus stop.
PCI bus target ready.
Table 2. Minibridge Interface Signals
Signal
I/O
Width
MB_A
I/O
16
Minibridge Function
Address[15:0] out.
Microprocessor Interface Function
Address[15:0] in.
Note: Special power-on function
for PCI core EEPROM.
MB_D
MB_RD
MB_WR
MB_CS0
MB_CS1
MB_CS2
MB_CS3
MB_CS4
MB_CS5
MB_CS6
MB_CS7
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
Out
I/O
16
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
MB_A[3] = EE_SK_OUT
MB_A[2] = EE_DI_OUT
MB_A[1] = EE_DO_IN
Data bus I/O.
Read strobe output.
Write strobe output.
Chip select 0 output.
Chip select 1 output.
Chip select 2 output.
Chip select 3 output.
Chip select 4 output.
Chip select 5 output.
Chip select 6 output.
Chip select 7 output.
Data bus in/out.
RDn(DSn) in.
WRn(R/Wn) in.
Address[16] in.
Address[17] in.
Address[18] in.
Address[19] in.
CSn in.
Word/byte select in.
RDY(DTACKn) out.
Intel*/Motorola† select in.
* Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.
† Motorola is a registered trademark of Motorola, Inc.
8
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
2 Pin Description (continued)
Table 3. H-Bus (H.100/H.110 Interface) Signals
Signal
I/O
Width
VPRECHARGE
In
1
H110_ENABLE
In
1
H100_ENABLE
In
1
CT_D
CT_C8_A
/CT_FRAME_A
CT_C8_B
/CT_FRAME_B
CT_NETREF1
CT_NETREF2
/C16+
/C16–
/C4
C2
SCLK
/SCLKx2
/FR_COMP
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
32
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Function
Precharge voltage for pull-downs, H.110 bus signals:
CT_D, CT_NETREF1, CT_NETREF2.
Pull-down enable for H.110 bus signals: CT_D, CT_NETREF1,
CT_NETREF2.
Pull-up enable for H.100 bus signals: CT_D, CT_NETREF1,
CT_NETREF2, CT_C8_A, CT_C8_B, /CT_FRAME_A, /CT_FRAME_B.
H.100/H.110 bus data.
H.100/H.110 bit clock A.
H.100/H.110 frame reference A.
H.100/H.110 bit clock B.
H.100/H.110 frame reference B.
H.100/H.110 network reference 1.
H.100/H.110 network reference 2.
H-MVIP* compatibility clock (16.384 MHz, differential).
H-MVIP compatibility clock (16.384 MHz, differential).
MVIP compatibility clock (4.096 MHz).
MVIP compatibility clock (2.048 MHz).
SC-bus compatibility clock.
SC-bus compatibility clock.
Compatibility frame reference.
* MVIP is a trademark of Natural MicroSystems Corporation.
Table 4. L-Bus (Local) Interface Signals
Signal
I/O
Width
L_D
L_SC
FG
I/O
Out
I/O
32
4
8
Function
Local bus data.
Local bus clock outputs.
Local frame groups.
Table 5. Clock Circuit Interface Signals
Signal
I/O
Width
XTAL1_IN
XTAL1_OUT
XTAL2_IN
XTAL2_OUT
In
Out
In
Out
1
1
1
1
Agere Systems Inc.
Function
Crystal oscillator #1 input (16.384 MHz).
Crystal oscillator #1 feedback.
Crystal oscillator #2 input (6.176 MHz or 12.352 MHz).
Crystal oscillator #2 feedback.
9
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
2 Pin Description (continued)
Table 5. Clock Circuit Interface Signals (continued)
Signal
I/O
Width
LREF
TCLK_OUT
PRI_REF_OUT
PRI_REF_IN
NR1_SEL_OUT
NR1_DIV_IN
NR2_SEL_OUT
NR2_DIV_IN
In
Out
Out
In
Out
In
Out
In
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Function
Local clock reference inputs.
Internal chip clock output.
Main divider reference out for CLAD/DJAT.
CLAD/DJAT reference in for APLL1.
CT_NETREF1 selection out for CLAD/DJAT.
CLAD/DJAT reference in for CT_NETREF1 divider.
CT_NETREF2 selection out for CLAD/DJAT.
CLAD/DJAT reference in for CT_NETREF2 divider.
Table 6. GPIO Interface Signals
Signal
I/O
Width
GP0
GP1
GP2
GP3
GP4
GP5
GP6
GP7
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
GPIO Function
GPIO bit 0 I/O
GPIO bit 1 I/O
GPIO bit 2 I/O
GPIO bit 3 I/O
GPIO bit 4 I/O
GPIO bit 5 I/O
GPIO bit 6 I/O
GPIO bit 7 I/O
Alternate Function
A-master indicator out.
B-master indicator out.
Forwarded PCI_RST# out.
—
—
—
—
—
Table 7. Miscellaneous Interface Signals
Signal
I/O
Width
Function
RESET#
SYSERR
CLKERR
LPUE
In
Out
Out
In
1
1
1
1
EE_CS
VIO/µP_SELECT
Out
In
1
1
Chip reset.
System error indicator.
Clocking error indicator.
Pull-up enable for signals: FG, GP, L_D, LREF, MB_D, NR1_DIV_IN,
NR2_DIV_IN, PRI_REF_IN.
EEPROM chip select.
PCI bus environment, apply GND for microprocessor interface, apply 3.3 V or
5 V for PCI interface.
Table 8. JTAG Signals
10
Signal
I/O
Width
TRST#
TCK
TMS
TDI
TDO
In
In
In
In
Out
1
1
1
1
1
Function
JTAG reset.
JTAG clock.
JTAG mode select.
JTAG data in.
JTAG data out.
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
2 Pin Description (continued)
2.2 T8110 Pinout Information
The T8110 package is a 272-pin PBGA ball grid array. Refer to the table below for ball assignment, buffer type, and
pull-up/pull-down information.
Note: The pull-up/down column in the following table is defined as follows:
n 20 kΩ down—20 kΩ pull-down resistor is always in-circuit.
n 50 kΩ up—50 kΩ pull-up resistor is always in-circuit.
n LPUE: 50 kΩ up—when LPUE = 1, a 50 kΩ pull-up resistor is in-circuit.
n Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ Vpre—when H100_ENABLE = 1, a 50 kΩ pull-up resistor is in-circuit (see Figure 2 on
page 18). When H110_ENABLE = 1, a 20 kΩ pull-down resistor from the VPRECHARGE input to this signal is
in-circuit.
Table 9. T8110 Pinouts
PCI Interface
Ball
Pin Name
Buffer Type
Pull-Up/Down
Y18
W17
V16
U16
Y17
Y16
W16
V15
Y15
W15
W14
V14
Y14
Y13
W13
V13
Y9
W9
V9
V8
Y8
W8
W7
V7
Y7
Y6
PCI_AD0
PCI_AD1
PCI_AD2
PCI_AD3
PCI_AD4
PCI_AD5
PCI_AD6
PCI_AD7
PCI_AD8
PCI_AD9
PCI_AD10
PCI_AD11
PCI_AD12
PCI_AD13
PCI_AD14
PCI_AD15
PCI_AD16
PCI_AD17
PCI_AD18
PCI_AD19
PCI_AD20
PCI_AD21
PCI_AD22
PCI_AD23
PCI_AD24
PCI_AD25
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Agere Systems Inc.
11
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
2 Pin Description (continued)
Table 9. T8110 Pinouts (continued)
PCI Interface (continued)
Ball
Pin Name
Buffer Type
Pull-Up/Down (see note on page 11)
W6
V6
Y5
W5
V5
V4
U14
U12
U9
U7
Y3
W11
Y10
W4
W10
Y4
Y11
V10
U11
W12
W3
Y2
V12
V11
Y12
PCI_AD26
PCI_AD27
PCI_AD28
PCI_AD29
PCI_AD30
PCI_AD31
PCI_CBE0#
PCI_CBE1#
PCI_CBE2#
PCI_CBE3#
PCI_CLK
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_GNT#
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_INTA#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_LOCK#
PCI_PAR
PCI_PERR#
PCI_REQ#
PCI_RST#
PCI_SERR#
PCI_STOP#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI input
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI input
PCI input
PCI output/open drain
PCI I/O
PCI input
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI output
PCI input
PCI output/open drain
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Minibridge Interface
F1
G1
K3
J3
K1
K2
L3
L4
G2
G3
H1
12
MB_A0/UP_AO
MB_A1/UP_A1/EE_DO
MB_A10/UP_A10
MB_A11/UP_A11
MB_A12/UP_A12
MB_A13/UP_A13
MB_A14/UP_A14
MB_A15/UP_A15
MB_A2/UP_A2/EE_DI
MB_A3/UP_A3/EE_SK
MB_A4/UP_A4
8 mA
8 mA
8 mA
8 mA
8 mA
8 mA
8 mA
8 mA
8 mA
8 mA
8 mA
I/O-Schmitt
I/O-Schmitt
I/O-Schmitt
I/O-Schmitt
I/O-Schmitt
I/O-Schmitt
I/O-Schmitt
I/O-Schmitt
I/O-Schmitt
I/O-Schmitt
I/O-Schmitt
20 kΩ
20 kΩ
20 kΩ
20 kΩ
20 kΩ
20 kΩ
20 kΩ
20 kΩ
20 kΩ
20 kΩ
20 kΩ
down
down
down
down
down
down
down
down
down
down
down
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
2 Pin Description (continued)
Table 9. T8110 Pinouts (continued)
Minibridge Interface (continued)
Ball
Pin Name
Buffer Type
Pull-Up/Down (see note on page 11)
H2
H3
J4
J1
J2
W1
V1
V2
U3
U1
U2
T3
T4
T1
T2
R3
P4
R1
R2
P2
P3
N1
P1
L1
L2
M1
M2
M3
M4
N2
N3
MB_A5/UP_A5
MB_A6/UP_A6
MB_A7/UP_A7
MB_A8/UP_A8
MB_A9/UP_A9
MB_D0
MB_D1
MB_D2
MB_D3
MB_D4
MB_D5
MB_D6
MB_D7
MB_D8
MB_D9
MB_D10
MB_D11
MB_D12
MB_D13
MB_D14
MB_D15
MB_RD/UP_RD#(DS#)
MB_WR/UP_WR#(R/W#)
MB_CS0/UP_A16
MB_CS1/UP_A17
MB_CS2/UP_A18
MB_CS3/UP_A19
MB_CS4/UP_CSN
MB_CS5/UP_WB_SEL
MB_CS6/UP_RDY(DTACK#)
MB_CS7/IM_SEL
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA 3-state
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
20 kΩ down
20 kΩ down
20 kΩ down
20 kΩ down
20 kΩ down
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
20 kΩ down
20 kΩ down
20 kΩ down
20 kΩ down
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
External pull-up required
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
C1
D5
D7
A11
B11
C10
C11
A10
B10
VPRECHARGE
H110_ENABLE
H100_ENABLE
CT_D0
CT_D1
CT_D2
CT_D3
CT_D4
CT_D5
Op amp noninvert
Input
Input
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
H-Bus Interface
Agere Systems Inc.
—
20 kΩ down
20 kΩ down
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
13
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
2 Pin Description (continued)
Table 9. T8110 Pinouts (continued)
H-Bus Interface (continued)
14
Ball
Pin Name
Buffer Type
B9
C9
A9
B8
C8
A8
C7
A7
B7
C6
A6
B6
C5
A5
B5
A4
B4
C4
A3
B3
C3
A2
B2
B1
C2
D2
A13
A12
B13
B12
A14
B14
D9
D10
D12
D14
C14
C13
C12
CT_D6
CT_D7
CT_D8
CT_D9
CT_D10
CT_D11
CT_D12
CT_D13
CT_D14
CT_D15
CT_D16
CT_D17
CT_D18
CT_D19
CT_D20
CT_D21
CT_D22
CT_D23
CT_D24
CT_D25
CT_D26
CT_D27
CT_D28
CT_D29
CT_D30
CT_D31
CT_C8_A
/CT_FRAME_A
CT_C8_B
/CT_FRAME_B
CT_NETREF1
CT_NETREF2
/C16+
/C16–
/C4
C2
SCLK
/SCLKX2
/FR_COMP
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
24 mA I/O-Schmitt
24 mA I/O-Schmitt
24 mA I/O-Schmitt
24 mA I/O-Schmitt
PCI I/O
PCI I/O
24 mA I/O-Schmitt
24 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
24 mA I/O-Schmitt
24 mA I/O-Schmitt
24 mA I/O-Schmitt
Pull-Up/Down (see note on page 11)
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up
Enabled: 50 kΩ up
Enabled: 50 kΩ up
Enabled: 50 kΩ up
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
Enabled: 50 kΩ up/20 kΩ
50 kΩ up
50 kΩ up
50 kΩ up
50 kΩ up
50 kΩ up
50 kΩ up
50 kΩ up
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Vpre
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
2 Pin Description (continued)
Table 9. T8110 Pinouts (continued)
L-Bus Interface
Ball
Pin Name
Buffer Type
J20
J19
J18
K17
K20
K19
K18
L18
L20
L19
M18
M17
M20
M19
N19
N18
N20
P20
P19
P18
R20
R19
R18
P17
T20
T19
T18
U20
V20
U19
U18
T17
H20
H19
H18
G19
Y20
Y19
W20
W19
W18
V19
V18
V17
LD0
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
LD6
LD7
LD8
LD9
LD10
LD11
LD12
LD13
LD14
LD15
LD16
LD17
LD18
LD19
LD20
LD21
LD22
LD23
LD24
LD25
LD26
LD27
LD28
LD29
LD30
LD31
L_SC0
L_SC1
L_SC2
L_SC3
FG0
FG1
FG2
FG3
FG4
FG5
FG6
FG7
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA 3-state
8 mA 3-state
8 mA 3-state
8 mA 3-state
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
Agere Systems Inc.
Pull Up/Down (see note on page 11)
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
—
—
—
—
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
LPUE: 50 kΩ
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
up
15
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
2 Pin Description (continued)
Table 9. T8110 Pinouts (continued)
Clock Circuit Interface
Ball
Pin Name
Buffer Type
Pull Up/Down (see note on page 11)
B20
C19
E20
F19
A15
B15
C15
C16
A16
B16
B17
C17
G20
A17
A18
B18
A19
D19
C20
XTAL1_IN
XTAL1_OUT
XTAL2_IN
XTAL2_OUT
LREF0
LREF1
LREF2
LREF3
LREF4
LREF5
LREF6
LREF7
TCLK_OUT
PRI_REF_OUT
PRI_REF_IN
NR1_SEL_OUT
NR1_DIV_IN
NR2_SEL_OUT
NR2_DIV_IN
Input
Crystal feedback
Input
Crystal feedback
Input-Schmitt
Input-Schmitt
Input-Schmitt
Input-Schmitt
Input-Schmitt
Input-Schmitt
Input-Schmitt
Input-Schmitt
8 mA 3-state
8 mA 3-state
Input-Schmitt
8 mA 3-state
Input-Schmitt
8 mA 3-state
Input-Schmitt
—
—
—
—
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
—
—
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
—
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
—
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
GPIO Interface
16
D1
E1
E2
F2
D3
F3
E3
E4
GP0/AMASTER
GP1/BMASTER
GP2/FWD_PCIRST#
GP3
GP4
GP5
GP6
GP7
Y1
V3
W2
J17
G4
U5
RESET#
SYSERR
CLKERR
LPUE
EE_CS
VIO/µP_SELECT
C18
E18
D18
F18
G18
TRST#
TCK
TMS
TDI
TDO
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
8 mA I/O-Schmitt
Miscellaneous Interfaces
Input-Schmitt
8 mA 3-state
8 mA 3-state
Input
8 mA 3-state
—
JTAG Interface
Input-Schmitt
Input-Schmitt
Input-Schmitt
Input-Schmitt
4 mA 3-state
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
LPUE: 50 kΩ up
50 kΩ up
—
—
50 kΩ up
—
20 kΩ down
50 kΩ
50 kΩ
50 kΩ
50 kΩ
—
up
up
up
up
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
2 Pin Description (continued)
Table 9. T8110 Pinouts (continued)
Power
Ball
Pin Name
Buffer Type
Pull Up/Down
B19
E19
D6
D11
D15
F4
F17
K4
L17
R4
R17
U6
U10
U15
APLL1VDD
APLL2VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
Analog VDD
Analog VDD
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ground
A1
D4
D8
D13
D17
H4
H17
N4
N17
U4
U8
U13
U17
J9—12
K9—12
L9—12
M9—12
A20
D16
D20
E17
F20
G17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Thermal Ground
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
No Connects
No connects must be left unconnected.
Agere Systems Inc.
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
17
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
2 Pin Description (continued)
2.3 Special Buffer Requirements
2.3.1 H1x0 Bus Signal Internal Pull-Up/Pull-Down
The H1x0 bus pins require special consideration for H.100 and H.110 usage. There are two control pins to select
between various internal bus pull-ups/pull-downs, as shown below:
n H100_ENABLE. Enables internal 50 kΩ pull-ups on CT_Dn, CT_NETREF1, CT_NETREF2, CT_C8_A,
CT_C8_B, /CT_FRAME_A, and /CT_FRAME_B signals.
n H110_ENABLE. Enables internal 20 kΩ pull-downs on all 32 CT_Dn signals, CT_NETREF1, and CT_NETREF2
to the VPRECHARGE signal.
Note: The two H1x0 enables are active-high. Only one or the other should ever be asserted.
Warning: Do not assert both at the same time.
Please refer to Figure 2 for more detail.
CT_Dn, CT_NETREF1, CT_NETREF2
VDD
50 kΩ , MIN
PAD
20 kΩ, MIN
TO OTHER
CT_Dn
APPLY 0.7 V, NOMINAL
PAD
VPRECHARGE
PAD
H100_ENABLE
PAD
H110_ENABLE
VDD
50 kΩ, MIN
PAD
CT_C8_A, CT_C8_B,
/CT_FRAME_A, /CT_FRAME_B
5-9611 (F)
Figure 2. T8110 Pull-Up/Pull-Down Arrangement for H1x0 Pins
2.3.2 Local Bus Signal Internal Pull-Up
The LPUE input is active-high; and is used to activate pull-ups on the following local signals: GP[7:0], FG[7:0],
MB_D[15:0], LD[31:0], LREF[7:0], PRI_REF_IN, NR1_DIV_IN, and NR2_DIV_IN.
18
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
3 Main Architectural Features
3.1 T8110 Architecture
The T8110 includes all of the clocking and standard switching functions found on previous Ambassador devices,
plus additional functionalities which are described in the following sections. There are two architectures: PCI (see
Section 4 on page 22) and microprocessor (see Section 5 on page 38).
The local PCI bus interface allows the T8110 to act as a target (access control registers, memories, etc.) and as an
initiator. The T8110 performs standard H-bus/L-bus switching, and the capability of the initiator allows an interface
for switching packet payloads to/from the H-bus/L-bus; see Section 14, starting on page 136, for more details. With
this architecture selection, the minibridge port converts PCI target accesses into a simple handshake, and passes
these accesses to external devices connected to this port; see Section 11, starting on page 107.
The microprocessor bus interface allows the T8110 to perform standard H-bus/L-bus switching (i.e., there is no
packet payload switching between the H-bus/L-bus and the microprocessor port). With this architecture, the
minibridge port is used as the microprocessor bus port, and the PCI interface is ignored.
ERROR
SIGNALS
CLOCKING
AND TIMING
CONTROL
FG
FRAME
TIMING
GROUPS
ADDITIONAL
I/O
INTERRUPT
AND
ERROR
CONTROL
INTERNAL
CLOCKS
FRAME
GROUPS
AND GP I/O
H1x0
CLOCKS
DATA
MEMORY
CONTROLLER
H1x0 ODD
CONNECTION
MEMORY
LOCAL HIGH
CONNECTION
MEMORY
CLOCK
ERRORS
LOCAL LOW
CONNECTION
MEMORY
SYSTEM
ERRORS
GENERALPURPOSE
I/O
H1x0 EVEN
CONNECTION
MEMORY
VIRTUAL
CHANNEL
CONTROLLER
DATA
MEMORY
2K x 8
DATA
MEMORY
2K x 8
GENERALPURPOSE
I/O
REGISTER
ACCESS
CONTROL
PARALLEL-TO-SERIAL CONVERSION (OUTPUT)
SERIAL-TO-PARALLEL CONVERSION (INPUT)
LOCAL
CLOCKS
H1x0
STREAMS
(BIDIRECTIONAL)
LOCAL
STREAMS
(BIDIRECTIONAL)
CONNECTION
MEMORY
CONTROLLER
BRIDGE
SIGNALS
MINIBRIDGE
PCI MASTER/SLAVE CORE WITH BURST
(LOCAL) PCI BUS
5-8920 (F)
Figure 3. T8110 Block Diagram
Agere Systems Inc.
19
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
3 Main Architectural Features (continued)
H.100 CLOCKS,
LOCAL
CLOCKS
6.176 MHz
OR
12.352 MHz
16.384
MHz
JTAG/SCAN
PORT
VALID FLAG
STORE
MEMORY BIST
CONTROLLER
H.100 ODD
CONNECTION
MEMORY
VALID FLAG
STORE
DATA MEMORY
ACCESS SCHEDULER
FRAME SYNC
RESETN
VALID FLAG
STORE
STATIC
GENERAL-PURPOSE
REGISTER
GENERAL-PURPOSE I/O
DATA
PAGE 1 HI
VCMEM
REGISTER
ACCESS
CONTROLLER
DATA
PAGE 2
SCRATCH
VIRTUAL
CHANNEL
MEMORY
ACCESS
CONTROLLER
SETUP/CONTROL
REGISTERS
MINIBRIDGE PORT
DATA
PAGE 1 LO
LOCAL LOW
CONNECTION
MEMORY
CONNECTION
MEMORY
ACCESS
CONTROLLER
PULL
FIFO
DATA
MEMORY
ACCESS
CONTROLLER
(DIAGNOSTICS)
PUSH
FIFO
TARGET BUS
DATA MEMORY
ACCESS
CONTROLLER
(PACKET SWITCH)
H.100 STREAMS
(BIDIRECTIONAL)
65.536 MHz
LOCAL HI
CONNECTION
MEMORY
LOCAL STREAMS
(BIDIRECTIONAL)
32.768 MHz
INTERRUPT
CONTROLLER
LOCAL INTERRUPTS, ERROR FLAGS
16.384 MHz
SCAN
INTERFACE
PARALLEL-TO-SERIAL (OUTPUT)
SERIAL-TO-PARALLEL (INPUT)
CONVERSION
TIMING
DERIVATION
APLL2
VALID FLAG
STORE
APLL1
FRAME GRP
FRAME GROUPS
H.100 EVEN
CONNECTION
MEMORY
NOTIFY
FIFO
NOTIFY
PENDING
INITIATOR BUS
PCI CORE
LOCAL BUS
BRIDGE
CONTROLLER
EEPROM I/F
PCI BUS
5-9423a (F)
Figure 4. T8110 Architecture 1—PCI Bus Interface
20
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
3 Main Architectural Features (continued)
H.100 CLOCKS,
LOCAL
CLOCKS
16.348 MHz
6.176 MHz
OR
12.352 MHz
JTAG/SCAN
PORT
VALID FLAG
STORE
MEMORY BIST
CONTROLLER
H.100 ODD
CONNECTION
MEMORY
VALID FLAG
STORE
DATA MEMORY
ACCESS SCHEDULER
FRAME SYNC
RESETN
VALID FLAG
STORE
DATA
PAGE 1 LO
LOCAL LOW
CONNECTION
MEMORY
DATA
PAGE 1 HI
DATA
PAGE 2
H.100 STREAMS
(BIDIRECTIONAL)
65.536 MHz
LOCAL HI
CONNECTION
MEMORY
LOCAL STREAMS
(BIDIRECTIONAL)
32.768 MHz
INTERRUPT
CONTROLLER
LOCAL INTERRUPTS, ERROR FLAGS
16.384 MHz
SCAN
INTERFACE
PARALLEL-TO-SERIAL (OUTPUT)
SERIAL-TO-PARALLEL (INPUT)
CONVERSION
APLL2
TIMING
DERIVATION
APLL1
VALID FLAG
STORE
FRAME GRP
FRAME GROUPS
H.100 EVEN
CONNECTION
MEMORY
MINIBRIDGE PORT
GENERAL-PURPOSE
REGISTER
GENERAL-PURPOSE I/O
SETUP/CONTROL
REGISTERS
REGISTER
ACCESS
CONTROLLER
CONNECTION
MEMORY
ACCESS
CONTROLLER
DATA
MEMORY
ACCESS
CONTROLLER
(DIAGNOSTICS)
TARGET BUS
MICROPROCESSOR
PCI CORE
INTERFACE
NO CONNECTION
EEPROM I/F
PCI BUS
5-9424 (F)
Figure 5. T8110 Architecture 2—Microprocessor Bus Interface
Agere Systems Inc.
21
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
4 PCI Interface
The T8110 provides a selection of two interface mechanisms via the VIO/µP_SELECT input. This must be a static
signal (either pulled high or pulled low).
n VIO/µP_SELECT tied to GND = T8110 interface to a microprocessor bus, connected via the minibridge port.
n VIO/µP_SELECT tied to 3.3 V = T8110 interface to a local PCI bus, 3.3 V signaling.
n VIO/µP_SELECT tied to 5 V = T8110 interface to a local PCI bus, 5 V signaling.
The T8110 is a single-function PCI device; it can act as a target or an initiator. All addressing is DWORD aligned for
32-bit data transfers. Refer to Section 2.1 on page 8 for pin descriptions. When the PCI interface is selected, the
minibridge port functions as a bridge to convert the PCI access protocol into a simple handshake protocol for external, non-PCI devices connected to this port. For more details, see Section 11, starting on page 107.
The PCI interface is arranged to provide a mixture of accesses. Initialization and register programming is typically
under coprocessor control. As a result, the T8110 operates as a slave when being programmed by the coprocessor
or by the host via a PCI-PCI bridge. Diagnostics and error handling are also defined as slave operations. However,
when packets are processed by either taking data from the H1x0 bus and passing it to memory, or when data is
retrieved from memory and sent to the H1x0 bus, the T8110 operates as a master, arbitrating for the bus and taking
control of its own burst transactions. This ensures that the bandwidth required by the T8110 as a local PCI bus
owner is kept to a minimum. Packet transactions are not limited to the H1x0 bus and local time slots can be routed
to and from the PCI bus as well.
4.1 Target
The T8110 PCI bus interface allows target access to five internal regions: registers, connection memory, data
memory, virtual channel memory, and the minibridge. Target burst transactions are only allowed to the register and
connection memory space. No target bursts are allowed to/from the data memory, virtual channel memory, or the
minibridge space. All target accesses get synchronized between the PCI’s 33 MHz clock domain and the T8110's
internal 65.536 MHz clock domain. Of the 32 bits of address provided, the upper 12 decode the base address,
while the lower 20 provide addressing for the internal regions of the T8110, as shown in Table 10.
Table 10. T8110 Memory Mapping to PCI Space
Region
Registers
Virtual channel memory
Data memory
Reserved
Connection memory
Reserved
Minibridge
Reserved
22
Subregion
Range (hex)
Reserved
Operating control and status
Clocks
Rate control
Frame group
General-purpose I/O
Interrupt control
Minibridge control
Reserved
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0x00000—0x000FF
0x00100—0x001FF
0x00200—0x002FF
0x00300—0x003FF
0x00400—0x004FF
0x00500—0x005FF
0x00600—0x006FF
0x00700—0x007FF
0x00800—0x0FFFF
0x10000—0x1FFFF
0x20000—0x2FFFF
0x30000—0x3FFFF
0x40000—0x4FFFF
0x50000—0x6FFFF
0x70000—0x7FFFF
0x80000—0xFFFFF
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
4 PCI Interface (continued)
4.1.1 PCI Interface Registers
Table 11. PCI Interface Registers Map
DWORD Section
Address
Cross
(20 bits) Reference
Registers
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00100 6.1.1, 6.1.2
Master enable
Reserved
Reset select
Soft reset
Clock register
access select
Data memory mode
select
VCSTART
0x00104 6.1.3, 6.1.4 Phase alignment select
0x00108
6.1.4
Fallback trigger, upper
Fallback trigger,
lower
Fallback type select
Fallback control
0x0010C
6.1.4
Watchdog EN, upper
Watchdog EN,
lower
Watchdog select,
NETREF
Watchdog select, C8
0x00110
14.2.3.4.2
0x00114
4.1.5
Reserved
Failsafe threshold
low
Failsafe enable and
status
Failsafe control
0x00120
6.2.1
Status 3, latched clock
errors, upper
Status 2, latched
clock errors, lower
Status 1, transient
clock errors, upper
Status 0, transient
clock errors, lower
0x00124
6.2.2,
6.2.5
Status 7, system errors,
upper
Status 6, system
errors, lower
Status 5
Status 4
0x00128
6.2.6
Device ID, upper
Device ID, lower
Reserved
Version ID
0x0012C
6.2.6
Reserved
Reserved
Status 9
Status 8
0x00140
13.1
Diag3
Diag2
Diag1
Diag0
0x00144
13.1
Diag7
Diag6
Diag5
Diag4
0x00148
13.1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Diag8
0x00200
7.1
APLL1 rate
APLL1 input
selector
Main divider
Main input selector
0x00204
7.1
APLL2 rate
Reserved
Resource divider
Main inversion select
0x00208
7.1
DPLL1 rate
DPLL1 input
selector
Reserved
LREF input select
0x0020C
7.1
DPLL2 rate
DPLL2 input
selector
Reserved
LREF inversion
select
0x00210
7.1
Reserved
NETREF1 LREF
select
NETREF1 divider
NETREF1 input
selector
0x00214
7.1
Reserved
NETREF2 LREF
select
NETREF2 divider
NETREF2 input
selector
0x00220
7.2
C8 output rate
/FR_COMP width
NETREF output
enables
Master output
enables
0x00224
7.2
SCLK output rate
TCLK select
Reserved
CCLK output enables
0x00228
7.2
L_SC3 select
L_SC2 select
L_SC1 select
L_SC0 select
0x00300
10.1
H-bus rate H/G
H-bus rate F/E
H-bus rate D/C
H-bus rate B/A
0x00320
10.2
L-bus rate H/G
L-bus rate F/E
L-bus rate D/C
L-bus rate B/A
Agere Systems Inc.
External buffers descriptor table—base address register[31:0]
23
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
4 PCI Interface (continued)
Table 11. PCI Interface Registers Map (continued)
DWORD Section
Address
Cross
(20 bits) Reference
Registers
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00400
8.1
FG0 rate
FG0 width
FG0 upper start
FG0 lower start
0x00410
8.1
FG1 rate
FG1 width
FG1 upper start
FG1 lower start
0x00420
8.1
FG2 rate
FG2 width
FG2 upper start
FG2 lower start
0x00430
8.1
FG3 rate
FG3 width
FG3 upper start
FG3 lower start
0x00440
8.1
FG4 rate
FG4 width
FG4 upper start
FG4 lower start
0x00450
8.1
FG5 rate
FG5 width
FG5 upper start
FG5 lower start
0x00460
8.1
FG6 rate
FG6 width
FG6 upper start
FG6 lower start
0x00470
8.1
FG7 rate
FG7 width
FG7 upper start
FG7 lower start
0x00474
8.2
FG7 mode upper
FG7 mode lower
FG7 counter high
byte
FG7 counter low byte
0x00480
8.3
Reserved
FGIO R/W
FGIO read mask
FGIO data register
0x00500
9.1
GPIO override
GPIO R/W
GPIO read mask
GPIO data register
0x00600
12.1
FGIO interrupt polarity
Reserved
FGIO interrupt
enable
FGIO interrupt
pending
0x00604
12.1
GPIO interrupt polarity
Reserved
GPIO interrupt
enable
GPIO interrupt
pending
0x00608
12.1
System interrupt enable,
upper
System interrupt
enable, lower
System interrupt
pending, upper
System interrupt
pending, lower
0x0060C
12.1
Clock interrupt enable,
upper
Clock interrupt
enable, lower
Clock interrupt
pending, upper
Clock interrupt
pending, lower
0x00610
12.1
CLKERR output select
SYSERR output
select
PCI_INTA output
select
Arbitration control
0x00614
12.1
CLKERR pulse width
SYSERR pulse
width
Reserved
Reserved
0x006FC
12.1
In-service, byte 3
In-service, byte 2
In-service, byte 1
In-service, byte 0
0x00700
11.1
CS0 address setup wait CS0 read hold wait CS0 read width wait CS0 read setup wait
0x00704
11.1
CS0 address hold wait
0x00710
11.1
CS1 address setup wait CS1 read hold wait CS1 read width wait CS1 read setup wait
0x00714
11.1
CS1 address hold wait
0x00720
11.1
CS2 address setup wait CS2 read hold wait CS2 read width wait CS2 read setup wait
0x00724
11.1
CS2 address hold wait
0x00730
11.1
CS3 address setup wait CS3 read hold wait CS3 read width wait CS3 read setup wait
0x00734
11.1
CS3 address hold wait
0x00740
11.1
CS4 address setup wait CS4 read hold wait CS4 read width wait CS4 read setup wait
0x00744
11.1
CS4 address hold wait
0x00750
11.1
CS5 address setup wait CS5 read hold wait CS5 read width wait CS5 read setup wait
24
CS0 write hold wait CS0 write width wait CS0 write setup wait
CS1 write hold wait CS1 write width wait CS1 write setup wait
CS2 write hold wait CS2 write width wait CS2 write setup wait
CS3 write hold wait CS3 write width wait CS3 write setup wait
CS4 write hold wait CS4 write width wait CS4 write setup wait
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
4 PCI Interface (continued)
Table 11. PCI Interface Registers Map (continued)
DWORD Section
Address
Cross
(20 bits) Reference
Registers
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00754
11.1
CS5 address hold wait
CS5 write hold wait CS5 write width wait CS5 write setup wait
0x00760
11.1
CS6 address setup wait CS6 read hold wait CS6 read width wait CS6 read setup wait
0x00764
11.1
CS6 address hold wait
0x00770
11.1
CS7 address setup wait CS7 read hold wait CS7 read width wait CS7 read setup wait
0x00774
11.1
CS7 address hold wait
0x00780
11.1
Reserved
CS6 write hold wait CS6 write width wait CS6 write setup wait
CS7 write hold wait CS7 write width wait CS7 write setup wait
Reserved
RD-WR strobe
inversion
CS strobe inversion
PCI_CLK
PCI_AD[31:0]
PCI_CBE#[3:0]
PCI_PAR
ADDR
DATA
MEM_WR (0x7)
BYTE ENABLES
ADDR PARITY
DATA PARITY
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_IDSEL/SCAN_EN#
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI_STOP#
5-9612 (F)
Notes:
T8110 PCI I/F has medium decode speed. There is always a two-cycle turnaround between assertion of PCI_ FRAME# and assertion of
PCI_DEVSEL#.
All memory writes get posted to the T8110. Turnaround time for a single cycle write is three PCI clocks.
Figure 6. T8110 PCI Interface—Single Write Cycle
Agere Systems Inc.
25
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
4 PCI Interface (continued)
PCI_CLK
PCI_AD[31:0]
PCI_CBE#[3:0]
PCI_PAR
ADDR
MEM_WR
XXXXX
DATA 1
DATA 2
DATA 3
DATA n-2
DATA n-1
DATA n
BYTE ENABLE 1
BEn 2
BEn 3
BEn n-2
BEn n-1
BEn n
Data
Parity 2
Data
Parity n-3
Data
Parity n-2
Data
Parity n-1
Addr
Parity
DATA PARITY 1
Data
Parity n
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI_STOP#
Notes:
T8110 PCI I/F has medium decode speed. There is always a two-cycle turnaround between assertion of PCI_FRAME# and assertion of
PCI_DEVSEL#.
All memory writes get posted to the T8110. Turnaround time for the first data phase write is three PCI clocks.
PCI core write FIFO depth = 8, so up to 8 data words can immediately get posted.
For register region access, the application side operates at a faster rate than the PCI side, so the write FIFO will never become full, and
PCI_TRDY# will remain active.
For connection memory access, the application side operates slightly slower than the PCI side, so it is possible to fill the write FIFO. In this
case, the PCI_TRDY# signal is deasserted while the application side catches up.
Figure 7. T8110 PCI Interface—Burst Write Cycle
PCI_CLK
PCI_AD[31:0]
ADDR
PCI_CBE#[3:0]
MEM_RD
(0x6)
PCI_PAR
XXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
BYTE ENABLE
Addr
Parity
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
DATA
BYTE ENABLE
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Data
Parity
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI_STOP#
INITIAL TARGET LATENCY = 10 to 12 clocks (typical)
Notes:
T8110 PCI I/F has medium decode speed. There is always a two-cycle turnaround between assertion of PCI_FRAME# and assertion of
PCI_DEVSEL#.
Turnaround time for memory reads from the T8110 is variable, depending on the region being accessed, and the synchronization time across
the PCI clock and application clock domains. Initial target latency is typically between 10—12 PCI clock cycles.
Figure 8. T8110 PCI Interface—Single Read Cycle
26
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
4 PCI Interface (continued)
PCI_CLK
PCI_AD[31:0]
XXXXX
ADDR
PCI_CBE#[3:0]
MEM_RD
(0x6)
PCI_PAR
XXXXX
Byte Enable 1
Addr
Parity
XXXXX
DATA 1
DATA 2
DATA n-1
DATA n
BEn 1
BEn 2
BEn n-1
BEn n
XXXXX
Data
Parity 1
Data
Parity n-2
Data
Parity n-1
Data
Parity n
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI_STOP#
INITIAL TARGET LATENCY =
10 TO 12 CLOCKS (TYPICAL)
Notes:
T8110 PCI I/F has medium decode speed. There is always a two-cycle turnaround between assertion of PCI_FRAME# and assertion of
PCI_DEVSEL#.
Turnaround time for memory reads from the T8110 is variable, depending on the region being accessed, and the synchronization time across
the PCI clock and application clock domains. Initial target latency is typically between 10—12 PCI clock cycles.
PCI core read FIFO depth = 8.
For register region access, the application side operates at a faster rate than the PCI side, so the read FIFO will never become empty, and burst
read data is returned as quickly as the PCI bus can accept it.
For connection memory access, the application side operates slightly slower than the PCI side, so it is possible to empty the read FIFO. In this
case, the PCI_TRDY# signal is deasserted while the application side catches up.
Figure 9. T8110 PCI Interface—Burst Read Cycle
PCI_CLK
PCI_AD[31:0]
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
ADDR
PCI_CBE#[3:0]
MEM_RD
(0x6)
PCI_PAR
XXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
BYTE ENABLE
Addr
Parity
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
BYTE ENABLE
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI_STOP#
INITIAL TARGET LATENCY = 8 TO 10 CLOCKS (TYPICAL)
Notes:
T8110 PCI I/F has medium decode speed. There is always a two-cycle turnaround between assertion of PCI_FRAME# and assertion of
PCI_DEVSEL#.
Turnaround time for memory read RETRY is variable, depending on the region being accessed, and the synchronization time across the PCI
clock and application clock domains. Initial target latency for a RETRY is typically between 8—10 PCI clock cycles.
Figure 10. T8110 PCI Interface—Delayed Read Cycle (Retry)
Agere Systems Inc.
27
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
4 PCI Interface (continued)
PCI_CLK
PCI_AD[31:0]
PCI_CBE#[3:0]
PCI_PAR
ADDR
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
MEM_RD (0x6)
XXXXXXXXXXX
BYTE ENABLE
Addr Parity
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI_STOP#
Notes:
T8110 PCI I/F has medium decode speed. There is always a two-cycle turnaround between assertion of PCI_FRAME# and assertion of
PCI_DEVSEL#.
Turnaround time for memory read target ABORT is 4 PCI clocks.
Figure 11. T8110 PCI Interface—Target Abort (Address Parity Error)
28
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
4 PCI Interface (continued)
4.1.2 Register Space Target Access
The T8110 registers are always immediately available for access. Read and write bursting is allowed to this region.
Read access to reserved addresses returns 0x00. For more details on register programming; refer to Section 6,
starting on page 46, through Section 13, and to Figure 6 on page 25, through Figure 9. A detected address parity
error on any read transaction results in a target abort; refer to Figure 11 on page 28. Address parity errors on write
transactions are still posted to the PCI core interface, but are discarded.
For burst transactions to the register space, the application side of the PCI core interface operates faster than the
PCI bus, so the PCI core interface FIFOs will never get full. PCI_TRDY# remains asserted for all valid data phases
applied.
4.1.3 Connection Memory Space Target Access
The T8110 connection memory is always immediately available for access (via dedicated access times assigned
for PCI bus target transactions). Read and write bursting is allowed to this region. For more details on connection
memory programming, see Section 14.1 on page 136, and Figure 6 through Figure 9. A detected address parity
error on any read transaction results in a target abort; refer to Figure 11. Address parity errors on write transactions
are still posted to the PCI core interface, but are discarded.
For burst transactions to the connection memory space, the application side of the PCI core interface operates
slightly slower than the PCI bus, so the PCI core interface FIFOs may get full. In this case, PCI_TRDY# gets deasserted until the application side catches up.
4.1.4 Data Memory Space Target Access
The T8110 data memory is not guaranteed to be immediately available for access. Access to data memory is prioritized for standard H-bus/L-bus switching and packet payload switching, with PCI target access allowed as the lowest priority. Because there is an indeterminate amount of latency, target burst transfers are not allowed to the data
memory. Upon reception of a PCI read or write request, if the data memory is immediately available, the transaction is completed as normal single-cycle access; refer to Figure 6 and Figure 7. If the data memory is not available
at the time of the request, any write cycle is posted and any read cycle becomes a delayed read. A detected
address parity error on any read transaction results in a target abort (refer to Figure 11 on page 28). Address parity
errors on write transactions are still posted to the PCI core interface, but are discarded.
4.1.4.1 Posted Write Transaction
Only one posted write to the data memory may be queued at a time; refer to Figure 6 for more details. The user
must monitor a status bit (register status 8, bit 0; refer to Section 6.2.7) to determine whether a posted write is
already queued before attempting more writes. Subsequent posted write attempts to the data memory while a
queued posted write has not completed result in an error condition, and both writes (the queued one and the subsequent one) are ignored. Error is reported at register status 7, bit 0 (refer to Section 6.2.5 on page 59). Subsequent read attempts from the data memory while a posted write is queued result in a target RETRY; please refer to
Figure 10.
Agere Systems Inc.
29
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
4 PCI Interface (continued)
4.1.4.2 Delayed Read Transaction
Only one delayed read from the data memory may be queued at a time. A delayed read transaction latches the
address and command information, and issues a retry back to the initiator (refer to Figure 10). If the initiator retries
the same transaction or attempts a different read transaction from data memory prior to the queued delayed read
completion, a retry is issued. The delayed read transaction is completed when the initiator retries the same transaction after the queued delayed read has finished (i.e., a normal completion of a single-cycle read; please refer to
Figure 8). Any subsequent posted write attempts to the data memory while a delayed read is in progress result in
an error condition, and the delayed read and the posted write attempts are ignored. Error is reported at register status 7, bit 0 (refer to Section 6.2.5 on page 59).
4.1.5 Virtual Channel Memory Space Target Access
The T8110 virtual channel memory is not guaranteed to be immediately available for access. Access to this memory is prioritized for H-bus/L-bus switching and packet payload switching with PCI target access allowed as the
lowest priority. Because there is an indeterminate amount of latency, target burst transfers are not allowed to the
virtual channel memory. Upon reception of a PCI read or write request, if the virtual channel memory is immediately
available, the transaction is completed as normal single-cycle access (refer to Figure 6 and Figure 8). If the virtual
channel memory is not available at the time of the request, any write cycle is posted and any read cycle becomes
a delayed read (for more detail on virtual channel memory programming; refer to Section 14.1.1.2 on page 138). A
detected address parity error on any read transaction results in a target abort (refer to Figure 11). Address parity
errors on write transactions are still posted to the PCI core interface, but are discarded.
4.1.5.1 Posted Write Transaction
Only one posted write to the virtual channel memory may be queued at a time. Refer to Figure 6. The user must
monitor a status bit (register status 8, bit 1; refer to Section 6.2.7) to determine whether a posted write is already
queued before attempting more writes. Subsequent posted write attempts to the virtual channel memory while a
queued posted write has not completed result in an error condition, and both writes (the queued one and the subsequent one) are ignored. Error is reported at register status 7, bit 1 (refer to Section 6.2.5 on page 59). Subsequent read attempts from the virtual channel memory while a posted WRITE is queued result in a target retry (refer
to Figure 10).
4.1.5.2 Delayed Read Transaction
Only one delayed read from the virtual channel memory may be queued at a time. A delayed read transaction
latches the address and command information, and issues a retry back to the initiator (refer to Figure 10). If the initiator retries the same transaction or attempts a different read transaction from virtual channel memory prior to the
queued delayed read completion, a retry is issued. The delayed read transaction is completed when the initiator
retries the same transaction after the queued delayed read has finished (i.e., a normal completion of a single-cycle
read; refer to Figure 8). Any subsequent posted write attempts to the virtual channel memory while a delayed read
is in progress result in an error condition, and the delayed read and the posted write attempts are ignored. Error is
reported at register status 7, bit 1 (refer to Section 6.2.5 on page 59).
4.1.6 Minibridge Space Target Access
The T8110 minibridge port is not guaranteed to be immediately available for access. Access time to this space is
dependent on wait-state control register setups. Because there is a potential variable amount of latency, target
burst transfers are not allowed to the minibridge port. All write cycles are posted writes. All read cycles are delayed
reads. Refer to the Minibridge section, starting on page 107, for more details on minibridge control and operation.
A detected address parity error on any read transaction results in a target abort (refer to Figure 11). Address parity
errors on write transactions are still posted to the PCI core interface, but are discarded.
30
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
4 PCI Interface (continued)
4.1.6.1 Posted Write Transaction
Only one posted write to the minibridge port may be queued at a time; please refer to Figure 6. The user must
monitor a status bit (register status 8, bit 2) to determine whether a posted write is already queued before attempting more writes. Subsequent posted write attempts to the minibridge port while a queued posted write has not
completed result in an error condition. The queued write is allowed to complete, but the subsequent write is
ignored. Error is reported at register status 7, bit 2 (refer to Section 6.2.5 on page 59). Subsequent read attempts
from the minibridge port, while a posted write is queued, result in a target retry (refer to Figure 10).
4.1.6.2 Delayed Read Transaction
Only one delayed read from the minibridge port may be queued at a time. A delayed read transaction latches the
address and command information, and issues a retry back to the initiator (refer to Figure 10). If the initiator retries
the same transaction or attempts a different read transaction from the minibridge port prior to the queued delayed
read completion, a retry is issued. The delayed read transaction is completed when the initiator retries the same
transaction after the queued delayed read has finished (i.e., a normal completion of a single-cycle read; refer to
Figure 8). Any subsequent posted write attempts to the minibridge port while a delayed read is in progress result in
an error condition. The delayed read is allowed to complete, but the write request is ignored. Error is reported at
register status 7, bit 2 (refer to Section 6.2.5 on page 59).
4.2 Initiator
The T8110 can initiate PCI transactions in order to perform packet payload switching between the local PCI bus
and the 64 H-bus/L-bus data streams. The T8110 initiates accesses in order to either send (or push) data received
from H-bus/L-bus streams to an external data buffer, or to retrieve (or pull) data from an external data buffer to
transmit out to the H-bus/L-bus streams. Each operation requires three PCI burst accesses. An external descriptor
table provides current read/write pointer status to the external data buffer. The T8110 fetches pointer information
from the descriptor table, transfers data to/from the external data buffer, and then updates the descriptor table
pointer information. For more details, see Section 14.2.3 on page 155.
4.2.1 PUSH Operation (Upstream Transaction)
The push operation takes data received from incoming H-bus/L-bus streams and passes it to an external data
buffer. This is denoted as an upstream transaction. The three required T8110 initiated burst cycles are shown
below. For more details, see Section 14.2.3 on page 155.
n Memory read burst (fetch the write pointer information from the descriptor table).
n Memory write burst (upload the received H-bus/L-bus data to external data buffer).
n Memory write burst (update the write pointer information in the descriptor table).
Agere Systems Inc.
31
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
4 PCI Interface (continued)
PCI_CLK
PCI_AD[31:0]
a
d1
PCI_CBE[3:0]
6
0
d2
a
7
data1
d2
dn
0
a
data1
7
0
PCI_REQ#
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI BUS
Arbitration
Descriptor
Table Fetch
(2 DWORD
burst READ)
PCI BUS
Arbitration
External Buffer
Data Update
(n DWORD
burst WRITE)
PCI BUS
Arbitration
Descriptor
Table Update
(1 DWORD
WRITE)
1444
Notes:
This diagram depicts a target with medium decode speed (two-cycle turnaround to assertion of PCI_DEVSEL#).
Each of the three separate PCI transactions requires a PCI bus arbitration (PCI_REQ# active, system responds with PCI_GNT#).
Figure 12. T8110 PCI Interface, Initiated PUSH Operation
4.2.2 PULL Operation (Downstream Transaction)
The pull operation takes data from an external data buffer and passes it to the T8110 data memory for transmission
onto outgoing H-bus/L-bus streams. This is denoted as a downstream transaction. The three required T8110 initiated burst cycles are shown below. For more information, see Section 14.2.3 on page 155.
n Memory read burst (fetch the read pointer information from the descriptor table).
n Memory read burst (download the external data buffer to T8110 data memory for transmission on
H-bus/L-bus streams).
n Memory write burst (update the read pointer information in the descriptor table).
32
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
4 PCI Interface (continued)
PCI_CLK
PCI_AD[31:0]
a
d1
PCI_CBE[3:0]
6
0
d2
a
6
d1
d2
dn
0
a
data1
7
0
PCI_REQ#
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI BUS
Arbitration
Descriptor
Table Fetch
(2 DWORD
burst READ)
PCI BUS
Arbitration
External Buffer
Data Fetch
(n DWORD
burst READ)
PCI BUS
Arbitration
Descriptor
Table Update
(1 DWORD
WRITE)
1445
Notes:
This diagram depicts a target with medium decode speed (two-cycle turnaround to assertion of PCI_DEVSEL#).
Each of the three separate PCI transactions requires a PCI bus arbitration (PCI_REQ# active, system responds with PCI_GNT#).
Figure 13. T8110 PCI Interface, Initiated PULL Operation
Agere Systems Inc.
33
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
4 PCI Interface (continued)
4.3 Configuration Space/EEPROM Interface
The T8110 PCI interface operates at 33 MHz and is a single-function device. As a target, T8110 is a memorymapped device, and responds to memory write and memory read commands. Dual-address cycles are not supported (32-bit addressing only). As a master, T8110 generates memory write or memory read commands only, as
single data phase burst cycles of two or more data phases.
Table 12. T8110 PCI Configuration Registers
Byte
Address
0x00
0x04
0x08
0x0C
0x10
0x14
0x18
0x1C
0x20
0x24
0x28
0x2C
0x30
0x34
0x38
0x3C
0x40
0x44—0xFF
Description
Device ID
Vendor ID
Status register
Command register
Class code
Revision ID
BIST
Header type
Latency timer
Cacheline size
Memory base address
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Subsystem ID
Subsystem vendor ID
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
MAX_LAT
MIN_GNT
Interrupt pin
Interrupt line
Reserved
Retry timeout
PCI_TRDY# timeout
Reserved
Access to the configuration registers is shown in Figure 14 and in Figure 15. The configuration register contents
include the following:
Device ID = 0x8110, T8110
Vendor ID = 0x11C1, Agere
Status register:
[15]: Detected parity error
[14]: Signaled system error
[13]: Received master abort
[12]: Received target abort
[11]: Signaled target abort
[10:9] = 01, T8110 DEVSEL# timing is medium
[8]: Data parity reported
[7] = 1, T8110 is fast back-to-back capable
[6] = 0, T8110 does not support user-definable features
[5] = 0, T8110 is not 66 MHz capable
[4:0] = 00000, reserved
34
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
4 PCI Interface (continued)
Command register:
[15:10] = 000000, reserved
[9]: Fast back-to-back master enable
[8]: System error enable
[7] = 0, T8110 does not use stepping
[6]: Parity error enable
[5] = 0, T8110 disables palette snoop
[4]: Memory write and invalidate enable
[3] = 0, T8110 ignores special cycles
[2]: Bus master enable
[1]: Memory access enable
[0]: I/O access enable
Class code = 0x02800, network controller—other
Revision ID = revision of the device
BIST = 0x00 (no BIST)
Header type = 0x00
Latency timer = value—T8110 as a master, number of cycles of retained bus ownership
Memory base address = 0xXXX00000, bits 31:20 are R/W as the static base address, which defines a 1 Mbyte
region of addressable space.
Subsystem ID, subsystem vendor ID: user-definable, loaded from the EEPROM I/F at reset (refer to Section 4.3.1
on page 36).
MAX_LAT = value—T8110 as a master, how often it requires access to the PCI bus
MIN_GNT = value—T8110 as a master, how long it retains PCI bus ownership
Interrupt pin = 0x01—T8110 uses INTA#
Interrupt line = value, user-defined
Retry timeout = value [default = 0x80]—T8110 as a master, the number of retries performed
PCI_TRDY# timeout = value [default = 0x80]—T8110 as a master, how long it will wait for PCI_TRDY#
PCI_CLK
PCI_AD[31:0]
ADDR
DATA
PCI_CBE#[3:0]
CFG_WR
(0xB)
Byte Enable
PCI_PAR
XXXXX
Addr
Parity
Data Parity
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI_STOP#
Notes:
T8110 PCI I/F has medium decode speed. There is always a two-cycle turnaround between assertion of PCI_FRAME# and assertion of
PCI_DEVSEL#.
A configuration write access cycle takes five PCI clocks.
Figure 14. T8110 PCI Interface—Configuration WRITE Cycle
Agere Systems Inc.
35
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
4 PCI Interface (continued)
PCI_CLK
PCI_AD[31:0]
ADDR
PCI_CBE#[3:0]
CFG RD
(0xA)
PCI_PAR
XXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
DATA
Byte Enable
Addr
Parity
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Data
Parity
PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY#
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_DEVSEL#
PCI_TRDY#
PCI_STOP#
Notes:
T8110 PCI I/F has medium decode speed. There is always a two-cycle turnaround between assertion of PCI_FRAME# and assertion of
PCI_DEVSEL#.
A configuration read access cycle takes six PCI clocks.
Figure 15. T8110 PCI Interface—Configuration READ Cycle
4.3.1 Loadable PCI Configuration Space Via EEPROM
The T8110 allows a user-definable subsystem ID and subsystem vendor ID field (configuration space address
0x2C). Immediately after power-on reset or PCIRST#, the T8110's PCI core loads the read-only configuration registers sequentially from the first 64 bytes in the EEPROM. All values are ignored, except for the subsystem ID, subsystem vendor ID, MAX_LAT, MIN_GNT, and INTERRUPT_PIN (bytes 44—63). Ignored values (bytes 0—43) are
don't care and exist simply as placeholders. During the EEPROM operation, all PCI target accesses to the T8110
result in a target retry.
Note: If no EEPROM is present, internal pull-down resistors will set the values for subsystem ID, subsystem vendor ID, MAX_LAT, MIN_GNT, and INTERRUPT_PIN to zero. After the PCI core loads the values into configuration registers, this space is read-only. The only way to change the values from 0 is from an external
EEPROM.
Four pins are required for the EEPROM interface. The following pins are used for EEPROM just at power-on:
MB_A[1] = EE_DO_IN (input, data output from EEPROM)
MB_A[2] = EE_DI_OUT (output, data input to EEPROM)
MB_A[3] = EE_SK_OUT (output, clock input to EEPROM)
EE_CS_OUT = EE_CS_OUT (output, chip select input to EEPROM)
The interface protocol follows the standard 93C46 EEPROM (refer to Figure 16). A state machine within the
T8110's PCI core produces nine read cycles, one for each of the read-only configuration register fields. Only the
subsystem ID, subsystem vendor ID, MAX_LAT, MIN_GNT, and interrupt pin fields are configurable. All other fields
returned by the EEPROM are ignored, but must be present as placeholders.
36
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
4 PCI Interface (continued)
Table 13. PCI Configuration Space, EEPROM Map
EEPROM Address[5:0]
EEPROM Data[15:0]
000000
Device ID field
000010
Vendor ID field
001000
Class code field (upper 2 bytes)
001010
Class code field (lower byte) and revision ID field
001100
BIST and header fields
101100
Subsystem ID field
101110
Subsystem vendor ID field
111100
MAX_LAT and MIN_GNT fields
111110
Interrupt pin field
Note: The EEPROM is not write-accessible via the T8110. The T8110’s PCI core only generates control signals to
read the EEPROM.
EE_SK
EE_CS
EE_DI
A5
OP
CODE
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
ADDRESS
START
BIT
EE_DO
d15
d14
leading 0
d13
d12
d11
d10
d9
d8
d7
d6
d5
d4
d3
d2
d1
d0
DATA
Notes:
Signals output from T8110 are driven relative to the falling edge of EE_SK and are sampled by the EEPROM on the rising edge.
Signals output from the EEPROM are driven relative to the rising edge of EE_SK and are sampled by the T8110 on the falling edge.
Each read cycle takes 26 EE_SK clocks.
There are nine read cycles in all generated by the T8110’s PCI core.
The following T8110 pinout is used for the EEPROM interface signals:
SIGNAL NAME
EE_CS_OUT
MB_A3
MB_A2
MB_A1
EEPROM FUNCTION
BALL ASSIGNMENT
G4
EE_CS—chip select
G3
EE_SK—clock
G2
EE_DI—data in
G1
EE_DO— data out
Figure 16. EEPROM Interface Protocol
Agere Systems Inc.
37
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
5 Microprocessor Interface
The T8110 provides a selection of two interface mechanisms via the VIO/µP_SELECT input. This must be a static
signal (either pulled high or pulled low).
n VIO/µP_SELECT tied to GND = T8110 interface to a microprocessor bus, connected via the minibridge port.
n VIO/µP_SELECT tied to 3.3 V = T8110 interface to a local PCI bus, 3.3 V signaling.
n VIO/µP_SELECT tied to 5 V = T8110 interface to a local PCI bus, 5 V signaling.
The T8110 microprocessor bus interface allows access to the T8110 internal regions via the minibridge port; see
Table 9 on page 11 for pin descriptions. There are two user-selectable input signals that set up the microprocessor
interface, MB_CS7 (Intel/Motorola protocol select) and MB_CS5 (word/byte address select).
5.1 Intel/Motorola Protocol Selector
MB_CS7 = 1 is the default, if left unconnected, and selects an Intel handshake protocol.
MB_CS7 = 0 selects a Motorola handshake protocol.
Note: The MB_CS7 signal must be static (either pulled high or pulled low).
Table 14. Intel/Motorola Protocol Selector
Intel/Motorola Protocol Selector
Signal
Intel Mnemonic
Motorola Mnemonic
MB_D[15:0]
D[15:0]
D[15:0]
MB_A[15:0]
A[15:0]
A[15:0]
MB_CS0
A[16]
A[16]
MB_CS1
A[17]
A[17]
MB_CS2
A[18]
A[18]
MB_CS3
A[19]
A[19]
MB_CS4
CSn
CSn
MB_CS6
RDY
DTACKn
MB_RD
RDn (read strobe)
DSn (data strobe)
MB_WR
WRn (write strobe)
R/Wn (read/write selector)
MB_CS5
Default
Default
MB_CS7
Default
Default
5.2 Word/Byte Addressing Selector
MB_CS5 = 1 is the default, if left unconnected, and selects 16-bit word aligned addressing.
MB_CS5 = 0 selects 8-bit byte aligned addressing.
Note: The MB_CS5 signal may be static or dynamic in nature. If dynamic, MB_CS5 must follow the same timing
requirements as the address bus.
Word-aligned addressing produces 16-bit data transfers via MB_D[15:0]. Byte-aligned addressing produces 8-bit
data transfers via MB_D[7:0] (MB_D[15:8] is unused). The T8110 internal data bus is 32 bits, so MB_A[1:0]
address bits are decoded along with MB_CS5 to control a dword-to-word or dword-to-byte swap function back to
the MB_D bus.
38
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
5 Microprocessor Interface (continued)
5.3 Access Via the Microprocessor Bus
The T8110 microprocessor bus interface allows access to three internal regions: registers, connection memory,
and data memory. The virtual channel memory can be made accessible via a special diagnostic mode setting. All
microprocessor bus asynchronous strobes are synchronized to the T8110’s internal 65.536 MHz clock domain.
There are 20 address bits provided to address the internal regions and these are defined in Table 15.
Table 15. T8110 Memory Mapping to Microprocessor Space
Region
Subregion
Range (hex)
Registers
Reserved
0x00000—0x000FF
Operating control and status
0x00100—0x001FF
Clocks
0x00200—0x002FF
Rate control
0x00300—0x003FF
Frame group
0x00400—0x004FF
General-purpose I/O
0x00500—0x005FF
Interrupt control
0x00600—0x006FF
Reserved
0x00700—0x007FF
Reserved
0x00800—0x0FFFF
Virtual channel memory (diagnostic only)
—
0x10000—0x1FFFF
Data memory
—
0x20000—0x2FFFF
Reserved
—
0x30000—0x3FFFF
Connection memory
—
0x40000—0x4FFFF
Reserved
—
0x50000—0xFFFFF
Agere Systems Inc.
39
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
5 Microprocessor Interface (continued)
5.3.1 Microprocessor Interface Register Map
The T8110 registers map into the microprocessor bus space as follows.
Table 16. Microprocessor Interface Register Map
Register
DWORD
Cross
Address
Reference
(20 bits)
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00100 6.1.1, 6.1.2
Master enable
Reserved
Reset select
Soft reset
0x00104 6.1.3, 6.1.4
Phase alignment
select
Clock register access Data memory mode
select
select
Reserved
0x00108
6.1.4
Fallback trigger,
upper
Fallback trigger, lower Fallback type select
Fallback control
0x0010C
6.1.4
Watchdog EN, upper
Watchdog EN, lower
Watchdog select,
NETREF
Watchdog select, C8
0x00114
4.1.5
Reserved
Failsafe sensitivity
Failsafe enable
Failsafe control
0x00118
6.1.11
Reserved
OOL monitor
OOL threshold high
OOL threshold low
0x00120
6.2.1
Status 3, latched
clock errors, upper
Status 2, latched
clock errors, lower
Status 1, transient
clock errors, upper
Status 0, transient
clock errors, lower
0x00124 6.2.2, 6.2.5
Status 7, system
errors, upper
Status 6, system
errors, lower
Status 5
Status 4
0x00128
6.2.6
Device ID, upper
Device ID, lower
Reserved
Version ID
0x00140
13.1
Diag3
Diag2
Diag1
Diag0
0x00144
13.1
Diag7
Diag6
Diag5
Diag4
0x00148
13.1
Diag11
Diag10
Diag9
Diag8
0x00200
7.1
APLL1 rate
APLL1 input selector
Main divider
Main input selector
0x00204
7.1
APLL2 rate
Reserved
Resource divider
Main inversion select
0x00208
7.1
DPLL1 rate
DPLL1 input selector
Reserved
LREF input select
0x0020C
7.1
DPLL2 rate
DPLL2 input selector
Reserved
LREF inversion
select
0x00210
7.1
Reserved
NETREF1 LREF
select
NETREF1 divider
NETREF1 input
selector
0x00214
7.1
Reserved
NETREF2 LREF
select
NETREF2 divider
NETREF2 input
selector
0x00220
7.2
C8 output rate
/FR_COMP width
NETREF output
enables
Master output
enables
0x00224
7.2
SCLK output rate
TCLK select
Reserved
CCLK output
enables
0x00228
7.2
L_SC3 select
L_SC2 select
L_SC1 select
L_SC0 select
0x00300
10.1
H-bus rate H/G
H-bus rate F/E
H-bus rate D/C
H-bus rate B/A
0x00320
10.2
L-bus rate H/G
L-bus rate F/E
L-bus rate D/C
L-bus rate B/A
0x00400
8.1
FG0 rate
FG0 width
FG0 upper start
FG0 lower start
40
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
5 Microprocessor Interface (continued)
Table 16. Microprocessor Interface Register Map (continued)
DWORD
Cross
Address
Reference
(20 bits)
Register
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00410
8.1
FG1 rate
FG1 width
FG1 upper start
FG1 lower start
0x00420
8.1
FG2 rate
FG2 width
FG2 upper start
FG2 lower start
0x00430
8.1
FG3 rate
FG3 width
FG3 upper start
FG3 lower start
0x00440
8.1
FG4 rate
FG4 width
FG4 upper start
FG4 lower start
0x00450
8.1
FG5 rate
FG5 width
FG5 upper start
FG5 lower start
0x00460
8.1
FG6 rate
FG6 width
FG6 upper start
FG6 lower start
0x00470
8.1
FG7 rate
FG7 width
FG7 upper start
FG7 lower start
0x00474
8.2
FG7 mode upper
FG7 mode lower
FG7 counter high
byte
FG7 counter low
byte
0x00480
8.3
Reserved
FGIO R/W
FGIO read mask
FGIO data register
0x00500
9.1
GPIO override
GPIO R/W
GPIO read mask
GPIO data register
0x00600
14.1
FGIO interrupt
polarity
Reserved
FGIO interrupt
enable
FGIO interrupt pending
0x00604
12.1
GPIO interrupt
polarity
Reserved
GPIO interrupt
enable
GPIO interrupt pending
0x00608
12.1
System interrupt
enable, upper
System interrupt
enable, lower
System interrupt
pending, upper
System interrupt
pending, lower
0x0060C
12.1
Clock interrupt
enable, upper
Clock interrupt
enable, lower
Clock interrupt
pending, upper
Clock interrupt pending, lower
0x00610
12.1
CLKERR output
select
SYSERR output
select
PCI_INTA output
select
Arbitration control
0x00614
12.1
Reserved
Reserved
0x006FC
12.1
In-service, byte 1
In-service, byte 0
Agere Systems Inc.
CLKERR pulse width SYSERR pulse width
In-service, byte 3
In-service, byte 2
41
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
5 Microprocessor Interface (continued)
Microprocessor Access Read Cycle, Intel Protocol
taccess
WORD/BYTE SELECT,
A[19:0]
ADDRESS VALID
CSn
tah
tas
DSn
tRDYhi
tRDYlo
RDY
tde
tdv
tdz
READ DATA VALID
D[15:0],
READ CYCLE
5-9418 (F)
Microprocessor Access Write Cycle, Intel Protocol
taccess
WORD/BYTE SELECT,
A[19:0]
ADDRESS VALID
CSn
tah
tas
WRn
tRDYhi
tRDYlo
RDY
D[15:0], WRITE CYCLE
tds
tdh
WR DATA
VALID
5-9419 (F)
Figure 17. Microprocessor Access Timing, Intel Protocol
42
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
5 Microprocessor Interface (continued)
Microprocessor Access Read Cycle, Motorola Protocol
taccess
WORD/BYTE SELECT,
A[19:0]
ADDRESS VALID
R/Wn
CSn
tah
tas
DSn
tDTACKhi
tDTACKlo
DTACKn
tde
tdv
D[15:0], READ CYCLE
tdz
READ DATA VALID
5-9416 (F)
Microprocessor Access Write Cycle, Motorola Protocol
taccess
WORD/BYTE SELECT,
A[19:0]
ADDRESS VALID
R/Wn
CSn
tah
tas
DSn
tDTACKhi
tDTACKlo
DTACKn
D[15:0], WRITE CYCLE
tds
tdh
WR DATA
VALID
5-9417 (F)
Figure 18. Microprocessor Access Timing, Motorola Protocol
Agere Systems Inc.
43
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
5 Microprocessor Interface (continued)
5.3.2 Register Space Access
The T8110 registers are always immediately available for access, providing low latency time to acknowledge the
transaction. Read access to [reserved] addresses returns 0x00. Register access timing for Figure 17 and Figure 18
is shown below.
Table 17. Register Space Access Timing
Name
Parameter
Min (ns)
Max (ns)
taccess
Overall Access Time
41
—
tas
Address Setup Time
5
—
tah
Address Hold Time
0
—
tRDYlo
Intel Cycle, Time to RDY Deasserted
6
12
tRDYhi
Intel Cycle, Time to RDY Reasserted
36
72
tDTACKlo
Motorola Cycle, Time to DTACKn Asserted
36
70
tDTACKhi
Motorola Cycle, Time to DTACKn Deasserted
10
15
tde
Read Cycle, Time to Data Enabled
7
14
tdv
Read Cycle, Time to Data Valid
5
9
tdz
Read Cycle, Time to Data Invalid
10
16
tds
Write Cycle, Data Setup Time
25
—
tdh
Write Cycle, Data Hold Time
0
—
5.3.3 Connection Memory Space Access
The T8110 connection memory is always immediately available for access (via dedicated access times assigned
for microprocessor transactions) providing low latency time to acknowledge the transaction. Connection memory
access timing for Figure 17 and Figure 18 is shown below.
Table 18. Connection Memory Space Access Timing
Name
taccess
tas
tah
tRDYlo
tRDYhi
tDTACKlo
tDTACKhi
tde
tdv
tdz
tds
tdh
44
Parameter
Overall Access Time
Address Setup Time
Address Hold Time
Intel Cycle, Time to RDY Deasserted
Intel Cycle, Time to RDY Reasserted
Motorola Cycle, Time to DTACKn Asserted
Motorola Cycle, Time to DTACKn Deasserted
Read Cycle, Time to Data Enabled
Read Cycle, Time to Data Valid
Read Cycle, Time to Data Invalid
Write Cycle, Data Setup Time
Write Cycle, Data Hold Time
Min (ns)
Max (ns)
41
5
0
6
36
36
10
7
5
10
25
0
—
—
—
12
72
70
15
14
9
16
—
—
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
5 Microprocessor Interface (continued)
5.3.4 Data Memory Space Access
The T8110 data memory is not guaranteed to be immediately available for access. Access to data memory is prioritized for standard H-bus/L-bus switching, with microprocessor bus transaction access allowed as the lowest priority. The latency time to acknowledge these transactions is indeterminate and depends on the H-bus/L-bus
switching configuration. Data memory access timing for Figure 17 and Figure 18 is shown below.
Table 19. Data Memory Space Access Timing
Name
taccess
tas
tah
tRDYlo
tRDYhi
tDTACKlo
tDTACKhi
tde
tdv
tdz
tds
tdh
Parameter
Overall Access Time
Address Setup Time
Address Hold Time
Intel Cycle, Time to RDY Deasserted
Intel Cycle, Time to RDY Reasserted
Motorola Cycle, Time to DTACKn Asserted
Motorola Cycle, Time to DTACKn Deasserted
Read Cycle, Time to Data Enabled
Read Cycle, Time to Data Valid
Read Cycle, Time to Data Invalid
Write Cycle, Data Setup Time
Write Cycle, Data Hold Time
Min (ns)
41
5
0
6
36
36
10
7
5
10
25
0
Max (ns)
*
—
—
12
*
*
15
14
9
16
—
—
* Max data memory space access time is indeterminate, and depends on how much of the data memory access bandwidth is being taken by
TDM switch connections.
5.3.5 Virtual Channel Memory Space Access
Microprocessor access to the virtual channel memory is provided for diagnostic purposes only and is disabled by
default. Access to this region is enabled via the diagnostic registers; see Section 13 on page 128. The T8110 virtual channel memory is not guaranteed to be immediately available for access. Access to virtual channel memory
is prioritized for standard H-bus/L-bus switching, with microprocessor bus transaction access allowed as the lowest priority. The latency time to acknowledge these transactions is indeterminate and depends on the H-bus/L-bus
switching configuration. Virtual channel memory access timing for Figure 17 and Figure 18 is shown below.
Table 20. Virtual Channel Memory Space Access Timing
Name
taccess
tas
tah
tRDYlo
tRDYhi
tDTACKlo
tDTACKhi
tde
tdv
tdz
tds
tdh
Parameter
Overall Access Time
Address Setup Time
Address Hold Time
Intel Cycle, Time to RDY Deasserted
Intel Cycle, Time to RDY Reasserted
Motorola Cycle, Time to DTACKn Asserted
Motorola Cycle, Time to DTACKn Deasserted
Read Cycle, Time to Data Enabled
Read Cycle, Time to Data Valid
Read Cycle, Time to Data Invalid
Write Cycle, Data Setup Time
Write Cycle, Data Hold Time
Min (ns)
41
5
0
6
36
36
10
7
5
10
25
0
Max (ns)
—
—
—
12
57*
55*
15
14
9
16
—
—
* Immediate response, same as register access, assuming no virtual channel connections are programmed into the connection memory (virtual
channels aren’t supported with the microprocessor interface protocol selected).
Agere Systems Inc.
45
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status
Overall T8110 operational control and status is configured via registers occupying 0x00100—0x001FC in the
address space.
6.1 Control Registers
General control functions are soft reset, reset configuration, overall master output enables, and data memory configuration. Clocking-specific general control functions are clock register access configuration, phase alignment,
clock fallback, and clock watchdog configuration.
Table 21. Control Register Map
DWORD
Address
Byte 3
(20 bits)
0x00100
Master enable
0x00104 Phase alignment select
0x00108 Fallback trigger, upper
0x0010C Watchdog EN, upper
0x00110
0x00114
Reserved
Register
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
Reserved
Clock register access
select
Fallback trigger, lower
Watchdog EN, lower
Reset select
Data memory mode select
Soft reset
VCSTART*
Fallback type select
Fallback control
Watchdog select,
Watchdog select, C8
NETREF
External buffers descriptor table—base address register [31:0]*
Failsafe threshold low
Failsafe enable and status
Failsafe control
* VCSTART and external buffers descriptor table registers are only relevant if the T8110 interfaces to the PCI bus. If the selected T8110
interface is to the microprocessor bus, this register is [reserved].
6.1.1 Reset Registers
The soft reset and reset select registers control soft reset functions and reset signal masking. Writes to the soft
reset register trigger the corresponding action, and the set bit(s) are automatically cleared.
n Power-on reset: nonmaskable:
— At power-on, initialize all T8110 registers (including reset select register) and connection valid flags, and initialize the T8110 PCI interface. The power-on reset cell test input is controlled via diagnostic register; see Section 13.
n Hard reset: maskable via reset select register, HRBEB:
— On assertion of RESET#, initialize all T8110 registers (excluding reset select register) and connection valid
flags.
n PCI reset: nonmaskable to PCI interface:
— Maskable to T8110 back-end via reset select register, PRBEB.
On assertion of PCI_RST#, initialize the T8110 PCI interface. If unmasked (PRBEB = 1), also initialize all
T8110 registers (excluding reset select register) and connection valid flags.
— Maskable to minibridge port via reset select register, PMBEB.
The PCI_RST# input to the T8110 can be forwarded to the minibridge port, using the GP(2) output (via register 0x00503; see Section 9.1 on page 98). Polarity of the forwarded reset is selectable (via register 0x00781;
see Section 11.2 on page 110).
Soft resets are maskable via reset select register, SRBEB, and selectable via soft reset register, SRESR.
n Soft reset 1: Initialize all T8110 registers (excluding reset select register) and connection valid flags.
n Soft reset 2: Initialize all T8110 registers (excluding reset select register).
n Soft reset 3: Reset all interrupt pending registers and the interrupt in-service register.
46
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
n Soft reset 4: Reset the interrupt in-service register only.
n RESET_PENDING_MEM: Reset the virtual channel NOTIFY_PENDING memory.
n RESET_QUEUE: Reset the virtual channel NOTIFY_QUEUE FIFO.
Table 22. Reset Registers
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
NOP (default value).
Reset all registers and connection valid flags.
Reset all registers.
Reset interrupt pending and in-service registers.
Reset interrupt in-service register only.
Reset virtual channel NOTIFY_PENDING memory.
Reset virtual channel NOTIFY_QUEUE.
0x00100 Soft Reset
7:0
SRESR
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0001 0000
0010 0000
0100 0000
1000 0000
0x00101 Reset Select
7:4
Reserved
0000
3
PMBEB
0
1
Disable PCI reset to minibridge (default).
Enable PCI reset to minibridge.
2
PRBEB
0
1
Disable PCI reset to back end (default).
Enable PCI reset to back end.
1
HRBEB
0
1
Disable hard reset to back end.
Enable hard reset to back end (default).
0
SRBEB
0
1
Disable soft resets to back end.
Enable soft resets to back end (default).
NOP (default).
6.1.2 Master Output Enable Register
The master output enable register is used to control master output enables to various groups of T8110 signals,
including the following:
L-bus data streams (L_D[31:0])
L-bus clocks (L_SC[3:0], FG[7:0] when used as frame group outputs)
H-bus data streams (CT_D[31:0])
H-bus clocks (CT_C8_A, /CT_FRAME_A, CT_C8_B, /CT_FRAME_B, CT_NETREF1,CT_NETREF2, /C16+,
/C16–, /C4, C2, SCLK, /SCLKx2, /FR_COMP)
GPIO (GP[7:0])
FGIO (FG[7:0] when used as programmable register outputs)
Minibridge (MB_A[15:0], MB_CS[7:0], MB_RD, MB_WR, MB_D[15:0])
T8110 outputs that are not programmatically enabled (i.e., always driven except during reset) include the following:
CLKERR, SYSERR, PRI_REF_OUT, NR1_SEL_OUT, and NR2_SEL_OUT.
Agere Systems Inc.
47
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
Table 23. Master Output Enable Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00103 Master Enable
Bit(s)
Mnemonic
Value
7
AIOEB
6
MBREB
0
1
0
1
Individual enables via bits [6:0] (default).
Enable all (same as bits [6:0] = 1111111).
Disable minibridge* (default).
Enable minibridge.
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Note: If AIOEB is set to 1 to enable all then
MBREB must also be set to 1 to enable the
minibridge.
Disable FGIO (default).
Enable FGIO.
Disable GPIO (default).
Enable GPIO.
Disable H-bus clocks (default).
Enable H-bus clocks.
Disable H-bus data streams (default).
Enable H-bus data streams.
Disable L-bus clocks, L_SC, FG (default).
Enable L-bus clocks.
Disable L-bus data streams (default).
Enable L-bus data streams.
5
FGREB
4
GPIEB
3
HCKEB
2
HDBEB
1
LCKEB
0
LDBEB
Function
*MBREB is only relevant if the T8110 interfaces to the PCI bus. If the selected T8110 interface is to the microprocessor bus, this bit is reserved.
6.1.3 Connection Control—Virtual Channel Enable and Data Memory Selector Register
The VC start register is used as an overall enable/disable for virtual channel switching activity, with the option to
synchronize the enabling of switching activity with the internal 8 kHz frame reference (refer to Section 14.2.3 for
more detail). Writes to the VC start register trigger the corresponding action, and the set bit(s) are automatically
cleared.
Table 24. Virtual Channel Enable and Data Memory Selector Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00104 VCSTART
Bit(s)
Mnemonic
Value
7:0
VCSSR
0000 0000
0001 0001
0000 0010
0000 0001
0001 0010
Function
NOP (default).
START (enable) VC switching, immediate.
PAUSE (disable) VC switching, immediate.
START VC switching, synchronized to frame.
PAUSE VC switching, synchronized to frame.
The data memory mode select register MSbit controls subrate switching enable. The lower 7 bits control the T8110
data memory switching configuration. For more details, see Section 14.2.1.2 on page 148.
There are six data memory configurations as outlined below. (If the T8110 interfaces to the PCI bus, all configurations are valid. If the interface selection is to the microprocessor bus, only the standard switching configurations
1—3 are allowed.)
48
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
1. 4k single-buffered switch. Standard H-bus/L-bus switching only, up to 4096 simplex connections, all connections
are minimum delay due to single-buffer configuration.
2. 2k double-buffered switch. Standard H-bus/L-bus switching only, up to 2048 simplex connections, all connections are programmable for minimum or constant delay via the double-buffer configuration.
3. 2k single-buffered switch + 1k double-buffered switch. Standard H-bus/L-bus switching only, up to 2048 simplex
minimum delay connections (single buffer) and up to 1024 simplex minimum or constant delay connections
(double buffer).
4. 2k single-buffered switch + 256 virtual channels. Standard H-bus/L-bus switching, up to 2048 simplex minimum
delay connections (single buffer), PLUS packet payload switching, up to 256 virtual channels.
5. 1k double-buffered switch + 256 virtual channels. Standard H-bus/L-bus switching, up to 1024 simplex minimum
or constant delay connections (double buffer), PLUS packet payload switching, up to 256 virtual
channels.
6. No standard switching + 512 virtual channels. Packet payload switching only, up to 512 virtual channels.
Table 25. Data Memory Mode Select Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00105 Data Memory Mode
Select
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
7
GSREB
0
1
6:0
DMMSP
100 0000
010 0000
011 0000
010 0010
001 0010
000 0100
Function
Disable subrate switching (default).
Enable subrate switching.
4k single-buffer switch (default).
2k double-buffer switch.
2k single-buffer, 1k double-buffer switch.
2k single buffer switch, 256 virtual channels.
1k double buffer switch, 256 virtual channels.
512 virtual channels.
6.1.4 General Clock Control (Phase Alignment, Fallback, Watchdogs) Register
The clock register access select register controls the selection between accessing the active vs. the inactive set of
T8110 clock registers. The T8110 contains two sets of clock registers, X and Y. The X and Y register sets are comprised of the registers listed in Table 43 on page 63, Clock Input Control Register Map, and Table 56 on page 72,
Clock Output Control Register Map. Only one set is used at a time. It is selected based on the clock fallback setup.
The clock register set that is currently in use is denoted as the active set; see Section 7.3 on page 76 for more
details.
Table 26. Clock Register Access Select Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00106 Clock Register Access
Select
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
CSASR
Value
Function
0000 0000 Access inactive clock registers (default).
0000 0001 Access active clock registers.
49
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
6.1.5 Phase Alignment Select Register
The phase alignment select register selects the phase alignment configuration. For more details, see Section
7.4.5.1 on page 80. The T8110 internally generates an 8 kHz frame reference. Shown below are three configurations to control phase alignment between this internally generated frame reference and a selected incoming frame
reference from the H-bus (/CT_FRAME_A, /CT_FRAME_B, or /FR_COMP) or local clock reference (LREF[4:7]).
n Disable alignment, no realignment of unaligned frames
n Snap alignment, immediate realignment of unaligned frames
n Slide alignment, gradual realignment of unaligned frames
Table 27. Phase Alignment Select Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00107 Phase Alignment Select
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
PAFSR
Value
Function
0000 0000 Phase alignment is disabled (default).
0000 0001 Enable snap alignment.
0000 0010 Enable slide alignment.
6.1.6 Fallback Control Register
The fallback control register allows user control over the active and inactive clock register sets. For more details,
see Section 7.7.1 on page 82. Writes to the fallback control register trigger the corresponding action, and the set
bit(s) are automatically cleared. The four commands are shown below:
n GO_CLOCKS. At initialization, the clock register Y set is active, the X set is inactive, and access is enabled to
the X set. The GO_CLOCKS command transitions the Y set to inactive and the X set to active. This command
can either be performed immediately upon issue or can wait to be performed until the next 8 kHz frame reference
(synchronized to frame).
n CLEAR_FALLBACK. Forces a state transition for active/inactive assignment of the clock register X and Y sets
after a fallback event has occurred. This command can either be performed immediately upon issue or can wait
to be performed until the next 8 kHz frame reference (synchronized to frame).
n FORCE_FALLBACK. Forces a state transition for active/inactive assignment of the clock register X and Y sets
by creating a fallback event. This command can either be performed immediately upon issue or can wait to be
performed until the next 8 kHz frame reference (synchronized to frame).
n COPY ACTIVE TO INACTIVE SET. Copies all register values in the current active clock register set to the inactive clock register set. This command is performed immediately upon issue.
50
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
Table 28. Fallback Control Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00108 Fallback Control
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
FBCSR
Value
Function
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0000 0100
0001 0001
0001 0010
0001 0100
0010 0000
NOP (default).
GO_CLOCKS command.
CLEAR_FALLBACK command.
FORCE_FALLBACK command.
GO_CLOCKS synchronized to frame*.
CLEAR_FALLBACK synchronized to frame*.
FORCE_FALLBACK synchronized to frame*.
COPY ACTIVE TO INACTIVE SET command.
* The synchronized to frame command also has a diagnostic element—instead of performing the command right at the frame boundary,
the user can elect to perform the command at a specified offset time from the frame boundary, by programming the Diag11 and Diag10
registers, 0x0014B—0x0014A.
6.1.7 Fallback Type Select Register
The upper nibble configures which H-bus clocks are selected to trigger a clock fallback event. Any of the legacy
modes have predetermined trigger enables and ignore the fallback trigger register settings. Nonlegacy modes
require the fallback trigger register settings. For more details, see Section 7.7.1 on page 82.
The lower nibble configures the state machine that controls clock register set active/inactive assignments. There
are three possible selections. For more details, see Section 7.7 on page 82.
n Disabled. No transitions of clock register X and Y sets to active/inactive.
n Fixed secondary. Swap the active/inactive sets on a fallback event; swap them back when fallback is cleared.
n Rotating secondary. Swap the active/inactive sets on a fallback event; maintain this state when fallback is
cleared.
Table 29. Fallback Type Select Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00109 Fallback Type
Select
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7:4
FTRSN
0000
0001
0010
0100
1000
1001
NOP (default).
Legacy, fallback to OSC/4 on main select failure.
Legacy, fallback X/Y set on main select failure.
Legacy, fallback X/Y set on H-bus A/B failure.
Fallback trigger registers control fallback.
Fallback trigger registers control fallback and
H-Bus clock enable state machine is enabled.
3:0
FSMSN
0000
0001
0010
Fallback is disabled (default).
Enable fixed secondary fallback.
Enable rotating secondary fallback.
6.1.8 Fallback Trigger Registers
The fallback trigger registers are used in conjunction with the fallback type select register and control which H-bus
clocks are enabled to trigger a clock fallback event in case of error. The sync reference inputs to DPLL1 and
DPLL2 can also trigger a clock fallback event upon detection of an error.
Agere Systems Inc.
51
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
Table 30. Fallback Trigger Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x0010A
Fallback Trigger, Lower
0x0010B
Fallback Trigger, Upper
Bit(s) Mnemonic Value
Function
7
S2FEB
0
1
Disable /SCLKx2 trigger (default).
Enable /SCLKx2 trigger.
6
SCFEB
0
1
Disable SCLK trigger (default).
Enable SCLK trigger.
5
C2FEB
0
1
Disable C2 trigger (default).
Enable C2 trigger.
4
C4FEB
0
1
Disable /C4 trigger (default).
Enable /C4 trigger.
3
CMFEB
0
1
Disable /C16– trigger (default).
Enable /C16– trigger.
2
CPFEB
0
1
Disable /C16+ trigger (default).
Enable /C16+ trigger.
1
CBFEB
0
1
Disable CT_C8_B trigger (default).
Enable CT_C8_B trigger.
0
CAFEB
0
1
Disable CT_C8_A trigger (default).
Enable CT_C8_A trigger.
7
Reserved
0
NOP (default).
6
D2FEB
0
1
Disable DPLL2 sync trigger (default).
Enable DPLL2 sync trigger.
5
D1FEB
0
1
Disable DPLL1 sync trigger (default).
Enable DPLL1 sync trigger.
4
N2FEB
0
1
Disable CT_NETREF2 trigger (default).
Enable CT_NETREF2 trigger.
3
N1FEB
0
1
Disable CT_NETREF1 trigger (default).
Enable CT_NETREF1 trigger.
2
FCFEB
0
1
Disable /FR_COMP trigger (default).
Enable /FR_COMP trigger.
1
FBFEB
0
1
Disable /CT_FRAME_B trigger (default).
Enable /CT_FRAME_B trigger.
0
FAFEB
0
1
Disable /CT_FRAME_A trigger (default).
Enable /CT_FRAME_A trigger.
6.1.9 Watchdog Select, C8, and NETREF Registers
The watchdog select, C8 register controls the watchdog circuits to monitor the proper frequency for the CT_C8_A
and CT_C8_B signals. These signals can take on two values, including 8.192 MHz (ECTF mode) and 4.096 MHz
(MC1 mode).
The watchdog select, NETREF register controls the watchdog circuits to monitor the proper frequency for the
CT_NETREF1 and CT_NETREF2 signals. These signals can take on three values depending on system-level
clocking architecture, including 8 kHz (frame reference), 1.544 MHz (T1 bit clock), and 2.048 MHz (E1 bit clock).
52
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
Table 31. Watchdog Select, C8, NETREF Registers
Byte
Address
0x0010C
0x0010D
Name
Watchdog Select, C8
Watchdog Select,
NETREF
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7:4
CBWSN
0000
0001
CT_C8_B watchdog at 8.192 MHz (default).
CT_C8_B watchdog at 4.096 MHz MC1mode.
3:0
CAWSN
0000
0001
CT_C8_A watchdog at 8.192 MHz (default).
CT_C8_A watchdog at 4.096 MHz MC1mode.
7:4
N2WSN
0000
0001
0010
CT_NETREF2 watchdog at 8 kHz (default).
CT_NETREF2 watchdog at 1.544 MHz.
CT_NETREF2 watchdog at 2.048 MHz.
3:0
N1WSN
0000
0001
0010
CT_NETREF1 watchdog at 8 kHz (default).
CT_NETREF1 watchdog at 1.544 MHz.
CT_NETREF1 watchdog at 2.048 MHz.
6.1.10 Watchdog EN Register
The watchdog EN registers are used to enable/disable watchdogs on the individual H-bus clocks and the watchdogs on the sync inputs of DPLL1 and DPLL2.
Table 32. Watchdog EN Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x0010E Watchdog EN, Lower
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7
S2WEB
0
1
Disable /SCLKx2 watchdog (default).
Enable /SCLKx2 watchdog.
6
SCWEB
0
1
Disable SCLK watchdog (default).
Enable SCLK watchdog.
5
C2WEB
0
1
Disable C2 watchdog (default).
Enable C2 watchdog.
4
C4WEB
0
1
Disable/C4 watchdog (default).
Enable/C4 watchdog.
3
CMWEB
0
1
Disable/C16– watchdog (default).
Enable/C16– watchdog.
2
CPWEB
0
1
Disable/C16+ watchdog (default).
Enable/C16+ watchdog.
1
CBWEB
0
1
Disable CT_C8_B watchdog (default).
Enable CT_C8_B watchdog.
0
CAWEB
0
1
Disable CT_C8_A watchdog (default).
Enable CT_C8_A watchdog.
53
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
Table 32. Watchdog EN Registers (continued)
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
0x0010F Watchdog EN, Upper
Value
Function
7
FSWEB
0
1
Disable FAILSAFE ref watchdog (default).
Enable FAILSAFE ref watchdog.
6
D2WEB
0
1
Disable DPLL2 sync watchdog (default).
Enable DPLL2 sync watchdog.
5
D1WEB
0
1
Disable DPLL1 sync watchdog (default).
Enable DPLL1 sync watchdog.
4
N2WEB
0
1
Disable CT_NETREF2 watchdog (default).
Enable CT_NETREF2 watchdog.
3
N1WEB
0
1
Disable CT_NETREF1 watchdog (default).
Enable CT_NETREF1 watchdog.
2
FCWEB
0
1
Disable /FR_COMP watchdog (default).
Enable /FR_COMP watchdog.
1
FBWEB
0
1
Disable /CT_FRAME_B watchdog (default).
Enable /CT_FRAME_B watchdog.
0
FAWEB
0
1
Disable /CT_FRAME_A watchdog (default).
Enable /CT_FRAME_A watchdog.
6.1.11 Failsafe Control Registers
Table 33. Failsafe Control Register
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
0x00114
Failsafe Control
7:0
FSCSR
0000 0000 NOP (default).
0000 0001 Return from failsafe to nonfallback condition.
0000 0010 Return from failsafe to fallback condition.
0x00115
Failsafe Enable
7:0
FSEER
0000 0000 Failsafe disabled.
0000 0001 Failsafe enabled.
0x00116
Failsafe Sensitivity
7:0
FSSSR
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0000 0100
0000 1000
0x00118
OOL Threshold Low
7:0
OLLLR
LLLL LLLL Failsafe threshold value, low byte.
0x00119
OOL Threshold High
7:0
OLHLR
LLLL LLLL Failsafe threshold value, high byte.
0x0011A
OOL Monitor
7:0
OOLER
0000 0000 Monitor direct APLL1 lock detect at PLOCK.
0000 0001 Monitor user threshold lock detect at PLOCK.
Failsafe watchdog highest sensitivity.
Failsafe watchdog + 30.5 ns.
Failsafe watchdog + 121.0 ns.
Failsafe watchdog + 244.0 ns.
Failsafe watchdog + 488.0 ns.
The failsafe control register controls a return from the failsafe state. Writes to the failsafe control register trigger the
corresponding action, and the set bit(s) are automatically cleared. From the failsafe state, the user can return to
either the primary or secondary clock register sets. For more on failsafe, please see Section 7.7.2 on page 88.
54
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
The failsafe enable register controls the enable/disable of failsafe operation. For more on failsafe operation, please
see Section 7.7.2 on page 88.
The failsafe sensitivity register allows the failsafe watchdog timer to be desensitized by either 1, 4, 8, or 16 watchdog sample clock periods.
The OOL threshold registers allow for programmable threshold times which indicate the APLL1 out-of-lock. Resolution for the threshold value increments is one 32.768 MHz clock period (30.5 ns). The register contains
[count – 1], a value of 0x0000 yields a 30.5 ns threshold. A value of 0xFFFF yields a 1.99 ms threshold. For more
on OOL operation, please see Section 7.7.2 on page 88.
The OOL monitor register allows the user to monitor either the raw APLL1 out-of-lock status, OR the status flag
that indicates that the APLL1 has been out-of-lock for more than the threshold defined in the OOL threshold registers.
6.1.12 External Buffers—Descriptor Table Base Address
Table 34. Extended Buffers Base Addresses
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s)
Mnemonic
0x00110
Base Address Byte 0
7:0
NA
LLLL LLLL 32-bit base address value for external
buffers descriptor table*.
0x00111
Base Address Byte 1
7:0
NA
LLLL LLLL 32-bit base address value for external
buffers descriptor table*.
0x00112
Base Address Byte 2
7:0
NA
LLLL LLLL 32-bit base address value for external
buffers descriptor table*.
0x00113
Base Address Byte 3
7:0
NA
LLLL LLLL 32-bit base address value for external
buffers descriptor table*.
Value
Function
* The external buffers descriptor table base address is only relevant if the T8110 interfaces to the PCI bus. If the selected T8110 interface
is to the microprocessor bus, this register is reserved. For more details, refer to Section 14.2.3.4 on page 160.
6.2 Error and Status Registers
Status 7, 6, and 3—0 registers are writable by the user for clearing specific error bits. Writing a 1 to any of the bits
of these registers will clear the corresponding error bit. The remaining error and status registers are read-only.
Table 35. Error and Status Register Map
DWORD
Address
(20 bits)
Register
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00120
Status 3, latched
clock errors, upper
Status 2, latched
clock errors, lower
Status 1, transient clock
errors, upper
Status 0, transient
clock errors, lower
0x00124
Status 7, system
errors, upper
Status 6, system
errors, lower
Status 5 PLL and switching
status
Status 4 fallback and
failsafe status
0x00128
Device ID, upper
Device ID, lower
Reserved
Version ID
0x0012C
Reserved
Reserved
Status 9, virtual channel
status
Status 8, PCI target
queue status
Agere Systems Inc.
55
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
6.2.1 Clock Errors
6.2.1.1 Transient Clock Errors Registers
The transient clock error registers are used in conjunction with the watchdog EN registers and indicate error status
for H-bus clocks and DPLL1/DPLL2 sync inputs whose watchdogs are enabled. The transient indicators are
dynamic in nature; if a clock is in error only for a short time and then recovers, the error indication is deasserted
when the clock recovers. Additionally, an APLL1 out-of-lock indicator is provided, and used in conjunction with the
failsafe clocking mode. For more details, please see Section 7.7.1 on page 82 and Section 7.7.2 on page 88.
Table 36. Clock Error Registers
Byte Address
Name
0x00120
Status 0, Transient
Clock Errors, Lower
0x00121
56
Status 1, Transient
Clock Errors, Upper
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7
S2TOB
6
SCTOB
5
C2TOB
4
C4TOB
3
CMTOB
2
CPTOB
1
CBTOB
0
CATOB
7
FSTOB
6
D2TOB
5
D1TOB
4
N2TOB
3
N1TOB
2
FCTOB
1
FBTOB
0
FATOB
Value
Function
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
/SCLKx2 no error (default).
/SCLKx2 error.
SCLK no error (default).
SCLK error.
C2 no error (default).
C2 error.
/C4 no error (default).
/C4 error.
/C16– no error (default).
/C16– error.
/C16+ no error (default).
/C16+ error.
CT_C8_B no error (default).
CT_C8_B error.
CT_C8_A no error (default).
CT_C8_A error.
Failsafe indicator: APLL1 reference no error.
APLL1 reference error.
DPLL2 sync no error (default).
DPLL2 sync error.
DPLL1 sync no error (default).
DPLL1 sync error.
CT_NETREF2 no error (default).
CT_NETREF2 error.
CT_NETREF1 no error (default).
CT_NETREF1 error.
/FR_COMP no error (default).
/FR_COMP error.
/CT_FRAME_B no error (default).
/CT_FRAME_B error.
/CT_FRAME_A no error (default).
/CT_FRAME_A error.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
6.2.1.2 Latched Clock Error Register
The latched clock error registers capture transient clock errors. The latched indicators capture and hold any transient error status and are used by the clock fallback logic. For more details, see Section 7.7 on page 82, and Section 12 on page 113 for more details.
Table 37. Latched Clock Error Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00122 Status 2, Latched Clock
Errors, Lower
0x00123 Status 3, Latched Clock
Errors, Upper
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s)
Mnemonic Value
Function
7
S2LOB
0
1
/SCLKx2 no error (default).
/SCLKx2 error.
6
SCLOB
0
1
SCLK no error (default).
SCLK error.
5
C2LOB
0
1
C2 no error (default).
C2 error.
4
C4LOB
0
1
/C4 no error (default).
/C4 error.
3
CMLOB
0
1
/C16– no error (default).
/C16– error.
2
CPLOB
0
1
/C16+ no error (default).
/C16+ error.
1
CBLOB
0
1
CT_C8_B no error (default).
CT_C8_B error.
0
CALOB
0
1
CT_C8_A no error (default).
CT_C8_A error.
7
FSLOB
0
1
Failsafe indicator: APLL1 reference no error.
APLL1 reference error.
6
D2LOB
0
1
DPLL2 sync no error (default).
DPLL2 sync error.
5
D1LOB
0
1
DPLL1 sync no error (default).
DPLL1 sync error.
4
N2LOB
0
1
CT_NETREF2 no error (default).
CT_NETREF2 error.
3
N1LOB
0
1
CT_NETREF1 no error (default).
CT_NETREF1 error.
2
FCLOB
0
1
/FR_COMP no error (default).
/FR_COMP error.
1
FBLOB
0
1
/CT_FRAME_B no error (default).
/CT_FRAME_B error.
0
FALOB
0
1
/CT_FRAME_A no error (default).
/CT_FRAME_A error.
57
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
6.2.2 System Status
6.2.3 Clock Fallback Status Register
The upper nibble provides status indicators for clock fallback. FBFOB indicates whether the circuit is in a clock fallback state. FBSOP indicates which of five possible states the circuit is in; see Section 7.7.1 on page 82 for more
details.
The lower nibble provides status indicators related to the X and Y clock register set active/inactive assignments.
XYSOB indicates which of the clock register sets is active. The remaining bits indicate a pending status for
GO_CLOCKS, CLEAR_FALLBACK, and FORCE_FALLBACK commands issued (via the fallback control register,
0x00108), which are waiting for a frame sync.
.
Table 38. Fallback and Failsafe Status Register
Byte
Address
Register Name
0x00124 Status 4, Clock Fallback
Status
Bit(s) Mnemonic Value
Function
7
FBFOB
0
1
Indicates not in fallback/failsafe state (default).
Indicates fallback/failsafe state.
6:4
FBSOP
111
000
001
010
011
100
101
3
XYSOB
0
1
Clock register Y set is active, X is inactive.
Clock register X set is active, Y is inactive.
2
GOPOB
0
1
No GO_CLOCKS pending (default).
GO_CLOCKS pending, waiting for frame.
1
CFPOB
0
1
No CLEAR_FALLBACK pending (default).
CLEAR_FALLBACK pending, waiting for frame.
0
FFPOB
0
1
No FORCE_FALLBACK pending (default).
FORCE_FALLBACK pending, waiting for
frame.
Fallback state = INITIAL (default).
Fallback state = PRIMARY.
Fallback state = TO_PRIMARY.
Fallback state = SECONDARY.
Fallback state = TO_SECONDARY.
Failsafe state = FS_1.
Failsafe state = FS_2.
6.2.4 PLL and Switching Status Register
The upper 6 bits provide APLL1, DPLL1, and DPLL2 lock status. For more details, see Section 7 on page 62. The
lower 2 bits provide memory status as follows: CMROB is an indicator for the connection memory actively resetting; see Section 14.2.1.1 on page 146. DMPOB indicates the active data page used for double-buffered standard
switching; see Section 14.2.1.2 on page 148.
58
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
Table 39. PLL and Switching Status Register
Byte
Address
Register Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic Value
0x00125 Status 5, PLL and
Switching Status
Function
7
A1LOB
0
1
APLL1 in-lock.
APLL1 out-of-lock.
6
OOLOB
0
1
Out-of-lock indicator inactive.
Out-of-lock indicator active.
5:4
D1LOP
00
01
10
11
DPLL1 in-lock (default).
DPLL1 out-of-lock, slow correction.
DPLL1 out-of-lock, fast correction.
Invalid.
3:2
D2LOP
00
01
10
11
DPLL2 in-lock (default).
DPLL2 out-of-lock, slow correction.
DPLL2 out-of-lock, fast correction.
Invalid.
1
CMROB
0
1
Connection memory not resetting (default).
Connection memory reset loop is active.
0
DPGOB
0
1
Active page = data memory page 1.
Active page = date memory page 2.
6.2.5 System Errors Register
Table 40. System Errors Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00126 Status 6, System
Errors, Lower
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7
PMFOB
6
PMLOB
5
PMEOB
4
PMWOB
3
PMOOB
2
PMIOB
1
VCOOB
0
NQOOB
Value
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
No error.
PCI master, PCI bus fatal error.
No error.
PCI master, external buffer LOCK error.
No error.
PCI master, external buffer STALL error.
No warning.
PCI master, external buffer STALL warning.
No warning.
PCI master, external buffer overwrite warning.
No warning.
PCI master, external buffer INITIAL warning.
No warning.
VC memory, scratchpad overflow warning.
No warning.
NOTIFY_QUEUE, overflow warning.
59
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
Table 40. System Errors Registers (continued)
Byte
Address
Register Name
0x00127 Status 7, System
Errors, Upper
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7
CFSOB
6
CFBOB
5
MBTOB
4
VCTOB
3
DMTOB
2
MBPOB
1
VCPOB
0
DMPOB
Value
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
No error.
Clock failsafe indicator.
No error.
Clock fallback indicator.
No time-out.
PCI target, minibridge discard timer expired.
No time-out.
PCI target, VC memory discard timer expired.
No time-out.
PCI target, data memory discard timer expired.
No error.
PCI target, minibridge protocol error.
No error.
PCI target, VC memory protocol error.
No error.
PCI target, data memory protocol error.
6.2.6 Device Identification Registers
These registers identify the device type and revision status, T8110 revision n .
Table 41. Device Identification Registers
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
0x00128 Version ID
7:0
VEROR
0000 0001 Revision status (value shown = REV1).
0x0012A Device ID, Lower
7:0
IDLOR
0001 0000 Device ID low status 0x10.
0x0012B Device ID, Upper
7:0
IDHOR
1000 0001 Device ID high status 0x81.
60
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
6 Operating Control and Status (continued)
6.2.7 Miscellaneous Status
The status 8 register provides the status flags which indicate that there is currently a posted write or a delayed
read enqueued, one flag for each access region minibridge, virtual channel memory, and data memory. Please
refer to Sections 4.1.4, 4.1.4.1, and 4.1.5.1 for more details.
The status 9 register provides the current state of the virtual channel switching (START or PAUSE), and the status
of any pending start/pause commands that are waiting for the next frame. Please refer to Section 14.2.3. for more
details.
Table 42. Miscellaneous Status Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x0012C Status 8
0x0012D Status 9
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7:3
Reserved
0000 0
NOP.
2
MBSOB
0
1
Minibridge PCI target queue is empty.
Minibridge PCI target queue is full.
1
VCSOB
0
1
VC memory PCI target queue is empty.
VC memory PCI target queue is full.
0
DMSOB
0
1
Data memory PCI target queue is empty.
data memory PCI target queue is full.
7:6
Reserved
00
NOP.
5
VPPOB
0
1
No PAUSE command pending.
PAUSE is pending (waiting for frame).
4
VSPOB
0
1
No START command pending.
START is pending (waiting for frame).
3:0
VCEON
0000
0001
PAUSE virtual channel switching (disabled).
START virtual channel switching (enabled).
61
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
LREF[4:7]
PROGRAMMABLE
INVERSION
BIT SLIDER
CONTROLS
SYNC
DPLL1
SOURCE
AND RATE
4
CLOCK
SELECT
8
CT_C8_A
CT_C8_B
MVIP (2 CLOCKS)
H-MVIP (4 CLOCKS)
SC-BUS (2 CLOCKS)
SCSA (2 CLOCKS)
RESOURCE
DIVIDE-BY-n
DIVIDE REGISTER
WATCHDOGS
LREF[0:7]
CT_NETREF1
CT_NETREF2
4.096 MHz
INTERNAL
CLOCK
GENERATION
2 OR
4 MHz
DPLL1
APLL1
65.536 MHz
65.536 MHz
8.192 MHz
16.364 MHz
FRAME
32.768 MHz
(INTERNAL)
FRAME
MEMORIES
APLL1
BYPASS
MAIN
DIVIDE-BY-n
DIVIDE REGISTER
PROG.
INVERSION
CLK
SEL
2.048 MHz
PHASE
ALIGNMENT
SAMPLED FRAME
FRAME
SEL
FAIL
SAFE
CLOCK
SOURCE
SELECT
MULT
BY 2
FRAME
DIV
BY 4
TO
TCLK_OUT
MUX
WATCHDOG
/CT_FRAME_B
/FR_COMP
WATCHDOG
/CT_FRAME_A
WATCHDOGS
7 Clock Architecture
APLL2
49.408 MHz
DPLL2
1, 5, 3, 6,
or 12 MHz
X4
X8
DPLL2
SOURCE
AND RATE
OSC1
XTAL1 OUT
XTAL1 IN/
OSC1 IN
PRI_REF_OUT
APLL2
BYPASS
APLL2
RATE
SELECT
XTAL2 OUT
PRI_REF_IN
OSC2
XTAL2 IN/
OSC2 IN
5-9432 (F)
Figure 19. T8110 Main Clocking Paths
NR1_SEL_OUT
NR1_DIV_IN
PROGRAMMABLE
INVERSION
PROGRAMMABLE
INVERSION
NETREF1
DIVIDE-BY-n
CT_NETREF2
NETREF1
SEL
(FROM XTAL2)
DIV
BY 8
(FROM XTAL1)
LREF[0:7]
8
NR1 DIV
SELECT
CT_NETREF1
DIVIDE REGISTER
NR1 SOURCE
SELECT
NR2 SOURCE
SELECT
NR2 DIV
SELECT
NETREF2
SEL
CT_NETREF1
NETREF2
DIVIDE-BY-n
CT_NETREF2
DIVIDE REGISTER
PROGRAMMABLE
INVERSION
NR2_SEL_OUT
NR2_DIV_IN
PROGRAMMABLE
INVERSION
5-9433 (F)
Figure 20. T8110 NETREF Paths
62
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.1 Clock Input Control Registers
The following registers control the T8110 main clocking paths and NETREF paths.
Table 43. Clock Input Control Register Map
Register
DWORD Address
(20 bits)
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00200
APLL1 rate
APLL1 input selector
Main divider
Main input selector
0x00204
APLL2 rate
Reserved
Resource divider
Main inversion select
0x00208
DPLL1 rate
DPLL1 input selector
Reserved
LREF input select
0x0020C
DPLL2 rate
DPLL2 input selector
Reserved
LREF inversion select
0x00210
Reserved
NETREF1 LREF select
NETREF1 divider
NETREF1 input selector
0x00214
Reserved
NETREF2 LREF select
NETREF2 divider
NETREF2 input selector
7.1.1 Main Input Selector Register
The main input selector register controls clock and frame input selection.
Table 44. Main Input Selector Register
Byte Address
Name
Bit(s)
Mnemonic
Value
Function
0x00200
Main Input Selector
7:0
CKMSR
0000 0000
0001 0001
0001 0010
0010 0001
0010 0010
0100 0001
0100 0010
0100 0100
0100 1000
1000 0000
1000 0001
1000 0010
1000 0100
1000 1000
Select oscillator/crystal (default).
Select NETREF1.
Select NETREF2.
Select LREF[0:7] individually.
Select LREF[0:3, 4:7] paired.
Select H-bus A-clocks.
Select H-bus B-clocks.
Select MC1 R-clocks.
Select MC1 L-clocks.
Select MVIP clocks (C2 bit clock)*.
Select MVIP clocks (/C4 bit clock).
Select H-MVIP clocks (/C16± bit clock).
Select SC-bus clocks 2 MHz.
Select SC-bus clocks 4/8 MHz.
* C2 is allowed as the bit clock input.
Choices include the following:
Oscillator/crystal clock = XTAL1_IN (16.384 MHz), no frame
NETREF1 clock = CT_NETREF1 (8 kHz, 1.544 MHz, or 2.048 MHz), no frame
NETREF2 clock = CT_NETREF2 (8 kHz, 1.544 MHz, or 2.048 MHz), no frame
LREF individual clock = one of LREF[0:7]*, no frame
LREF paired clock = one of LREF[0:3], frame = one of LREF[4:7]*
H-bus A-clocks clock = CT_C8_A (8.192 MHz), frame = /CT_FRAME_A (8 kHz)
* Selection of which LREF is controlled at register 0x00208. Selection of LREF polarity is controlled at register 0x0020C.
Agere Systems Inc.
63
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
H-bus B-clocks clock = CT_C8_B (8.192 MHz), frame = /CT_FRAME_B (8 kHz)
MC1 R-clocks clock = inverted CT_C8_A (4.096 MHz), frame = /CT_FRAME_A (8 kHz)
MC1 L-clocks clock = inverted CT_C8_B (4.096 MHz), frame = /CT_FRAME_B (8 kHz)
MVIP clocks clock = /C4 (4.096 MHz), frame = /FR_COMP (8 kHz)
MVIP clocks* clock = C2 (2.048 MHz), frame = /FR_COMP (8 kHz)
H-MVIP clocks clock = /C16± (16.384 MHz), frame = /FR_COMP (8 kHz)
SC-BUS 2 MHz clock = /SCLKx2, frame = /FR_COMP (8 kHz)
SC-BUS 4/8 MHz clock = SCLK, frame = /FR_COMP (8 kHz)
* C2 is allowed as the bit clock input.
7.1.2 Main Divider Register
The main divider register contains [divider value – 1]. A value of 0x00 yields a divide-by-1 function.
A value of 0xFF yields a divide-by-256 function.
Table 45. Main Divider Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00201 Main Divider
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
CKMDR
Value
Function
LLLL LLLL
Divider value, {0x00 to 0xFF} = {div1 to div256},
respectively.
7.1.3 Analog PLL1 (APLL1) Input Selector Register
The APLL1 input selector register controls APLL1 reference input selection. The choices include the following:
n APLL1 reference clock = oscillator/4 (4.096 MHz)
n APLL1 reference clock = output of the main divider (4.096 MHz or 2.048 MHz)
n APLL1 reference clock = output of the resource divider (4.096 MHz or 2.048 MHz)
n APLL1 reference clock = output of DPLL1 (4.096 MHz or 2.048 MHz)
n APLL1 reference clock = input from signal PRI_REF_IN (4.096 MHz or 2.048 MHz)
Table 46. APLL1 Input Selector Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00202 APLL1 Input Selector
64
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
P1ISR
Value
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0000 0100
0000 1000
Function
Select oscillator/4 (default).
Select main divider output.
Select resource divider output.
Select DPLL1 output.
Select external input PRI_REF_IN.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.1.4 APLL1 Rate Register
The APLL1 rate register provides the rate multiplier value to APLL1. When APLL1 reference clock is at
4.096 MHz, the [x16 (multiplied by)] value must be selected. When APLL1 reference clock is at 2.048 MHz, the
[x32 (multiplied by)] value must be selected. A [x1 (multiplied by)] value is provided in order to bypass APLL1.
Table 47. APLL1 Rate Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00203 APLL1 Rate
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
P1RSR
Value
0000 0000
0000 0001
0001 xxxx
Function
Times 16 (default).
Times 32.
Times 1 BYPASS (lower nibble is don’t care).
7.1.5 Main Inversion Select Register
The main inversion select register controls programmable inversions at various points within the T8110 main clocking paths and NETREF paths. Internal points allowed for programmable inversion include the following:
n Main clock selection CLK SEL MUX output; see Figure 19 on page 62.
n NETREF2 divider output; see Figure 20 on page 62.
n NETREF2 selection MUX output
n NETREF1 divider output
n NETREF1 selection MUX output
Table 48. Main Inversion Select Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00204 Main Inversion Select
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7:5
Reserved
000
NOP (default).
4
ICMSB
0
1
Don’t invert main clock selection (default).
Invert main clock selection.
3
N2DSB
0
1
Don’t invert NETREF2 divider output (default).
Invert NETREF2 divider output.
2
N2SSB
0
1
Don’t invert NETREF2 selection (default).
Invert NETREF2 selection.
1
N1DSB
0
1
Don’t invert NETREF1 divider output (default).
Invert NETREF1 divider output.
0
N1SSB
0
1
Don’t invert NETREF1 selection (default).
Invert NETREF1 selection.
65
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.1.6 Resource Divider Register
The resource divider register contains [divider value – 1]. A value of 0x00 yields a divide-by-1 function. A value of
0xFF yields a divide-by-256 function.
Table 49. Resource Divider Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00205
Resource Divider
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
CKRDR
Value
Function
LLLL LLLL Divider value, {0x00 to 0xFF} = {div1 to div256},
respectively.
7.1.7 Analog PLL2 (APLL2) Rate Register
The APLL2 rate register provides the rate multiplier value to APLL2. When the APLL2 reference clock is at
12.352 MHz, the (times 4) value must be selected. When the APLL2 reference clock is at 6.176 MHz, the
(times 8) value must be selected. A (times 1) value is provided in order to bypass APLL2.
Table 50. APLL2 Rate Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00207 APLL2 Rate
66
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
P2RSR
Value
Function
0000 0000
0000 0001
0001 xxxx
Times 4 (default).
Times 8.
Times 1 BYPASS (lower nibble is don't care).
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.1.8 LREF Input Select Registers
The LREF input select register is used in conjunction with the main input selector (0x00200) and provides the
selection control among the eight LREF inputs when the main selection is set for either individual or paired LREFs.
The LREF inversion select register allows programmable inversion for each LREF input. Please refer to Figure 19
on page 62 for further details.
Table 51. LREF Input/Inversion Select Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00208 LREF Input
Select
0x0020C LREF Inversion
Select
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
Select LREF0 (default).
Select LREF0.
Select LREF1.
Select LREF2.
Select LREF3.
Select LREF4.
Select LREF5.
Select LREF6.
Select LREF7.
Select paired, clock = LREF0, frame = LREF4.
Select paired, clock = LREF1, frame = LREF5.
Select paired, clock = LREF2, frame = LREF6.
Select paired, clock = LREF3, frame = LREF7.
7:0
LRISR
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0000 0100
0000 1000
0001 0000
0010 0000
0100 0000
1000 0000
0001 0001
0010 0010
0100 0100
1000 1000
7
IR7SB
0
1
Don’t invert LREF7 (default).
Invert LREF7.
6
IR6SB
0
1
Don’t invert LREF6 (default).
Invert LREF6.
5
IR5SB
0
1
Don’t invert LREF5 (default).
Invert LREF5.
4
IR4SB
0
1
Don’t invert LREF4 (default).
Invert LREF4.
3
IR3SB
0
1
Don’t invert LREF3 (default).
Invert LREF3.
2
IR2SB
0
1
Don’t invert LREF2 (default).
Invert LREF2.
1
IR1SB
0
1
Don’t invert LREF1 (default).
Invert LREF1.
0
IR0SB
0
1
Don’t invert LREF0 (default).
Invert LREF0.
67
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.1.9 DPLL1 Input Selector
The DPLL1 input selector selects one of three sources for DPLL1 synchronization input (see Section 7.4.2 on page
78), including the following:
n Main clock selection CLK SEL MUX output
n Main divider output
n Resource divider output
7.1.9.1 DPLL1 Rate Register
The DPLL1 rate register controls the DPLL1 output frequency.
Table 52. DPLL1 Input Selector Registers
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
0x0020A DPLL1 Input Selector
7:0
D1ISR
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
Main selector (default).
Main divider.
Resource divider.
0x0020B DPLL1 Rate
7:0
D1RSR
0000 0000
0000 0001
DPLL1 output at 4.096 MHz (default).
DPLL1 output at 2.048 MHz.
68
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.1.10 DPLL2 Input Selector
The DPLL2 input selector selects one of five sources for DPLL2 synchronization input (see Section 7.5.1 on page
81), including the following:
n Main clock selection CLK SEL MUX output
n Main divider output
n Resource divider output
n Internal frame
n External input via PRI_REF_IN signal
7.1.10.1 DPLL2 Rate Register
The DPLL2 rate register controls the DPLL2 output frequency.
Table 53. DPLL2 Register
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
0x0020E DPLL2 Input Selector
7:0
D2ISR
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0000 0100
0000 1000
Main selector (default).
Main divider.
Resource divider.
T8110 internally generated frame.
External input PRI_REF_IN.
0x0020F DPLL2 Rate
7:0
D2RSR
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0000 0100
0000 1000
DPLL2 output
DPLL2 output
DPLL2 output
DPLL2 output
DPLL2 output
Agere Systems Inc.
off (default).
at 1.544 MHz.
at 3.088 MHz.
at 6.176 MHz.
at 12.352 MHz.
69
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.1.11 NETREF1 Registers
The NETREF1 input selector, NETREF1 divider, and NETREF1 LREF select registers control the signal paths
used to generate CT_NETREF1 (see Figure 20 on page 62).
Table 54. NETREF1 Registers
Byte
Address
0x00210
Name
NETREF1 Input
Selector
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7:4
N1DSN
0000
0001
Divider input = selector output (default).
Divider input = external input NR1_DIV_IN.
3:0
N1ISN
0000
0001
0010
0100
1000
Oscillator/XTAL1-div-8, 2.048 MHz (default).
Oscillator/XTAL1, 16.384 MHz.
CT_NETREF2 input.
LREF input*.
Oscillator/XTAL2, 6.176 MHz, or 12.352 MHz.
0x00211
NETREF1 Divider
7:0
NR1DR
LLLL LLLL Divider value, {0x00 to 0xFF} = {div1 to div256},
respectively.
0x00212
NETREF1 LREF
Select
7:0
N1LSR
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0000 0100
0000 1000
0001 0000
0010 0000
0100 0000
1000 0000
Select LREF0 (default).
Select LREF0.
Select LREF1.
Select LREF2.
Select LREF3.
Select LREF4.
Select LREF5.
Select LREF6.
Select LREF7.
* Selection of which LREF is controlled at register 0x00212.
70
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.1.12 NETREF2 Registers
The NETREF2 input selector, NETREF2 divider, and NETREF2 LREF select registers control the signal paths
used to generate CT_NETREF2 (see Figure 20 on page 62).
Table 55. NETREF2 Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00214 NETREF2 Input
Selector
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7:4
N2DSN
0000
0001
Divider input = selector output (default).
Divider input = external input NR1_DIV_IN.
3:0
N2ISN
0000
0001
0010
0100
1000
Oscillator/XTAL1-div-8, 2.048 MHz (default).
Oscillator/XTAL1, 16.384 MHz.
CT_NETREF1 input.
LREF input*.
Oscillator/XTAL2, 6.176 MHz, or 12.352 MHz.
0x00215 NETREF2 Divider
7:0
NR2DR
LLLL LLLL Divider value, {0x00 to 0xFF} = {div1 to div256},
respectively.
0x00216 NETREF2 LREF
Select
7:0
N2LSR
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0000 0100
0000 1000
0001 0000
0010 0000
0100 0000
1000 0000
Select LREF0 (default).
Select LREF0.
Select LREF1.
Select LREF2.
Select LREF3.
Select LREF4.
Select LREF5.
Select LREF6.
Select LREF7.
* Selection of which LREF is controlled at register 0x00216.
Agere Systems Inc.
71
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.2 Clock Output Control Registers
The registers listed below control output enable and rate selection of the T8110 clock path outputs.
Table 56. Clock Output Control Register Map
Register
DWORD
Address
(20 bits)
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00220
C8 output rate
/FR_COMP width
NETREF output enables
Master output enables
0x00224
SCLK output rate
TCLK select
Reserved
CCLK output enables
0x00228
L_SC3 select
L_SC2 select
L_SC1 select
L_SC0 select
7.2.1 Master Output Enables Register
The master output enables register controls the output enables for H-bus and compatibility clocks (CCLK) for
T8110 clock mastering. A-clocks refers to the combination of CT_C8_A bit clock and /CT_FRAME_A frame reference.
B-clocks refers to the CT_C8_B bit clock and /CT_FRAME_B frame reference.
These programmable enables are used in conjunction with master enable register 0x00103, H-bus clock enables,
HCKEB.
The NETREF output enables register controls the output enables for CT_NETREF1 and CT_NETREF2. These
programmable enables are used in conjunction with master enable register 0x00103, H-bus clock enables,
HCKEB.
The CCLK output enables register is used in conjunction with register 0x00220 and controls the output enables for
various groupings of compatibility clocks, including the following:
n H-MVIP bit clock only(/C16±)
n MVIP clocks (/C4, C2)
n H-MVIP clocks (/C16±, /C4, C2)
n SC-bus clocks (SCLK, /SCLKx2)
n /FR_COMP compatibility frame reference
72
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
Table 57. Master Output Enables Registers
Byte Address
0x00220
0x00221
0x00224
Name
Master
Output
Enables
NETREF
Output
Enables
CCLK
Output
Enables
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7:4
ABOEN
0000
0001
0010
0011
Disable A and B clock outputs (default).
Enable A clock outputs only.
Enable B clock outputs only.
Enable both A and B clock outputs.
3:0
CCOEN
0000
0001
0010
Disable compatibility (C clock) outputs (default).
Enable C clocks individually*.
Enable all C clocks.
7:4
N2OEN
0000
0001
CT_NETREF2 disabled (default).
CT_NETREF2 enabled.
3:0
N1OEN
0000
0001
CT_NETREF1 disabled (default).
CT_NETREF1 enabled.
7:4
FRSEN
0000
0001
/FR_COMP disabled (default).
/FR_COMP enabled.
3:0
CCSEN
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
C-clock bit clocks disabled (default).
Enable H-MVIP bit clock.
Enable MVIP clocks.
Enable H-MVIP all clocks.
Enable SC-bus clocks.
* Overall selection includes all C clocks OFF, all C clocks ON, or select individual groups of C clocks to be enabled, in conjunction with register
0x00224.
Agere Systems Inc.
73
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.2.2 Clock Output Format Registers
The clock output format registers select the pulse width of the /FR_COMP pulse width.
The C8 output rate register selects the CT_C8_A and CT_C8_B clock output frequency 8.192 MHz for ECTF
(H1x0) mode, or 4.096 MHz for MC1 mode.
The SCLK output rate register selects between three SC-Bus clock configurations, including the following:
n SCLK = 2.048 MHz, /SCLKx2 = 4.096 MHz
n SCLK = 4.096 MHz, /SCLKx2 = 8.192 MHz
n SCLK = 8.192 MHz, /SCLKx2 = 8.192 MHz (phase shifted from SCLK)
Table 58. Clock Output Format Registers
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
0x00222 /FR_COMP
Width
7:0
FRWSR
0x00223 C8 Output Rate
7:4
BCRSN
0000
0001
CT_C8_B output at 8.192 MHz (default).
CT_C8_B output at 4.096 MHz, MC1 mode.
3:0
ACRSN
0000
0001
CT_C8_A output at 8.192 MHz (default).
CT_C8_A output at 4.096 MHz, MC1 mode.
7:0
SCRSR
0x00227 SCLK Output
Rate
0000 0000 /FR_COMP width is 122 ns (default).
0000 0001 /FR_COMP width is 244 ns.
0000 0000 SCLK = 2 MHz, /SCLKx2 = 4 MHz (default).
0000 0001 SCLK = 4 MHz, /SCLKx2 = 8 MHz.
0000 0010 SCLK = 8 MHz, /SCLKx2 = 8 MHz phase shifted.
7.2.3 TCLK and L_SCx Select Registers
The TCLK select register controls the selection of various internally generated clocks for output to the TCLK_OUT
signal.
The L_SCx select registers control the selection of various internally generated clocks for output to the L_SC0,
L_SC1, L_SC2, and L_SC3 signals.
74
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
Table 59. TCLK Select and L_SCx Select Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00226
TCLK Select
7:0
TCOSR
0x00228
(0x00229)
(0x0022A)
(0x0022B)
L_SC0 Select
L_SC1 Select
L_SC2 Select
L_SC3 Select
7:0
LC0SR
(LC1SR)
(LC2SR)
(LC3SR)
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0001 0001
0001 0010
0010 0000
0010 0001
0010 0010
0011 0000
0011 0001
0011 0010
0100 0000
0100 0001
0100 0010
0100 0100
0100 1000
0101 0000
0101 0001
0101 0010
0101 0100
0101 1000
1000 0000
1000 0001
1000 0010
1001 0000
1001 0001
1001 0010
0000 0000
0000 0001
0001 0001
0100 0000
0100 0001
0100 0010
0100 0100
0100 1000
0101 0000
0101 0001
0101 0010
0101 0100
0101 1000
1000 0000
1000 0001
1000 0010
1001 0000
1001 0001
1001 0010
Function
TCLK output disabled (default).
Select OSC1/XTAL1.
Select OSC2/XTAL2.
Select OSC1/XTAL1 inverted.
Select OSC2/XTAL2 inverted.
Select DPLL2 output.
Select APLL1 output, 65.536 MHz.
Select APLL2 output, 49.704 MHz.
Select DPLL2 output inverted.
Select APLL1 output inverted.
Select APLL2 output inverted.
Select generated 2.048 MHz.
Select generated 4.096 MHz.
Select generated 8.192 MHz.
Select generated 16.384 MHz.
Select generated 32.768 MHz.
Select generated 2.048 MHz inverted.
Select generated 4.096 MHz inverted.
Select generated 8.192 MHz inverted.
Select generated 16.384 MHz inverted.
select generated 32.768 MHz inverted.
Select generated frame.
Select generated CT_NETREF1.
Select generated CT_NETREF2.
Select generated frame inverted.
Select generated CT_NETREF1 inverted.
Select generated CT_NETREF2 inverted.
L_SCx output disabled (default).
Select OSC1/XTAL1.
Select OSC1/XTAL1 inverted.
Select generated 2.048 MHz.
Select generated 4.096 MHz.
Select generated 8.192 MHz.
Select generated 16.384 MHz.
Select generated 32.768 MHz.
Select generated 2.048 MHz inverted.
Select generated 4.096 MHz inverted.
Select generated 8.192 MHz inverted.
Select generated 16.384 MHz inverted.
Select generated 32.768 MHz inverted.
Select generated frame.
Select generated CT_NETREF1.
Select generated CT_NETREF2.
Select generated frame inverted.
Select generated CT_NETREF1 inverted.
Select generated CT_NETREF2 inverted.
75
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.3 Clock Register Access
The T8110 clock control registers, 0x00200—0x002FF, consist of two identical sets of registers, X and Y. At any
given time, only one set is actually controlling the clocking (denoted as the active set), while the other is in a
standby state (inactive set). Either set, X or Y, may be the active set, as determined by a state machine that tracks
the clock fallback control and status and assigns either set to be active accordingly. For more details, see Section
7.7.1 on page 82. Users may only access one register set at a time. By default, access is allowed to the current
inactive set, but access to the active set is allowed via the clock register access select register, 0x00106; see Section 6.1.4 on page 49.
7.4 Clock Circuit Operation—APLL1
APLL1 can accept either a 4.096 MHz or 2.048 MHz reference clock, and perform a corresponding multiplication
function to supply a 65.536 MHz operating clock for the T8110. Additionally, APLL1 may be bypassed for circuit
diagnostic purposes. Please refer to Figure 19 on page 62.
7.4.1 Main Clock Selection, Bit Clock, and Frame
APLL1 clock references are selectable as stand-alone bit clocks, frames, or a pairing of bit clock and frame (see
main input selector register, 0x00200). The bit clock output of the main clock selection is available as input to the
main divider, resource divider, and DPLL1.
Table 60. Bit Clock and Frame
Bit Clock
Corresponding 8 kHz Frame
Value(s)
CT_NETREF1, CT_NETREF2
—
1.544 MHz (T1), 2.048 MHz (E1)
NA
CT_NETREF1, CT_NETREF2
8 kHz
CT_C8_A
/CT_FRAME_A
8.192 MHz (ECTF), 4.096 MHz (MC1)
CT_C8_B
/CT_FRAME_B
8.192 MHz (ECTF), 4.096 MHz (MC1)
/C16±
/FR_COMP
6.384 MHz (H-MVIP)
/C4
/FR_COMP
4.096 MHz (MVIP)
C2
/FR_COMP
2.048 MHz (MVIP*)
SCLK
/FR_COMP
2.048 MHz, 4.096 MHz, 8.192 MHz (SC-bus)
/SCLKx2
/FR_COMP
4.096 MHz, 8.192 MHz (SC-bus)
LREF[0]
LREF[4]†
System-specific
LREF[1]
LREF[5]
†
System-specific
LREF[6]
†
System-specific
LREF[3]
LREF[7]
†
System-specific
LREF[4]
—
System-specific
LREF[5]
—
System-specific
LREF[6]
—
System-specific
LREF[7]
—
System-specific
LREF[2]
* MVIP, /C4 is typically the bit clock. C2 is selectable as the bit clock as well.
† When LREF pairing is enabled.
76
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.4.1.1 Watchdog Timers
A set of watchdog timers is available for all H1x0, H-MVIP, MVIP, and SC-bus clocks. No watchdogs are available
for LREF[7:0] directly; however, the LREF inputs may be monitored indirectly via watchdogs on the DPLL1 and
DPLL2 sync inputs, or via the failsafe mechanism; see Section 7.7.2 on page 88. The watchdogs sample the
incoming clocks at 32.768 MHz (derived from the XTAL1 crystal) and monitor for loss of signal, as shown below.
Table 61. Watchdog Timer Description
Watchdog
H1x0 clock monitors*
FRAME monitors
NETREF monitors*
Signal, Value
Description
CT_C8_A at 8.192 MHz
CT_C8_B at 8.192 MHz
ECTF mode. Checks for CT_C8 rising edge within a
35 ns window of its expected arrival.
CT_C8_A at 4.096 MHz
CT_C8_B at 4.096 MHz
MC1 mode. Monitors for loss of signal (falling edges).
/CT_FRAME_A
/CT_FRAME_B
/FR_COMP
Monitors for 8 kHz frequency. Detects frame overflow
(i.e., next frame pulse too late) and frame underflow
(i.e., next frame pulse too early).
CT_NETREF1 at 1.544 MHz NETREF is T1 bit clock. Monitors for loss of signal
CT_NETREF2 at 1.544 MHz (rising or falling edges).
CT_NETREF1 at 2.048 MHz NETREF is E1 bit clock. Monitors for loss of signal
CT_NETREF2 at 2.048 MHz (rising or falling edges).
Compatibility clock monitors
DPLL1, DPLL2 sync
monitors †
CT_NETREF1 at 8 kHz
CT_NETREF2 at 8 kHz
NETREF is 8 kHz frame reference. Monitors for
8 kHz frequency. Detects frame overflow
(i.e., next frame pulse too late) and frame underflow
(i.e., next frame pulse too early).
/C16± at 16.384 MHz
/C4 at 4.096 MHz
C2 at 2.048 MHz
SCLK, /SCLKx2 at any of
their defined values.
Gross loss-of-signal detector—clocks are sampled
and normalized to 1.024 MHz. It can take up to
976 ns for these watchdog timers to detect loss of a
compatibility clock.
Output of MUX selector to the Monitors for 8 kHz frequency. Detects frame overflow
SYNC input of each
(i.e., next frame pulse too late) and frame underflow
DPLL (8 kHz)
(i.e., next frame pulse too early).
* User selects frequency at which to monitor the CT_C8 clocks via register 0x0010C, watchdog select, C8.
† DPLL sync reference is expected to be 8 kHz.
Agere Systems Inc.
77
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.4.1.2 Frame Center Sampling
Frame center samples are used in order to phase-align the incoming frame reference to the internally generated
frame reference; see Section 7.4.5.1 on page 80. The incoming frame reference signal is sampled with a recovered clock (output of the APLL1 feedback divider) to determine the frame center. Frame center sampling is only relevant when the main clock selection is based on a paired bit clock/frame reference, as follows.
Table 62. Frame Center Sampling
Frame Signal
Corresponding Bit Clock
Sample Clock
/CT_FRAME_A
CT_C8_A
Recovered 8.192 MHz, rising edge.
/CT_FRAME_B
CT_C8_B
Recovered 8.192 MHz, rising edge.
/FR_COMP
/C16± (H-MVIP)
or /C4 (MVIP)
or C2 (MVIP)
Recovered 4.096 MHz, falling edge.
/FR_COMP
SCLK or /SCLKx2 (SC-bus)
Recovered 2.048 MHz, rising edge.
LREF[4]
LREF[0]
Recovered 2.048 MHz, rising edge.
LREF[5]
LREF[1]
Recovered 2.048 MHz, rising edge.
LREF[6]
LREF[2]
Recovered 2.048 MHz, rising edge.
LREF[7]
LREF[3]
Recovered 2.048 MHz, rising edge.
7.4.2 Main and Resource Dividers
Two independently programmable dividers are available to divide down the main clock selection signal. The function ranges from divide-by-1 (bypass) to divide-by-256.
n For binary divider values of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256, the output is 50% duty cycle.
n For a divider value of 193, the output is almost 50% duty cycle (low-level duration is one clock cycle shorter than
high-level duration).
n For all other divider values, the output is a pulse whose width is one full period of the main clock selection signal.
Output of both dividers is available to the DPLL1 and the APLL1 reference selector. The output of the main divider
is also available at the PRI_REF_OUT chip output.
Both dividers are reset whenever a changeover between X and Y clock register sets is detected; see Section 7.3
on page 76. This allows for immediate loading of the newly activated divider register values.
78
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.4.3 DPLL1
A digital phase-lock loop is provided to generate a 4.096 MHz or 2.048 MHz reference to APLL1, selectable via
register 0x0020B (DPLL1 rate). The DPLL1 operates at 32.768 MHz, derived from the XTAL1 crystal input. The
DPLL1 synchronization source is selectable (register 0x0020A, DPLL1 input selector) between the main clock
selection signal, the output of the resource divider, or the output of the main divider, and is intended to be presented as an 8 kHz frame reference. DPLL1 is determined to be in-lock or out-of-lock, based on the state of the
output clock when an edge transition is detected at the synchronization source. An out-of-lock condition results in
a DPLL1 correction, which can either lengthen or shorten its current output clock period by 30.5 ns.
7.4.4 Reference Selector
The APLL1 reference clock is selectable between five possible sources via register 0x00202, APLL1 input selector. A 4.096 MHz or 2.048 MHz reference must be provided. The five possible sources are shown below:
n XTAL1 crystal (16.384 MHz) divided-by-4
n Main divider output
n Resource divider output
n DPLL1 output
n PRI_REF_IN external chip input
7.4.5 Internal Clock Generation
The main internal functions of T8110 are synchronous to the 65.536 MHz output of APLL1. This clock is further
divided to generate 32.768 MHz, 16.384 MHz, and 8 kHz internal reference signals. Additional divide-down values
to 8.192 MHz, 4.096 MHz, and 2.048 MHz are generated. These generated clocks are the source for H1x0,
H-MVIP, MVIP, and SC-bus clocks when the T8110 is mastering the bus clocks; see Section 7.2 on page 72.
These internally generated clocks can either be free-running, or can be aligned to the incoming main selection
clock and frame, via a phase alignment circuit (see Section 7.4.5.1).
Agere Systems Inc.
79
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.4.5.1 Phase Alignment
Phase alignment allows the free-running internally generated clocks to be forced into alignment with the incoming
main selection clock and frame, under the following conditions:
n The main selection clock is based on a paired bit clock/frame reference (see Section 7.4.1.2 on page 78), and
the phase alignment circuit is enabled (via register 0x00107, phase alignment select).
The incoming frame center is monitored via the frame center samplers (see Section 7.4.1.2 on page 78) and compared to the state of the internally generated frame. The circuit determines whether the frame centers are aligned.
If not, three possible actions take place as shown below:
n NOP: no corrections when phase alignment is disabled.
n Snap correction: the internally generated clocks and frame immediately snap into alignment with the incoming
frame center.
n Slide correction: the internally generated clocks and frame gradually slide into alignment with the incoming frame
center, at a rate of one 65.536 MHz clock period per frame. The sliding occurs in one direction only and creates
frame periods that are 15.25 ns longer than 125 µs until the frames are aligned. Please refer to Figure 21.
INCOMING FRAME CENTER
125 µs
INCOMING FRAME CENTER
INCOMING BIT CLOCK
CT_C8_A
INCOMING FRAME
/CT_FRAME_A
INTERNAL CLOCK,
8.192 MHz
INTERNAL FRAME
MISALIGNED
INTERNAL
FRAME CENTER
REALIGNED INTERNAL
FRAME CENTER
SNAP
ALIGNMENT
5-9414 (F)
A. Phase Alignment—SNAP
125 µs
125 µs
125 µs
INCOMING BIT CLOCK
CT_C8_A
INCOMING FRAME
/CT_FRAME_A
45 ns
30 ns
15 ns
INTERNAL CLOCK,
8.192 MHz
SLIDE ALIGNMENT
SLIDE ALIGNMENT
SLIDE ALIGNMENT
INTERNAL FRAME
MISALIGNED
INTERNAL
FRAME CENTER
MISALIGNED
INTERNAL
FRAME CENTER
MISALIGNED
INTERNAL
FRAME CENTER
REALIGNED INTERNAL
FRAME CENTER
5-9415 (F)
B. Phase Alignment—SLIDE
Figure 21. T8110 Phase Alignment, SNAP and SLIDE
80
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.5 Clock Circuit Operation, APLL2
APLL2 requires either a 6.176 MHz or 12.352 MHz reference clock to produce a 49.408 MHz clock for operating
DPLL2. A user-supplied rate multiplier (register 0x00207, APLL2 rate) provides either a times 8 function (when reference clock = 6.176 MHz) or a times 4 function (when reference clock = 12.352 MHz). Additionally, APLL2 may be
bypassed for circuit diagnostic purposes (see Figure 19 on page 62).
7.5.1 DPLL2
A second digital phase-lock loop is provided to generate various derivations of T1 operating frequencies, available
by selection via the TCLK_OUT output. The possible output frequencies are selectable via register 0x0020F
(DPLL2 rate) and include 1.544 MHz, 3.088 MHz, 6.176 MHz, and 12.352 MHz. The DPLL2 input clock operates at
49.408 MHz from the APLL2 output. Synchronization sources for DPLL2 include the same sources provided to
DPLL1 (selectable between the main clock selection signal, the output of the resource divider, or the output of the
main divider) and two additional sources, including the T8110 internally generated frame signal and the
PRI_REF_IN input. These selections are available via register 0x0020E, DPLL2 input selector. DPLL2 is determined to be in-lock or out-of-lock based on the state of its output when an edge transition is detected at the synchronization source. An out-of-lock condition results in a DPLL2 correction, which can either lengthen or shorten its
current output clock period by 20.2 ns.
7.6 Clock Circuit Operation, CT_NETREF Generation
The T8110 provides two independently programmable paths to generate CT_NETREF1 and CT_NETREF2, via
registers 0x00210—0x00216. Each CT_NETREF is individually enabled with register 0x00221, NETREF output
enables. Each path consists of a source selector MUX and a divider circuit (see Figure 20 on page 62).
7.6.1 NETREF Source Select
XTAL1 input DIV 8 (2.048 MHz)
XTAL1 input (16.384 MHz)
XTAL2 input (6.176 MHz or 12.352 MHz)
LREF[7:0]
CT_NETREFx (the other NETREF—i.e., CT_NETREF1 can be derived from CT_NETREF2, and vise-versa).
The output of the source select MUX is made available directly to the NETREF divider, and also to chip output
(NR1_SEL_OUT, NR2_SEL_OUT).
7.6.2 NETREF Divider
Each NETREF path provides a divider from a divide-by-1 function up to a divide-by-256 function. The clock source
for the divider is selectable between the output of the source select MUX or from external chip input (NR1_DIV_IN,
NR2_DIV_IN).
n For binary divider values of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, and 128, output is 50% duty cycle.
n For divider values of 256, 193, plus all other nonbinary values, output is a pulse whose width is one-half of a
clock period, asserted during the second half of the divider clock period.
The NETREF dividers are reset whenever a changeover between X and Y clock register sets is detected (see Section 7.3 on page 76). This allows for immediate loading of the newly activated divider register values.
Agere Systems Inc.
81
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.7 Clock Circuit Operation—Fallback and Failsafe
Fallback is a means to alter the reference source to APLL1 by switching between two clock control register sets
upon detection of a fallback event. Failsafe is a feature to provide a safety net for the reference source to APLL1,
independent of clock fallback.
7.7.1 Clock Fallback
Clock fallback is a means to alter the APLL1 reference clock source upon detection of a fallback event and is controlled by eight registers, 0x00108—0x0010F (refer to Section 6.1.4 on page 49). These registers enable and control the state transitions that determine which of two clock register sets is used to control the APLL1 reference clock
source (see Section 7.1 on page 63 through Section 7.3, Table 64 on page 85, and Figure 23 on page 84).
7.7.1.1 Fallback Events
Clock fallback (transition from primary to secondary clock sets) can only occur if the fallback mode is enabled (register 0x00109, lower nibble) and a fallback event occurs. When enabled, there are three ways to trigger the fallback
event:
n Software, via a FORCE_FALLBACK command. The user sets bit 2 of the fallback control register, 0x00108, creating a software-invoked fallback event.
n Hardware via the fallback trigger enable registers, 0x0010A—0x0010B. User may enable specific watchdog timers and corresponding fallback trigger enable bits. If a watchdog timer indicates a clock error, and its corresponding trigger enable bit is set, a hardware-invoked fallback event is produced.
n Hardware, legacy modes, via the fallback type select register, 0x00109, upper nibble. The legacy modes are
included to maintain backwards compatibility with earlier Ambassador devices. User may enable specific watchdog timers, but the fallback trigger enable registers are ignored. Instead, the watchdogs which are allowed to
trigger a fallback event are automatically selected based on the state of the main input selector register, 0x00200
(refer to Table 63). If a watchdog timer indicates a clock error, and its corresponding trigger enable is selected via
the main input selector, a hardware-invoked fallback event is produced.
82
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
Table 63. Legacy Mode Fallback Event Triggers
Main Input Selector Function (Register 0x00200)
Selected Watchdog Triggers (Legacy Modes)
Oscillator/crystal
None
CT_NETREF1
NETREF1 watchdog
CT_NETREF
NETREF2 watchdog
LREF, individual
None
LREF, paired
None
H-bus, A clocks
CT_C8_A and /CT_FRAME_A watchdogs
H-bus, B clocks
CT_C8_B and /CT_FRAME_B watchdogs
MC1, R clocks
None
MC1, L clocks
None
MVIP clocks (/C4 or C2 bit clock)
/C4, C2, and /FR_COMP watchdogs
H-MVIP clocks
/C16±, /C4, C2, and /FR_COMP watchdogs
SC-bus clocks (2 MHz or 4/8 MHz)
SCLK, /SCLKx2, and /FR_COMP watchdogs
7.7.1.2 Fallback Scenarios—Fixed vs. Rotating Secondary
When clock fallback is enabled (register 0x00109, lower nibble), there are two possible scenarios for transitioning
between the primary and secondary clock sets.
In a fixed secondary scheme, a fallback event switches the active clock set from primary to secondary. When the
fallback event is cleared (via user-invoked CLEAR_FALLBACK), the active clock set returns to primary.
In a rotating secondary scheme, a fallback event switches the active clock set from primary to secondary. When
the fallback event is cleared, the secondary remains as the new active clock set. In effect, the secondary becomes
the new primary, and the primary becomes the new secondary.
The concepts are illustrated in the figure below.
PRIMARY
REGISTER
SET
(X OR Y)
FALLBACK
EVENT
FALLBACK
CLEARED
SECONDARY
REGISTER
SET
(X OR Y)
FIXED SECONDARY SCENARIO
FALLBACK
EVENT
FALLBACK
CLEARED
REGISTER
SET X
REGISTER
SET Y
FALLBACK
CLEARED
FALLBACK
EVENT
ROTATING SECONDARY SCENARIO
5-9420 (F)
Figure 22. Fallback—Fixed vs. Rotating Secondary
Agere Systems Inc.
83
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
RESET
INITIAL
(Y IS THE ACTIVE SET)
USER COMMAND
GO_CLOCKS
PRIMARY
(X IS THE ACTIVE SET)
FALLBACK ENABLED AND
FALLBACK EVENT
TO_SECONDARY
(Y IS THE ACTIVE SET,
ASSERT FALLBACK FLAG)
ROTATING
SECONDARY
MODE
USER COMMAND
CLEAR_FALLBACK
FIXED
SECONDARY
MODE
FALLBACK
TYPE
?
ROTATING
SECONDARY
MODE
SECONDARY
(Y IS THE ACTIVE SET)
FIXED
SECONDARY
MODE
FALLBACK
TYPE
?
FALLBACK ENABLED AND
FALLBACK EVENT
TO_PRIMARY
(X IS THE ACTIVE SET,
ASSERT FALLBACK FLAG)
USER COMMAND
CLEAR_FALLBACK
5-9422 (F)
Figure 23. T8110 Clock Fallback States
84
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
Table 64. Clock Fallback State Description
Clock Fallback
State
Description
INITIAL
Y is the active clock register
set. Default value provides
XTAL1-div-4 reference.
PRIMARY
X is the active clock register
set and controls APLL1
REFCLK.
TO_SECONDARY Y is the active clock register
set and controls APLL1
REFCLK.
Fallback flag is asserted.
Exit To
Exit Condition
PRIMARY
User issues GO_CLOCKS command
(set register 0x00108 bit 0).
TO_SECONDARY Fallback is enabled and fallback event*
occurs.
PRIMARY
User issues CLEAR_FALLBACK command (set register 0x00108 bit 1) and
fallback type = fixed secondary†.
SECONDARY
User issues CLEAR_FALLBACK command (set register 0x00108 bit 1) and
fallback type = rotating secondary†.
SECONDARY
Y is the active clock register
set and controls APLL1
REFCLK.
TO_PRIMARY
Fallback is enabled and fallback event*
occurs.
TO_PRIMARY
X is the active clock register
set and controls APLL1
REFCLK.
Fallback flag is asserted.
SECONDARY
User issues CLEAR_FALLBACK command (set register 0x00108 bit 1) and
fallback type = fixed secondary†.
PRIMARY
User issues CLEAR_FALLBACK command (set register 0x00108 bit 1) and
fallback type = rotating secondary†.
* Fallback event; refer to Section 7.7.1.1 on page 82.
† Fixed, rotating secondary; refer to Section 7.7.1.2 on page 83.
Agere Systems Inc.
85
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.7.1.3 H-Bus Clock Enable/Disable on Fallback
The previous Ambassador devices allowed a fallback mode (A/B fallback) which automatically allowed an H1x0
bus clock master to detect an error in its own output clock and remove itself from the bus, or a clock slave to detect
an error on its incoming clock and promote itself to clock master. The H-bus clocks include:
n A clocks: CT_C8_A, /CT_FRAME_A
n B clocks: CT_C8_B, /CT_FRAME_B
n C clocks: /C16±, /C4, C2, SCLK, /SCLKx2, /FR_COMP
Refer to Figure 24 and Table 65. The T8110 allows for this mode of operation in two ways:
Register 0x00109(7:4) = 0100: legacy mode, A/B fallback—when this mode is selected, the fallback triggers
allowed are predefined based on the main input clock selection, and the state machine which controls H-bus clock
enable/disable is activated.
Register 0x00109(7:4) = 1001: nonlegacy mode—when this mode is selected, the fallback trigger enable registers
determine what triggers a fallback, and the state machine which controls H-bus clock enable/disable is activated.
Diag_ABC = Drives A
Clocks, B Clocks and
C Clocks, no fallback
permitted
Diag_ABC
Diag_AB = Drives A
Clocks and B Clocks,
no fallback permitted
Diag_AB
The T8110
enters & leaves
these states
based on
Master Output
Enable clock
register
updates,
0x00220
Initial
C_Only = Drives C
Clocks only, no
fallback permitted
C_Only
B_Only = Drives B
Clocks, can be promoted
to master and drive C clocks
in fallbackcondition
Diagnostic/Forced Clocking
Fallback Clocking, assumes
Fallback enabled in CKS register
B_Master = Drives B & C
Clocks, all clocks shut off
in fallbackcondition
B Clocks Fail
B_Only
B_Error
A Clocks Fail
B Clocks Fail
Reprogram
B Clocks
B_Error = all clocks shut off,
waiting for B clocks to be
reprogrammed
B_Master
A_Only
A_Only = Drives A
Clocks, can be promoted
to master and drive C clocks
in fallbackcondition
A Clocks Fail
A_Error
Reprogram
A Clocks
B Clocks Fail
A Clocks Fail
A_Master
A_Master = Drives A & C
Clocks, all clocks shut off
in fallbackcondition
A_Error = all clocks shut off,
waiting for A clocks to be
reprogrammed
Figure 24. T8110 H-Bus Clock Enable States
86
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
Table 65. H-Bus Clock Enable State Description
H-Bus Clock
Enable State
Description
Exit To
Exit Condition
INITIAL
Initial condition, waiting for clock
output control register programming.
DIAG_ABC
T8110 is driving all H-bus clocks
(diagnostic mode).
INITIAL
User update of the clock output control register (0x00220, master output enables).
DIAG_AB
T8110 is driving both the H-bus A
and B clocks (diagnostic mode).
INITIAL
User update of the clock output control register (0x00220, master output enables).
C_ONLY
T8110 is driving only the
H-bus C clocks.
INITIAL
User update of the clock output control register (0x00220, master output enables).
A_MASTER
A_ONLY
T8110 clock output control registers
are programmed to drive A clocks
and C clocks (T8110 is an A clock
master), or T8110 was supplying a
backup A clock and has been promoted to A clock master.
T8110 has detected a clock error
while driving the A clocks, and has
stopped driving any H bus clocks.
B_MASTER
T8110 clock output control registers
are programmed to drive B clocks
and C clocks (T8110 is a B clock
master), or T8110 was supplying a
backup B clock and has been promoted to B clock master.
B_ERROR
A_ERROR A clock error on CT_C8_A or /CT_FRAME_A
is detected; disable clock outputs.
INITIAL
User update of the clock output control register (0x00220, master output enables).
T8110 clock output control registers A_MASTER A clock error on CT_C8_B or /CT_FRAME_B
are programmed to drive A clocks
is detected; promote to A clock master.
only (T8110 is a B clock slave, and A_ERROR A clock error on CT_C8_A or /CT_FRAME_A
supplies a backup A clock).
is detected; disable clock outputs.
A_ERROR
B_ONLY
Any of the User update of the clock output control regisother states ter (0x00220, master output enables).
INITIAL
User update of the clock output control register (0x00220, master output enables).
INITIAL
User update of the clock output control register (0x00220, master output enables).
B_ERROR A clock error on CT_C8_B or /CT_FRAME_B
is detected; disable clock outputs.
INITIAL
User update of the clock output control register (0x00220, master output enables).
T8110 clock output control registers B_MASTER A clock error on CT_C8_A or /CT_FRAME_A
are programmed to drive B clocks
is detected; promote to B clock master.
only (T8110 is an A clock slave, and B_ERROR A clock error on CT_C8_B or /CT_FRAME_B
supplies a backup B clock).
is detected; disable clock outputs.
T8110 has detected a clock error
while driving the B clocks, and has
stopped driving any H bus clocks.
Agere Systems Inc.
INITIAL
User update of the clock output control register (0x00220, master output enables).
INITIAL
User update of the clock output control register (0x00220, master output enables).
87
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
7.7.2 Clock Failsafe
Clock failsafe provides a safety net for the APLL1 reference clock source and is controlled by three registers,
0x00114—0x00116; see Section 6.1.11 on page 54. A failsafe event overrides the active clock control registers and
forces the APLL1 clock selection to be a fixed 4.096 MHz, derived from the XTAL1 crystal, divided by four. Transition into one of the failsafe states is independent of clock fallback (i.e., can enter from any state other than INITIAL). Transitions out of the failsafe states are by user command and allow re-entry into either a nonfallback
(primary or secondary) or a fallback (TO_SECONDARY or TO_PRIMARY) state. Refer to Table 66 and Figure 25.
7.7.2.1 Failsafe Events
Clock failsafe (transition from either clock register set to a forced XTAL1-div-4 APLL1 reference clock) can only
occur if the failsafe mode is enabled (register 0x00115, lower nibble), and a failsafe event occurs. A failsafe event
is triggered by a watchdog error on the APLL1 reference clock (i.e., loss-of-reference).
Additionally, an out-of-lock (OOL) condition is provided for debug purposes. This does not trigger a failsafe event,
but does indicate potential difficulty with the APLL1. A lock status flag is provided out of APLL1, and the OOL is
defined by exceeding a user-defined threshold value (register 0x00116). The lock status is a flag indicating when
APLL1 is making a correction to maintain synchronization. The flag is continuously sampled. If enough active flags
are sampled in a row to exceed the user-defined threshold, this condition is reported via the system status register
(0x00125).
RESET
INITIAL
(Y IS THE ACTIVE SET)
USER COMMAND
GO_CLOCKS
PRIMARY
(X IS THE ACTIVE SET)
FAILSAFE ENABLED AND
FAILSAFE EVENT
FAILSAFE RETURN TO
NONFALLBACK STATE
FALLBACK ENABLED AND
FALLBACK EVENT
FS_1
FAILSAFE ENABLED AND
FAILSAFE EVENT
FAILSAFE RETURN TO
FALLBACK STATE
TO_SECONDARY
(Y IS THE ACTIVE SET,
ASSERT FALLBACK FLAG)
FIXED
SECONDARY
MODE
ROTATING
SECONDARY
MODE
USER COMMAND
CLEAR_FALLBACK
FALLBACK
TYPE
?
ROTATING
SECONDARY
MODE
SECONDARY
(Y IS THE ACTIVE SET)
FIXED
SECONDARY
MODE
FALLBACK
TYPE
?
FAILSAFE ENABLED AND
FAILSAFE EVENT
FAILSAFE RETURN TO
NONFALLBACK STATE
FALLBACK ENABLED AND
FALLBACK EVENT
FS_2
FAILSAFE ENABLED AND
FAILSAFE EVENT
FAILSAFE RETURN TO
FALLBACK STATE
USER COMMAND
CLEAR_FALLBACK
TO_PRIMARY
(X IS THE ACTIVE SET,
ASSERT FALLBACK FLAG)
5-9421 (F)
Figure 25. T8110 Clock Failsafe States
88
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
7 Clock Architecture (continued)
Table 66. Clock Failsafe State Descriptions
Clock Failsafe
State
FS_1
Description
APLL1 REFCLK is forced to
XTAL1-div-4.
FAILSAFE FLAG is asserted.
FS_2
Agere Systems Inc.
Exit To
PRIMARY
Exit Condition
User issues FAILSAFE_RETURN to
nonfallback state command
(set register 0x00114 bit 0).
TO_SECONDARY User issues FAILSAFE_RETURN to
fallback state command
(set register 0x00114 bit 1).
APLL1 REFCLK is forced to
XTAL1-div-4.
SECONDARY
User issues FAILSAFE_RETURN to
non-fallback state command
(set register 0x00114 bit 0).
FAILSAFE FLAG is asserted.
TO_PRIMARY
User issues FAILSAFE_RETURN to
fallback state command
(set register 0x00114 bit 1).
89
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
8 Frame Group and FG I/O
There are eight independently programmable T8110 frame group/FGIO signals, FG[7:0]. In the frame group mode,
the pin is an 8 kHz frame reference output, with programmable pulse width, polarity, and delay offset from the internally generated frame reference. In the FGIO mode, the pin behaves as a general-purpose register bit, with programmable direction (IN or OUT) and read masking. The FG7 signal allows for an additional mode of operation,
providing a timer via a 16-bit programmable counter.
Table 67. Frame Group and FG I/O Register Map
Register
DWORD Address
(20 bits)
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00400
0x00410
0x00420
0x00430
0x00440
0x00450
0x00460
0x00470
0x00474
0x00480
FG0 rate
FG1 rate
FG2 rate
FG3 rate
FG4 rate
FG5 rate
FG6 rate
FG7 rate
FG7 mode upper
Reserved
FG0 width
FG1 width
FG2 width
FG3 width
FG4 width
FG5 width
FG6 width
FG7 width
FG7 mode lower
FGIO R/W
FG0 upper start
FG1 upper start
FG2 upper start
FG3 upper start
FG4 upper start
FG5 upper start
FG6 upper start
FG7 upper start
FG7 counter high byte
FGIO read mask
FG0 lower start
FG1 lower start
FG2 lower start
FG3 lower start
FG4 lower start
FG5 lower start
FG6 lower start
FG7 lower start
FG7 counter low byte
FGIO data register
8.1 Frame Group Control Registers
8.1.1 FGx Lower and Upper Start Registers
The FGx lower and upper start registers provide a 12-bit delay offset value for the corresponding frame group bit.
Offsets are relative to the T8110 internally generated 8 kHz frame reference and have a resolution down to one
32.768 MHz clock period (30.5 ns increments).
Table 68. FGx Lower and Upper Start Registers
Byte Address
Name
Bit(s)
Mnemonic
0x00400
0x00410
0x00420
0x00430
0x00440
0x00450
0x00460
0x00470
FG0 Lower Start
(FG1 Lower Start)
(FG2 Lower Start)
(FG3 Lower Start)
(FG4 Lower Start)
(FG5 Lower Start)
(FG6 Lower Start)
(FG7 Lower Start)
7:0
F0LLR
(F1LLR)
(F2LLR)
(F3LLR)
(F4LLR)
(F5LLR)
(F6LLR)
(F7LLR)
LLLL LLLL Lower 8 bits of 12-bit start offset.
0x00401
(0x00411)
(0x00421)
(0x00431)
(0x00441)
(0x00451)
(0x00461)
(0x00471)
FG0 Upper Start
(FG1 Upper Start)
(FG2 Upper Start)
(FG3 Upper Start)
(FG4 Upper Start)
(FG5 Upper Start)
(FG6 Upper Start)
(FG7 Upper Start)
7:0
F0ULR
(F1ULR)
(F2ULR)
(F3ULR)
(F4ULR)
(F5ULR)
(F6ULR)
(F7ULR)
0000 LLLL Upper 4 bits of 12-bit start offset.
90
Value
Function
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
8 Frame Group and FG I/O (continued)
8.1.2 FGx Width Registers
The FGx width registers control the polarity and the pulse widths generated for the corresponding frame group bit.
The pulse-width programming works in conjunction with the FGx rate registers to provide 1-bit, 2-bit, 4-bit,
1-byte, and 2-byte wide pulses for any of the available frame group rates (see Table 69).
Table 69. FGx Width Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00402
(0x00412)
(0x00422)
(0x00432)
(0x00442)
(0x00452)
(0x00462)
(0x00472)
FG0 Width
(FG1 Width)
(FG2 Width)
(FG3 Width)
(FG4 Width)
(FG5 Width)
(FG6 Width)
(FG7 Width)
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7
F0ISB
(F1ISB)
(F2ISB)
(F3ISB)
(F4ISB)
(F5ISB)
(F6ISB)
(F7ISB)
0
1
Generate active-high pulse (default).
Generate active-low pulse.
6:0
F0WSP
(F1WSP)
(F2WSP)
(F3WSP)
(F4WSP)
(F5WSP)
(F6WSP)
(F7WSP)
000 0000
000 0001
000 0010
000 0100
001 0000
010 0000
1-bit wide pulse (default).
1-bit wide pulse.
2-bit wide pulse.
4-bit wide pulse.
1-byte wide pulse.
2-byte wide pulse.
8.1.3 FGx Rate Registers
The FGx rate registers either enable FGIO operation* or work in conjunction with FGx width registers to provide
various width frame group pulses at rates of 2.048 MHz, 4.096 MHz, 8.192 MHz, or 16.384 MHz.
Table 70. FGx Rate Registers
Byte Address
Name
0x00403
(0x00413)
(0x00423)
(0x00433)
(0x00443)
(0x00453)
(0x00463)
(0x00473)
FG0 Rate
(FG1 Rate)
(FG2 Rate)
(FG3 Rate)
(FG4 Rate)
(FG5 Rate)
(FG6 Rate)
(FG7 Rate)
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
F0RSR
(F1RSR)
(F2RSR)
(F3RSR)
(F4RSR)
(F5RSR)
(F6RSR)
(F7RSR)
Value
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0000 0100
0000 1000
0000 1001
Function
Off (default).
FGIO enabled* (not used as a frame group).
FGx rate = 2.048 MHz.
FGx rate = 4.096 MHz.
FGx rate = 8.192 MHz.
FGx rate = 16.384 MHz.
* FGIO operation is controlled at registers 0x00480—482. Refer to Section 8.3 on page 93.
Agere Systems Inc.
91
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
8 Frame Group and FG I/O (continued)
8.2 FG7 Timer Option
The FG7 signal allows for an added function of a timer output, via a 16-bit programmable counter.
8.2.1 FG7 Counter (Low and High Byte) Registers
The FG7 counter (low and high byte) registers set the timer value. The timer is actually a divider, so the value
entered must be [divider value – 1], i.e., 0000000000000011 would yield a div-by-4 operation. The FG7 mode lower
register enables the timer option, with two clock source options: T8110 internal frame or an external timer clock via
the FG6 signal. The FG7 mode upper register controls the shape of the timer pulse. For more details, see Section
8.4.3 on page 97.
Table 71. FG7 Counter (Low and High Byte) Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00474 FG7 Counter, Low Byte
0x00475 FG7 Counter, High Byte
0x00476 FG7 Mode Lower
0x00477 FG7 Mode Upper
Bit
Mnemonic
Value
7:0
7:0
7:0
FCLLR
FCULR
F7MSR
7
FCISB
LLLL LLLL
LLLL LLLL
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0
6:4
F7SSP
3:0
F7WSN
1
000
001
010
100
0001
0010
0100
1000
Function
Lower 8 bits of 16-bit counter value.
Upper 8 bits of 16-bit counter value.
Normal operation* (default).
Enable timer, clock = internal frame.
Enable timer, clock = external FG6.
Normal FG7 timer output, high pulses
(default).
Inverted FG7 timer output, low pulses.
FG7 timer output off (default).
FG7 timer output = square wave†.
FG7 timer output = carry out pulse‡.
FG7 timer output = programmable pulse§.
Programmable pulse width = 30.5 ns.
Programmable pulse width = 61.0 ns.
Programmable pulse width = 91.5 ns.
Programmable pulse width = 122 ns.
* Normal operation allows frame group or FGIO control via registers 0x00470—473. Enabling the counter overrides 0x00470—473 settings.
† Square wave is only available when FG7 counter high/low value is a binary multiple 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, etc. Other values yield a carry out pulse
shape.
‡ Carry out pulse is active for one FG7 timer clock period.
§ Programmable pulses are based on T8110 internal 32.768 MHz clock periods.
92
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
8 Frame Group and FG I/O (continued)
8.3 FGIO Control Registers
8.3.1 FGIO Data Register
The FGIO data register provides read/write access and write storage to/from any FG signals being used as general-purpose register bits. Writes to FGIO work in conjunction with the corresponding FGIO enabled settings in the
FGx rate registers. Reads are maskable, controlled via register 0x00481.
Table 72. FGIO Data Register
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
0x00480 FGIO Data Register
Value
Function
7
F7IOB
L
FGIO bit 7 value.
6
F6IOB
L
FGIO bit 6 value.
5
F5IOB
L
FGIO bit 5 value.
4
F4IOB
L
FGIO bit 4 value.
3
F3IOB
L
FGIO bit 3 value.
2
F2IOB
L
FGIO bit 2 value.
1
F1IOB
L
FGIO bit 1 value.
0
F0IOB
L
FGIO bit 0 value.
8.3.2 FGIO Read Mask Register
The FGIO read mask register controls the masking of any FG signals being used as general-purpose register bits
on a read access to the FGIO register.
Table 73. FGIO Read Mask Register
Byte Address
Name
0x00481
FGIO Read Mask
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7
F7MEB
0
1
Unmask FGIO bit 7 (default).
Mask FGIO bit 7, return 0 on a read.
6
F6MEB
0
1
Unmask FGIO bit 6 (default).
Mask FGIO bit 6, return 0 on a read.
5
F5MEB
0
1
Unmask FGIO bit 5 (default).
Mask FGIO bit 5, return 0 on a read.
4
F4MEB
0
1
Unmask FGIO bit 4 (default).
Mask FGIO bit 4, return 0 on a read.
3
F3MEB
0
1
Unmask FGIO bit 3 (default).
Mask FGIO bit 3, return 0 on a read.
2
F2MEB
0
1
Unmask FGIO bit 2 (default).
Mask FGIO bit 2, return 0 on a read.
1
F1MEB
0
1
Unmask FGIO bit 1 (default).
Mask FGIO bit 1, return 0 on a read.
0
F0MEB
0
1
Unmask FGIO bit 0 (default).
Mask FGIO bit 0, return 0 on a read.
93
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
8 Frame Group and FG I/O (continued)
8.3.3 FGIO R/W Register
The FGIO R/W register provides direction control for any of the FG signals being used as general-purpose register
bits.
Table 74. FGIO R/W Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00482 FGIO R/W
94
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7
F7DSB
6
F6DSB
5
F5DSB
4
F4DSB
3
F3DSB
2
F2DSB
1
F1DSB
0
F0DSB
Value
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
FGIO bit 7 direction is input (default).
FGIO bit 7 direction is output.
FGIO bit 6 direction is input (default).
FGIO bit 6 direction is output.
FGIO bit 5 direction is input (default).
FGIO bit 5 direction is output.
FGIO bit 4 direction is input (default).
FGIO bit 4 direction is output.
FGIO bit 3 direction is input (default).
FGIO bit 3 direction is output.
FGIO bit 2 direction is input (default).
FGIO bit 2 direction is output.
FGIO bit 1 direction is input (default).
FGIO bit 1 direction is output.
FGIO bit 0 direction is input (default).
FGIO bit 0 direction is output.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
8 Frame Group and FG I/O (continued)
8.4 FG Circuit Operation
Each of the eight frame group signals FG[7:0] operate independently and have multiple uses. Refer to Figure 26
below.
n As programmable 8 kHz frame reference outputs (frame group)
n As general-purpose register I/O bits (FGIO)
n As a programmable timer (FG7 only)
n As external interrupt input signals
n As diagnostic observation points for internal test-points
MASTER ENABLE REGISTER (0x00103)
TESTPOINT DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL
T8110 TESTPOINTS
FGIOX R/W
FGx ENABLE
LOGIC
FGX RATE
FGX WIDTH
FGX UPPER/
LOWER START
ADDR
OFFSET
DETECT
OUTPUT
ENABLE
PULSE
GENERATOR
T8110
INTERNAL FRAME
FROM FG6 INPUT
PROGRAMMABLE
TIMER
(FG7 ONLY)
FGX
FG7 MODE
FG7 COUNTER
HI/LO BYTE
FGIO DATA REGISTER
WRITES FROM REGISTER
ACCESS INTERFACE
IF DIRECTION = OUTPUT,
RETURN THE DATA REG
CONTENTS ON A
READBACK, ELSE RETURN
THE I/O PIN VALUE.
FGIOX
DATA REG
FGIO DATA REGISTER
READS TO REGISTER
ACCESS INTERFACE
FGIOX READ MASK
FGIOX R/W
FG AS EXTERNAL INTERRUPT
TO INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
5-9428a (F)
Figure 26. FG[7:0] Functional Paths
Agere Systems Inc.
95
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
8 Frame Group and FG I/O (continued)
8.4.1 Frame Group 8 kHz Reference Generation
Any of the T8110 FG signals may be used as programmable 8 kHz frame reference outputs. There are two sets of
control required, an offset delay from internal frame center, and pulse shaping.
The offset delay is provided via the FGx upper/lower start address registers. The delay is relative to the T8110
internal frame center, and the 12 bits used allow for 4096 different offsets, in increments of one 32.768 MHz clock
period (30.5 ns).
Pulse shaping is controlled via the FGx width and FGx rate registers. Pulses may be programmed to be active-high
or active-low. Pulse width can be either 1-bit, 2-bit, 4-bit, 1-byte or 2-byte wide (relative to the rate setting*), with
allowable rate settings of 2.048 MHz, 4.096 MHz, 8.192 MHz, and 16.384 MHz.
*Pulse widths are bit times or multiples of bit times, for each applicable rate:
RATE
BIT TIME
2.048 Mbits/s
488 ns
4.096 Mbits/s
244 ns
8.192 Mbits/s
122 ns
16.384 Mbits/s
61 ns
Frame
Center
bitclock rate
(2, 4, 8, or
16MHz)
T8110 internal
frame
timeslot
31, 63, 127 or 255
0
1
2
3
4
FG(x),
1-bit width,
offset = 0
FG(x),
2-bit width,
offset = 0
FG(x),
4-bit width,
offset = 0
FG(x),
1-byte width,
offset = 0
FG(x),
2-byte width,
offset = 0
Notes:
Frame group signals shown with offset = 0 (default). At offset = 0, the pulse starts at frame center.
Nonzero offsets denote 32.768 MHz period increments (30.5 ns) from frame center. There are up to 4096 increments within an 8 kHz frame
period. Offsets may be programmed in the range from 0—4095.
Frame group signals are shown as active high pulses (default)—they may be programmed as active-low pulses.
Diagram shows frame group pulse widths relative to bit-clock rate and time-slot width. This is applicable for any of the four frame group data
rates (2 Mbits/s, 4 Mbits/s, 8 Mbits/s, or 16 Mbits/s).
Figure 27. Frame Group 8 kHz Reference Timing
96
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
8 Frame Group and FG I/O (continued)
8.4.2 FGIO General-Purpose Bits
Any of the T8110 FG signals may be used as general-purpose I/O bits. Each FG bit used as FGIO is configured by
enabling the FGIO function via the FGx rate register(s) and setting the direction via the appropriate bits in the
FGIO R/W register. For write access to the FGIO, the FGIO data register is used to hold data for output to the FG
pin(s). Read accesses are maskable via the FGIO read mask register. For read access from the FGIO, the logical
state of the FG[7:0] signals is returned if unmasked. If an FGIO bit is masked, a read access returns 0.
8.4.3 Programmable Timer (FG7 Only)
The FG7 signal can be used as a programmable timer output, via the FG7 mode upper/lower, and FG7 counter
high and low byte registers. The FG7 timer is simply a clock divider. The FG7 counter high/low provides a 16-bit
[divider value – 1].
Note: [divider value – 1], i.e., a value of 0000000000000011 yields a div-by-4 operation.
The FG7 mode lower register enables the counter and selects between two clock sources into the counter: either
the T8110 internal frame (8 kHz) or an external clock via the FG6 input. The FG7 mode upper register controls the
output pulse shape. The output can be inverted or noninverted and shaped as either a square wave, a carryout
pulse, or a programmable-width pulse.
n Square wave. This option is applicable only for divide operations that are binary multiples (i.e., div-by-2, div-by4, div-by-8, div-by-16, div-by-65536). Nonbinary divide operations while square wave is selected result in a carryout pulse.
n Carryout pulse. The output is a pulse, width = one FG7 timer clock period.
n Programmable-width pulse. The timer output is synchronized to the T8110 32.768 MHz clock domain and can be
programmed for 1, 2, 3, or 4, 32.768 MHz clock periods in width (30.5 ns, 61 ns, 91.5 ns, or 122 ns).
8.4.4 FG External Interrupts
All FG signals are internally connected as inputs to the interrupt controller logic. Any FG signal, whether an output
or an input, may be used to trigger interrupts. When a T8110 FG signal is used as an externally sourced input into
the interrupt controller logic, it must be in input mode (i.e., shut-off, FGx rate register(s) FxRSR = 0000 0000). An
FG signal in output mode may also be used for interrupts (i.e., an 8 kHz periodic signal, see Section 8.4.1 on page
96). The interrupt control registers (0x00600—603) control how the FG inputs are handled (for more details, refer
to Section 12.1 on page 113).
8.4.5 FG Diagnostic Test Point Observation
Any of the T8110 FG signals may be used to observe a predefined set of internal test-points. Each FG bit used as
a test-point output is enabled via diagnostic register 0x00140, FG test-point enable. Settings in this register override the FGx rate and FGIO R/W register, and force the selected bits to be test-point outputs, see Section 13.1 on
page 128 and Table 103 on page 128.
Agere Systems Inc.
97
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
9 General-Purpose I/O
There are eight independent T8110 GPIO signals, GP[7:0]. These pins behave as general-purpose register bits,
with programmable direction (in or out) and read masking. The GP0 and GP1 signals allow for an additional mode
of operation, providing dedicated output signals to indicate A clock and B clock mastering for H.110 bus applications.
9.1 GPIO Control Registers
Table 75. GPIO Register
Register
DWORD Address
(20 bits)
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00500
GPIO override
GPIO R/W
GPIO read mask
GPIO data register
9.1.1 GPIO Data Register
The GPIO data register provides read/write access and write storage to/from any GP signals being used as general-purpose register bits. Reads from GPIO are maskable, controlled via register 0x00501.
Table 76. GPIO Data Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00500 GPIO Data Register
98
Bit(s)
Mnemonic
Value
Function
7
G7IOB
L
GPIO bit 7 value.
6
G6IOB
L
GPIO bit 6 value.
5
G5IOB
L
GPIO bit 5 value.
4
G4IOB
L
GPIO bit 4 value.
3
G3IOB
L
GPIO bit 3 value.
2
G2IOB
L
GPIO bit 2 value.
1
G1IOB
L
GPIO bit 1 value.
0
G0IOB
L
GPIO bit 0 value.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
9 General-Purpose I/O (continued)
9.1.2 GPIO Read Mask Register
The GPIO read mask register controls the masking of any GP signals being used as general-purpose register bits
on a read access to the GPIO register.
Table 77. GPIO Read Mask Register
Byte Address
0x00501
Name
GPIO Read Mask
Bit(s)
Mnemonic
Value
7
G7MEB
6
G6MEB
5
G5MEB
4
G4MEB
3
G3MEB
2
G2MEB
1
G1MEB
0
G0MEB
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
Unmask GPIO bit 7 (default).
Mask GPIO bit 7, return 0 on a read.
Unmask GPIO bit 6 (default).
Mask GPIO bit 6, return 0 on a read.
Unmask GPIO bit 5 (default).
Mask GPIO bit 5, return 0 on a read.
Unmask GPIO bit 4 (default).
Mask GPIO bit 4, return 0 on a read.
Unmask GPIO bit 3 (default).
Mask GPIO bit 3, return 0 on a read.
Unmask GPIO bit 2 (default).
Mask GPIO bit 2, return 0 on a read.
Unmask GPIO bit 1 (default).
Mask GPIO bit 1, return 0 on a read.
Unmask GPIO bit 0 (default).
Mask GPIO bit 0, return 0 on a read.
9.1.3 GPIO R/W Register
The GPIO R/W register provides direction control for any of the GP signals being used as general-purpose register
bits.
Table 78. GPIO R/W Register
Byte Address
0x00502
Name
GPIO R/W
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s)
Mnemonic
Value
7
G7DSB
6
G6DSB
5
G5DSB
4
G4DSB
3
G3DSB
2
G2DSB
1
G1DSB
0
G0DSB
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
GPIO
bit 7 direction is input (default).
bit 7 direction is output.
bit 6 direction is input (default).
bit 6 direction is output.
bit 5 direction is input (default).
bit 5 direction is output.
bit 4 direction is input (default).
bit 4 direction is output.
bit 3 direction is input (default).
bit 3 direction is output.
bit 2 direction is input (default).
bit 2 direction is output.
bit 1 direction is input (default).
bit 1 direction is output.
bit 0 direction is input (default).
bit 0 direction is output.
99
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
9 General-Purpose I/O (continued)
9.1.4 GPIO Override Register
Table 79. GPIO Override Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00503 GPIO Override
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:3
2
Reserved
G2OEB
1
G1OEB
0
G0OEB
Value
0000 0
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
NOP (default).
GPIO bit 2 is GPIO (default).
GPIO bit 2 is PCI_RST# indicator.
GPIO bit 1 is GPIO (default).
GPIO bit 1 B-master indicator output.
GPIO bit 0 is GPIO (default).
GPIO bit 0 A-master indicator output.
9.2 GP Circuit Operation
The eight general-purpose I/O group signals GP[7:0] each operate independently and have multiple uses. Please
refer to Figure 28 on page 100.
n As general-purpose register I/O bits (GPIO)
n As H.110 bus clock master indicators (GP0, GP1 only)
n As external interrupt input signals
n As diagnostic observation points for internal test-points
MASTER ENABLE REGISTER (0x00103)
TESTPOINT DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL
T8110 TESTPOINTS
GPIOX R/W
GPx ENABLE
LOGIC
GPIO OVERRIDE
GP0: A-CLOCK MASTER INDICATOR (0x00220 bit 4)
GP1: B-CLOCK MASTER INDICATOR (0x00220 bit 5)
GP2: PCI_RST# INDICATOR
GPIO DATA REGISTER
WRITES FROM REGISTER
ACCESS INTERFACE
OUTPUT
ENABLE
IF DIRECTION = OUTPUT,
RETURN THE DATA REG
CONTENTS ON A
READBACK, ELSE RETURN
THE I/O PIN VALUE.
GPIOX
DATA REG
GPIO DATA REGISTER
READS TO REGISTER
ACCESS INTERFACE
GPX
GPIOX READ MASK
GPIOX R/W
GP AS EXTERNAL INTERRUPT
TO INTERRUPT CONTROLLER
5-9427a (F)
Figure 28. GP[7:0] Functional Paths
100
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
9 General-Purpose I/O (continued)
9.2.1 GPIO General-Purpose Bits
Any of the T8110 GP signals may be used as general-purpose I/O bits. Each GP bit used as GPIO is configured by
setting the direction via the appropriate bits in the GPIO R/W register. For write access to the GPIO, the GPIO data
register is used to hold data for output to the GP pin(s). Read accesses are maskable via the GPIO read mask register. For read access from the GPIO, the logical state of the GP[7:0] signals is returned if unmasked. If a GPIO bit
is masked, a read access returns 0.
9.2.2 GP Dual-Purpose Bits GPIO (Override)
9.2.2.1 GP H.110 Clock Master Indicators (GP0, GP1 Only)
An additional function is provided for GP0 and GP1 only, controlled via the GPIO override register.
GP0 may be used as a dedicated output (set GPIO override register bit 0), which transmits the state of the T8110
A clock master enable (register 0x00220, bit 4). This output is intended to drive the external A clock FETs required
for H.110 bus mastering.
GP1 may be used as a dedicated output (set GPIO override register bit 1), which transmits the state of the T8110
B clock master enable (register 0x00220, bit 5). This output is intended to drive the external B clock FETs required
for H.110 bus mastering.
9.2.2.2 PCI_RST# Indicator (GP2 Only)
An additional function is provided for GP2 only, controlled via the GPIO override register. GP2 may be used as a
dedicated output (set GPIO override register bit 2), which forwards the state of the PCI_RST# signal. Polarity of
the transmitted signal is selectable via register 0x00780 (refer to Section 11.2 on page 110). This function provides
access to a forwarded PCI_RST# signal by external devices hanging off the minibridge port.
9.2.3 GP External Interrupts
Any of the T8110 GP signals may be used as externally sourced inputs into the interrupt controller logic. Each GP
bit used as an interrupt input must be shut off by setting the appropriate GPIO R/W register bit to be input. The
interrupt control registers (0x00604—607) control how the GP inputs are handled. For more details, see Section
12.1 on page 113.
9.2.4 GP Diagnostic Test Point Observation
Any of the T8110 GP signals may be used to observe a predefined set of internal test-points. Each GP bit used as
a test-point output is enabled via diagnostic register 0x00142, GP test-point enable. Settings in this register override the GPIO R/W register and force the selected bits to be test-point outputs (refer to Section 13.1 on page 128,
and Table 105 on page 130).
Agere Systems Inc.
101
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
10 Stream Rate Control
There are a total of 64 data streams, divided into 16 stream groups of four streams each, as shown below.
Table 80. T8110 Serial Stream Groupings
Stream Group
Stream Bits
H-bus group A
H-bus group B
H-bus group C
H-bus group D
H-bus group E
H-bus group F
H-bus group G
H-bus group H
L-bus group A
L-bus group B
L-bus group C
L-bus group D
L-bus group E
L-bus group F
L-bus group G
L-bus group H
CT_D[0:3]
CT_D[4:7]
CT_D[8:11]
CT_D[12:15]
CT_D[16:19]
CT_D[20:23]
CT_D[24:27]
CT_D[28:31]
L_D[0:3]
L_D[4:7]
L_D[8:11]
L_D[12:15]
L_D[16:19]
L_D[20:23]
L_D[24:27]
L_D[28:31]
The H-bus group operational frequencies are selectable between 2.048 MHz, 4.096 MHz, and 8.192 MHz.
The L-bus groups may operate at 2.048 MHz, 4.096 MHz, 8.192 MHz, and 16.384 MHz, which is implemented as
multiplexed 8.192 MHz streams. (For more details, see Section 10.2.2 on page 104).
102
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
10 Stream Rate Control (continued)
10.1 H-Bus Stream Rate Control Registers
10.1.1 H-Bus Rate Registers
The H-bus rate registers control the serial data stream rate of operation for each of the H-bus stream groups,
A—H. The upper nibble controls groups B, D, F, and H. The lower nibble controls groups A, C, E, and G.
Table 81. H-Bus Rate Registers
DWORD Address (20 bits)
Register
Byte 2
Byte 1
H-bus rate F/E
H-bus rate D/C
Byte 3
H-bus rate H/G
0x00300
Byte Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
0x00300
(0x00301)
(0x00302)
(0x00303)
H-bus Rate B/A
(H-bus Rate D/C)
(H-bus Rate F/E)
(H-bus Rate H/G)
7:4
3:0
HBRSN
(HDRSN)
(HFRSN)
(HHRSN)
HARSN
(HCRSN)
(HERSN)
(HGRSN)
Value
Byte 0
H-bus rate B/A
Function
0000
0010
0100
1000
0000
0010
0100
1000
H-bus
H-bus
H-bus
H-bus
H-bus
H-bus
H-bus
H-bus
group B(D, F, H) off (default).
group B(D, F, H) rate = 2.048 MHz.
group B(D, F, H) rate = 4.096 MHz.
group B(D, F, H) rate = 8.192 MHz.
group A(C, E, G) off (default).
group A(C, E, G) rate = 2.048 MHz.
group A(C, E, G) rate = 4.096 MHz.
group A(C, E, G) rate = 8.192 MHz.
10.2 L-Bus Stream Rate Control Registers
10.2.1 L-Bus Rate Registers
The L-bus rate registers control the serial data stream rate of operation for each of the H-bus stream groups,
A—H. The upper nibble controls groups B, D, F, and H. The lower nibble controls groups A, C, E, and G. Local
streams have a 16.384 MHz rate option (refer to Section 10.2.2 on page 104).
Table 82. L-Bus Rate Registers
Register
DWORD
Address (20 Bits)
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00320
L-bus rate H/G
L-bus rate F/E
L-bus rate D/C
L-bus rate B/A
Byte Address
Name
0x00320
(0x00321)
(0x00322)
(0x00323)
L-bus Rate B/A
(L-bus Rate D/C)
(L-bus Rate F/E)
(L-bus Rate H/G)
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:4
LBRSN
(LDRSN)
(LFRSN)
(LHRSN)
3:0
LARSN
(LCRSN)
(LERSN)
(LGRSN)
Value
0000
0010
0100
1000
1001
0000
0010
0100
1000
1001
Function
L-bus group B(D, F, H) off (default).
L-bus group B(D, F, H) rate = 2.048 MHz.
L-bus group B(D, F, H) rate = 4.096 MHz.
L-bus group B(D, F, H) rate = 8.192 MHz.
L-bus group B(D, F, H) rate = 16.384 MHz.
L-bus group A(C, E, G) off (default).
L-bus group A(C, E, G) rate = 2.048 MHz.
L-bus group A(C, E, G) rate = 4.096 MHz.
L-bus group A(C, E, G) rate = 8.192 MHz.
L-bus group A(C, E, G) rate = 16.384 MHz.
103
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
10 Stream Rate Control (continued)
10.2.2 L-Bus 16.384 Mbits/s Operation
Local stream 16.384 Mbits/s operation is implemented as two multiplexed 8.192 Mbits/s streams. Bits are shifted at
16.384 MHz, and 16 bits are shifted per 8.192 Mbits/s time-slot (refer to Figure 29). This operation makes use of
adjacent pairs of the existing single-byte hold and shift registers for local stream operation, with the local even
stream assigned as the incoming stream, and the local odd stream assigned as the outgoing stream. Pairs are
assigned as LD[0,1], LD[2,3], . . . LD[30,31]. When an L-bus group is set to operate at rate of 16.384 Mbits/s, the
hold and shift circuitry is configured such that the serial output of the even stream shift register feeds the serial
input of the odd stream shift register (refer to Figure 30).
976 ns (ONE 8 Mbits/s TIME-SLOT)
TIME-SLOT n
8.192 MHz
16.384 MHz
SERIAL DATA:
L_D[EVEN] (INCOMING),
L_D[ODD] (OUTGOING)
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
INCOMING BITS ARE SAMPLED AT
THE 3/4 POINT OF THE BIT TIME
OFFLOAD INCOMING
BYTES FROM TIME-SLOT n TO HOLDING REGISTERS,
LOAD OUTGOING BYTES FOR
TIME-SLOT n + 1 TO SHIFT REGISTERS
OFFLOAD INCOMING
BYTES FROM TIME-SLOT n – 1 TO HOLDING REGISTERS,
LOAD OUTGOING BYTES FOR
TIME-SLOT n TO SHIFT REGISTERS
5-9411 (F)
Figure 29. Local Stream 16.384 Mbits/s Timing
INCOMING SERIAL DATA (EVEN)
8-bit BYTE FROM
DATA MEMORY
EVEN
STREAM
OUTGOING
HOLDING
REGISTER
8
INCOMING
SERIAL DATA
(ODD)
(NO LOCAL ODD
SERIAL INPUT
IF 16.384 Mbits/s
OPERATION)
LOCAL
EVEN
STREAM
SHIFT
REGISTER
8
MS bit
EVEN
STREAM
INCOMING
HOLDING
REGISTER
OUTGOING
SERIAL DATA
(EVEN)
8-bit BYTE TO
DATA MEMORY
(NO LOCAL EVEN
SERIAL OUTPUT
IF 16.384 Mbits/s
OPERATION)
16.384 Mbits/s
ENABLE
8-bit BYTE FROM
DATA MEMORY
ODD
STREAM
OUTGOING
HOLDING
REGISTER
8
LOCAL
ODD
STREAM
SHIFT
REGISTER
MS bit
8
ODD
STREAM
INCOMING
HOLDING
REGISTER
8-bit BYTE TO
DATA MEMORY
OUTGOING SERIAL DATA (ODD)
5-9426 (F)
Figure 30. Local Stream 16.384 Mbits/s Circuit
104
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
10 Stream Rate Control (continued)
10.2.3 16.384 Mbits/s Local I/O Superrate
This 16.384 Mbits/s rate option is available only on the local I/O streams (i.e., it is not supported as a part of the
H.100/H.110 specifications). When applying the superrate option to a local I/O group, the I/O for the group is redefined and divided into two pairs of input and output. An input or an output can be selected from each pair, but both
can’t be used simultaneously. This leads to four possible configurations for each group. Note that inputs are always
on even signals and outputs are always on odd signals. Thus, if all local groups are operated at the superrate, then
the application can have 16 lines, all at 16.384 Mbits/s, in contrast to the 32 I/O lines at normal rates.
LD0
GROUP A
LD1
LOCAL
I/O
PINS
LD2
LD3
GROUP A CONFIGURATION AT 2.048, 4.096,
OR 8.192 Mbits/s
LD0
LD1
LD2
LOCAL
I/O
PINS
GROUP A
LOCAL
I/O
PINS
GROUP A
LD0
LD3
GROUP A CONFIGURATION 1
AT 16.384 Mbits/s SUPERRATE
GROUP A CONFIGURATION 2
AT 16.384 Mbits/s SUPERRATE
LOCAL
I/O
PINS
LD3
GROUP A CONFIGURATION 3
AT 16.384 Mbits/s SUPERRATE
GROUP A
GROUP A
LD0
LD1
LD2
LD2
LD3
LD0
LOCAL
I/O
PINS
LD1
LD1
LD2
LD3
GROUP A CONFIGURATION 4
AT 16.384 Mbits/s SUPERRATE
Figure 31. Superrate I/O Configuration
Agere Systems Inc.
105
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
10 Stream Rate Control (continued)
The configurations are selected as a consequence of the connection programming. The data is inputted or outputted as a true 16-bit at 16.384 Mbits/s signal. Programming a 16-bit connection requires two separate byte connections, one for the MS-byte and the other for the LS-byte.
8.192 Mbits/s Stream n, Timeslot m
and
8.192 Mbits/s Stream n + 1, Timeslot m
7
6
122 ns
5
4
3
2
1
0
8.192 Mbits/s input data bits are sampled at 3/4 point (91 ns) of the 122 ns bit time
61 ns
16.384 Mbits/s input data bits are sampled at 3/4 point (45 ns) of the 61 ns bit time
Superrate Streampair n/n + 1, Timeslot m
If Input use Stream n, if Output use Stream n + 1
15
14
13
12
11
10
Programming a connection for
Stream n + 1, Time Slot m
writes to/reads from here
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Programming a connection for
Stream n, Time Slot m
writes to/reads from here
Note: n = even number, m = integer.
Figure 32. Relationship Between 8.192 Mbits/s and 16.384 Mbits/s Time-Slots
Thus, programming a connection to stream n + 1 is programming a connection to the MS-byte on output pin n + 1
and programming a connection to stream n is programming a connection to the LS-byte on output pin n + 1. Similarly, programming a connection from stream n + 1 is programming a connection from the MS-byte on input pin n
and programming a connection from stream n is programming a connection from the LS-byte on input pin n.
(An easier way to remember this is that the even/odd identifier becomes the MS-byte/LS-byte identifier.)
As a consequence of this arrangement, the T8110 permits byte-packing at the superrate in analogous manner to
subrate bit-packing.
106
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
11 Minibridge
The T8110 provides for access to non-PCI devices from the PCI bus via the minibridge port.
Note: If the T8110 is configured to interface to a microprocessor bus, the minibridge function is not applicable, and
the minibridge port pins are used for the microprocessor interface. Refer to Section 5 on page 38.
PCI access requests are converted to a simple interface to external devices hanging on the minibridge port. There
are eight chip select outputs, a read strobe, a write strobe, a 16-bit address and 16-bit data bus. Additionally, a forwarded version of the PCI_RST# signal can be made available at the GP(2) output; refer to Section 6.1.1 on page
46 and Section 9.2.2.2 on page 101. PCI_AD[15:0], during the address phase, is DIRECTLY MAPPED as the
MB_A[15:0] address. Customers could possibly assume this, OR may assume that byte lane enables determine
the state of MB_A[1:0].
There is a direct mapping of the PCI address bits to the minibridge address bits. Users must be aware that
MB_A[1:0] of a minibridge transaction is a direct pass-thru from the PCI_AD[1:0] of the address phase, and for PCI
MEMORY transactions (which is the only type of transaction T8110 responds to), the value is always 00.
In addition, be aware that the minibridge only operates as 16-bit-only transfers, with the data positioned only on
bits [15:0] of PCI_AD during the data phase.
11.1 Wait-State Control Registers
11.1.1 Minibridge Wait-State Control Registers
The minibridge wait-state control registers allow for programmable assertion times for MB_CS[7:0], MB_RD, and
MB_WR control outputs. Resolution for the wait-state value increments is one 65.538 MHz clock period (15.25 ns);
refer to Figure 29 on page 104.
Table 83. Minibridge Wait-State Control Register Map
DWORD
Address
(20 bits)
Register
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00700
CS0 addr setup wait
CS0 read hold wait
CS0 read width wait
CS0 read setup wait
0x00704
CS0 addr hold wait
CS0 write hold wait
CS0 write width wait
CS0 write setup wait
0x00710
CS1 addr setup wait
CS1 read hold wait
CS1 read width wait
CS1 read setup wait
0x00714
CS1 addr hold wait
CS1 write hold wait
CS1 write width wait
CS1 write setup wait
0x00720
CS2 addr setup wait
CS2 read hold wait
CS2 read width wait
CS2 read setup wait
0x00724
CS2 addr hold wait
CS2 write hold wait
CS2 write width wait
CS2 write setup wait
0x00730
CS3 addr setup wait
CS3 read hold wait
CS3 read width wait
CS3 read setup wait
0x00734
CS3 addr hold wait
CS3 write hold wait
CS3 write width wait
CS3 write setup wait
0x00740
CS4 addr setup wait
CS4 read hold wait
CS4 read width wait
CS4 read setup wait
0x00744
CS4 addr hold wait
CS4 write hold wait
CS4 write width wait
CS4 write setup wait
0x00750
CS5 addr setup wait
CS5 read hold wait
CS5 read width wait
CS5 read setup wait
0x00754
CS5 addr hold wait
CS5 write hold wait
CS5 write width wait
CS5 write setup wait
0x00760
CS6 addr setup wait
CS6 read hold wait
CS6 read width wait
CS6 read setup wait
0x00764
CS6 addr hold wait
CS6 write hold wait
CS6 write width wait
CS6 write setup wait
0x00770
CS7 addr setup wait
CS7 read hold wait
CS7 read width wait
CS7 read setup wait
0x00774
CS7 addr hold wait
CS7 write hold wait
CS7 write width wait
CS7 write setup wait
Agere Systems Inc.
107
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
11 Minibridge (continued)
Table 84. Minibridge Wait-State Control Registers
Byte
Address
0x00700
(0x00710)
(0x00720)
(0x00730)
(0x00740)
(0x00750)
(0x00760)
(0x00770)
0x00701
(0x00711)
(0x00721)
(0x00731)
(0x00741)
(0x00751)
(0x00761)
(0x00771)
0x00702
(0x00712)
(0x00722)
(0x00732)
(0x00742)
(0x00752)
(0x00762)
(0x00772)
0x00703
(0x00713)
(0x00723)
(0x00733)
(0x00743)
(0x00753)
(0x00763)
(0x00773)
0x00704
(0x00714)
(0x00724)
(0x00734)
(0x00744)
(0x00754)
(0x00764)
(0x00774)
108
Name
CS0 Read Setup Wait
(CS1 Read Setup Wait)
(CS2 Read Setup Wait)
(CS3 Read Setup Wait)
(CS4 Read Setup Wait)
(CS5 Read Setup Wait)
(CS6 Read Setup Wait)
(CS7 Read Setup Wait)
CS0 Read Width Wait
(CS1 Read Width Wait)
(CS2 Read Width Wait)
(CS3 Read Width Wait)
(CS4 Read Width Wait)
(CS5 Read Width Wait)
(CS6 Read Width Wait)
(CS7 Read Width Wait)
CS0 Read Hold Wait
(CS1 Read Hold Wait)
(CS2 Read Hold Wait)
(CS3 Read Hold Wait)
(CS4 Read Hold Wait)
(CS5 Read Hold Wait)
(CS6 Read Hold Wait)
(CS7 Read Hold Wait)
CS0 Addr Setup Wait
(CS1 Addr Setup Wait)
(CS2 Addr Setup Wait)
(CS3 Addr Setup Wait)
(CS4 Addr Setup Wait)
(CS5 Addr Setup Wait)
(CS6 Addr Setup Wait)
(CS7 Addr Setup Wait)
CS0 Write Setup Wait
(CS1 Write Setup Wait)
(CS2 Write Setup Wait)
(CS3 Write Setup Wait)
(CS4 Write Setup Wait)
(CS5 Write Setup Wait)
(CS6 Write Setup Wait)
(CS7 Write Setup Wait)
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
7:0
7:0
7:0
7:0
R0SLR
(R1SLR)
(R2SLR)
(R3SLR)
(R4SLR)
(R5SLR)
(R6SLR)
(R7SLR)
R0WLR
(R1WLR)
(R2WLR)
(R3WLR)
(R4WLR)
(R5WLR)
(R6WLR)
(R7WLR)
R0HLR
(R1HLR)
(R2HLR)
(R3HLR)
(R4HLR)
(R5HLR)
(R6HLR)
(R7HLR)
A0SLR
(A1SLR)
(A2SLR)
(A3SLR)
(A4SLR)
(A5SLR)
(A6SLR)
(A7SLR)
W0SLR
(W1SLR)
(W2SLR)
(W3SLR)
(W4SLR)
(W5SLR)
(W6SLR)
(W7SLR)
Value
Function
LLLL LLLL
Read cycle wait-state value, delay to
leading edge of MB_RD.
LLLL LLLL
Read cycle wait-state value, assertion time for MB_RD.
LLLL LLLL
Read cycle wait-state value, delay to
deassertion of MB_CS0 (1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7).
LLLL LLLL
Any cycle wait-state value, delay from
beginning of cycle to assertion of
MB_CS0 (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7).
LLLL LLLL
Write cycle wait-state value, delay to
leading edge of MB_WR.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
11 Minibridge (continued)
Table 84. Minibridge Wait-State Control Registers (continued)
Byte
Address
0x00705
(0x00715)
(0x00725)
(0x00735)
(0x00745)
(0x00755)
(0x00765)
(0x00775)
0x00706
(0x00716)
(0x00726)
(0x00736)
(0x00746)
(0x00756)
(0x00766)
(0x00776)
0x00707
(0x00717)
(0x00727)
(0x00737)
(0x00747)
(0x00757)
(0x00767)
(0x00777)
Name
CS0 Write Width Wait
(CS1 Write Width Wait)
(CS2 Write Width Wait)
(CS3 Write Width Wait)
(CS4 Write Width Wait)
(CS5 Write Width Wait)
(CS6 Write Width Wait)
(CS7 Write Width Wait)
CS0 Write Hold Wait
(CS1 Write Hold Wait)
(CS2 Write Hold Wait)
(CS3 Write Hold Wait)
(CS4 Write Hold Wait)
(CS5 Write Hold Wait)
(CS6 Write Hold Wait)
(CS7 Write Hold Wait)
CS0 Addr Hold Wait
(CS1 Addr Hold Wait)
(CS2 Addr Hold Wait)
(CS3 Addr Hold Wait)
(CS4 Addr Hold Wait)
(CS5 Addr Hold Wait)
(CS6 Addr Hold Wait)
(CS7 Addr Hold Wait)
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
7:0
7:0
W0WLR
(W1WLR)
(W2WLR)
(W3WLR)
(W4WLR)
(W5WLR)
(W6WLR)
(W7WLR)
W0HLR
(W1HLR)
(W2HLR)
(W3HLR)
(W4HLR)
(W5HLR)
(W6HLR)
(W7HLR)
A0HLR
(A1HLR)
(A2HLR)
(A3HLR)
(A4HLR)
(A5HLR)
(A6HLR)
(A7HLR)
Value
Function
LLLL LLLL
Write cycle wait-state value, assertion
time for MB_WR.
LLLL LLLL
Write cycle wait-state value, delay to
deassertion of MB_CS0 (1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7).
LLLL LLLL
Any cycle wait-state value, delay from
deassertion of MB_CS0 (1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7) to end of cycle.
109
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
11 Minibridge (continued)
11.2 Strobe Control Registers
The CS strobe inversion and RD-WR strobe inversion registers allow for programmable polarity of the MB_CS[7:0],
MB_RD, and MB_WR minibridge control strobes. Additionally, the polarity of the forwarded PCI_RST# signal (to
the GP(2) output) is selectable.
Table 85. Strobe Control Registers
Register
DWORD
Address
(20 bits)
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
0x00780
Reserved
Reserved
RD-WR strobe
inversion
CS strobe inversion
Byte Address
0x00780
0x00781
Name
CS Strobe Inversion
R/W Strobe Inversion
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7
IC7SB
6
IC6SB
5
IC5SB
4
IC4SB
3
IC3SB
2
IC2SB
1
IC1SB
0
IC0SB
7:3
2
Reserved
IPRSB
1
IMRSB
0
IMWSB
Value
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0000 0
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
CS7 strobe is active-high (default).
CS7 strobe is active-low.
CS6 strobe is active-high (default).
CS6 strobe is active-low.
CS5 strobe is active-high (default).
CS5 strobe is active-low.
CS4 strobe is active-high (default).
CS4 strobe is active-low.
CS3 strobe is active-high (default).
CS3 strobe is active-low.
CS2 strobe is active-high (default).
CS2 strobe is active-low.
CS1 strobe is active-high (default).
CS1 strobe is active-low.
CS0 strobe is active-high (default).
CS0 strobe is active-low.
NOP (default).
Forward direct PCI_RST# (default).
Forward inverted PCI_RST#.
MB_RD strobe is active-high (default).
MB_RD strobe is active-low.
MB_WR strobe is active-high, (default).
MB_WR strobe is active-low.
11.3 Minibridge Circuit Operation
The minibridge circuit accepts PCI memory read and memory write transactions and translates them into simple
asynchronous* control strobes for external devices hanging off the minibridge port.
The PCI address is passed straight through to the minibridge port, so MB_A[15:0] is always DWORD-aligned
(MB_A[1:0] = 00). Transactions are always 16-bit data, with the data on the PCI side always positioned at bits
PCI_AD[15:0]. Byte lane enables, PCI_CBEn[3:0], are ignored for minibridge transactions.
Refer to Section 4.1.6 on page 30 for more detail on the PCI side of the transactions. Refer to Figure 33 for the
access cycle descriptions of the minibridge side of the transactions.
* Asynchronous relative to the PCI clock. Strobes are generated relative to the internal chip clock in multiples of 65.536 MHz clock periods.
110
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
11 Minibridge (continued)
T8110
INTERNAL CLOCK
(65.538 MHz)
taccess
ADDRESS VALID
MB_A[15:0]
MB_CSn
tasu
tah
trdwidth
MB_RD
trdsuwait
trdholdwait
trdsu
MB_D[15:0]
(READ CYCLE)
trdh
RD DATA
VALID
twrwidth
MB_WR
twrsuwait
twrholdwait
twrsu
MB_D[15:0]
(WRITE CYCLE)
WRITE DATA VALID
5-9412 (F)
Figure 33. Minibridge Read/Write Access Cycles
Notes:
n Strobes are created based on the T8110 internal 65.536 MHz clock. MB_CS, MB_RD, and MB_WR are shown
here as active-low, but may be programmed active-high via the CS strobe inversion and RD-WR strobe inversion
registers.
n User-programmable wait-states are allowed at five points for either read or write cycles:
— Delay from valid address to MB_CSn assertion (address wait).
— Delay from MB_CSn assertion to the leading edge of the MB_RD (or MB_WR) strobe (setup wait).
— Pulse width of the MB_RD (or MB_WR) strobe (width wait).
— Delay from MB_RD (or MB_WR) trailing edge to the deassertion of MB_CSn (hold wait).
— Delay from deassertion of MB_CSn to address invalid (address wait).
n With no wait-states, the minimum access time (read or write) for the minibridge interface is 76.3 ns
(five 65.536 MHz clock cycles).
Notes:
n Timing protocol. Any user-programmable wait-states are defined in increments of 65.536 MHz clock periods
(15.25 ns):
— taccess: total access time. Minimum = 76.3 ns (five clock cycles), maximum = 19.5 µs (accumulation of userprogrammed wait-states).
— tasu: address setup to MB_CSn active. Minimum = 15.25 ns (one clock cycle), maximum = 3.9 µs
(256 clock cycles) user-programmable via CSn address wait register.
— tah: address hold from MB_CSn inactive. Minimum = 15.25 ns (one clock cycle), maximum = 3.9 µs
(256 clock cycles) user-programmable via CSn address wait register.
— trdsuwait: delay from MB_CSn active to leading edge of MB_RD strobe. Minimum = 15.25 ns (one clock
cycle), maximum = 3.9 µs (256 clock cycles) user-programmable via CSn RD setup wait register.
Agere Systems Inc.
111
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
11 Minibridge (continued)
— trdwidth: MB_RD strobe pulse width. Minimum = 15.25 ns (one clock cycle), maximum = 3.9 µs
(256 clock cycles) user-programmable via CSn RD width wait register.
— trdholdwait: delay from MB_RD strobe trailing edge to MB_CSn inactive. Minimum = 15.25 ns
(one clock cycle), maximum = 3.9 µs (256 clock cycles) user-programmable via CSn RD hold wait register.
— trdsu: read cycle data setup to trailing edge RDn. Minimum = 10 ns.
— trdh: read cycle data hold from trailing edge RDn. Minimum = 0 ns.
— twrsuwait: delay from MB_CSn active to leading edge of MB_WR strobe. Minimum = 15.25 ns
(one clock cycle), maximum = 3.9 µs (256 clock cycles) user-programmable via CSn WR setup wait register.
— twrwidth: MB_WR strobe pulse width. Minimum = 15.25 ns (one clock cycle), maximum = 3.9 µs
(256 clock cycles) user-programmable via CSn WR width wait register.
— twrholdwait: delay from MB_WR strobe trailing edge to MB_CSn inactive. Minimum = 15.25 ns
(one clock cycle), maximum = 3.9 µs (256 clock cycles) user-programmable via CSn WR hold wait register.
— twrsu: write cycle data setup to trailing edge of MB_WR. Minimum = 30.5 ns (two clock cycles).
11.4 Minibridge Operational Addressing
The operating space (in PCI) is from 0x70000—0x7FFFF. The address presented on the minibridge side,
MB_A[15:0], is a straight pass-thru of the PCI_AD[15:0] bits during the address phase of the PCI transaction. The
eight chip selects decode address bits [15:13] so that the chip selects are active in the eight spaces shown in the
table below.
Table 86. Minibridge Operating Space (PCI)
A[15:13]
PCI Space
MB Space
Chip Select
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
0x70000—71FFC
0x72000—73FFC
0x74000—75FFC
0x76000—77FFC
0x78000—79FFC
0x7A000—7BFFC
0x7C000—7DFFC
0x7E000—7FFFC
0x0000—1FFC
0x2000—3FFC
0x4000—5FFC
0x6000—7FFC
0x8000—9FFC
0xA000—BFFC
0xC000—DFFC
0xE000—FFFC
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Since the upper address lines are made available on the minibridge side in addition to the chip selects, it is possible to create variations of the selected spaces using a minimal amount of external logic.
Example: A (posted) write to or (delayed) read from PCI address 0x77A10 would occur at minibridge address
0x7A10, where CS3 was active. The user could choose to use the full 16-bit address (0x7A10) or use CS3 with a
13-bit address 0x1A10 (both are simultaneously available). The timing of the CS signal relative to the read, write
address, and data is set by the parameters for CS3 in PCI registers 0x00730—00737.
112
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control
12.1 Interrupt Control Registers
Table 87. Interrupt Control Register Map
DWORD
Address
(20 bits)
0x00600
0x00604
0x00608
0x0060C
0x00610
0x00614
0x006FC
Register
Byte 3
Byte 2
Byte 1
Byte 0
FGIO polarity
Reserved
FGIO interrupt enable FGIO interrupt pending
GPIO polarity
Reserved
GPIO interrupt enable GPIO interrupt pending
System interrupt enable System interrupt enable
System interrupt
System interrupt
high
low
pending high
pending low
Clock interrupt enable
Clock interrupt enable Clock interrupt pending Clock interrupt pending
high
low
high
low
CLKERR output select SYSERR output select PCI_INTA output select
Arbitration control
CLKERR pulse width
SYSERR pulse width
Reserved
Reserved
In-service, byte 3
In-service, byte 2
In-service, byte 1
In-service, byte 0
12.1.1 Interrupts Via External FG[7:0] Registers
12.1.1.1 FGIO Interrupt Pending Register
The FGIO interrupt pending register stores detected interrupts via the FG[7:0] signals. The user can clear specific
pending bits by writing 1 to that bit (write 1 to clear). Interrupts via these signals are maskable via the FGIO interrupt enable register.
Table 88. FGIO Interrupt Pending Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00600 FGIO Interrupt Pending
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7
JF7OB
6
JF6OB
5
JF5OB
4
JF4OB
3
JF3OB
2
JF2OB
1
JF1OB
0
JF0OB
Value
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
No pending interrupts via FG7 (default).
Pending interrupt via FG7.
No pending interrupts via FG6 (default).
Pending interrupt via FG6.
No pending interrupts via FG5 (default).
Pending interrupt via FG5.
No pending interrupts via FG4 (default).
Pending interrupt via FG4.
No pending interrupts via FG3 (default).
Pending interrupt via FG3.
No pending interrupts via FG2 (default).
Pending interrupt via FG2.
No pending interrupts via FG1 (default).
Pending interrupt via FG1.
No pending interrupts via FG0 (default).
Pending interrupt via FG0.
113
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
Table 88. FGIO Interrupt Pending Registers (continued)
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
0x00601 FGIO Interrupt Enable
7
JF7EB
6
JF6EB
5
JF5EB
4
JF4EB
3
JF3EB
2
JF2EB
1
JF1EB
0
JF0EB
Value
Function
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Disable (mask) interrupts via FG7 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via FG7.
Disable (mask) interrupts via FG6 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via FG6.
Disable (mask) interrupts via FG5 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via FG5.
Disable (mask) interrupts via FG4 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via FG4.
Disable (mask) interrupts via FG3 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via FG3.
Disable (mask) interrupts via FG2 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via FG2.
Disable (mask) interrupts via FG1 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via FG1.
Disable (mask) interrupts via FG0 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via FG0.
The FGIO edge/level and FGIO polarity registers control how interrupts are interpreted on the GP[7:0] signals
(negative edge, positive edge, low level, or high level).
Table 89. FGIO Edge/Level and Polarity Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00603 FGIO Polarity
114
Bit(s) Mnemonic Value
7
IF7SB
6
IF6SB
5
IF5SB
4
IF4SB
3
IF3SB
2
IF2SB
1
IF1SB
0
IF0SB
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
FG7 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
FG7 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
FG6 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
FG6 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
FG5 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
FG5 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
FG4 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
FG4 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
FG3 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
FG3 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
FG2 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
FG2 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
FG1 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
FG1 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
FG0 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
FG0 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
12.1.2 Interrupts Via External GP[7:0]
12.1.2.1 GPIO Interrupt Pending Register
The GPIO interrupt pending register stores detected interrupts via the GP[7:0] signals. The user can clear specific
pending bits by writing 1 to that bit (write-1-to-clear). Interrupts via these signals are maskable via the GPIO interrupt enable register.
Table 90. GPIO Interrupt Pending Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00604 GPIO Interrupt Pending
0x00605 GPIO Interrupt Enable
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7
JG7OB
6
JG6OB
5
JG5OB
4
JG4OB
3
JG3OB
2
JG2OB
1
JG1OB
0
JG0OB
7
JG7EB
6
JG6EB
5
JG5EB
4
JG4EB
3
JG3EB
2
JG2EB
1
JG1EB
0
JG0EB
Value
Function
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
No pending interrupts via GP7 (default).
Pending interrupt via GP7.
No pending interrupts via GP6 (default).
Pending interrupt via GP6.
No pending interrupts via GP5 (default).
Pending interrupt via GP5.
No pending interrupts via GP4 (default).
Pending interrupt via GP4.
No pending interrupts via GP3 (default).
Pending interrupt via GP3.
No pending interrupts via GP2 (default).
Pending interrupt via GP2.
No pending interrupts via GP1 (default).
Pending interrupt via GP1.
No pending interrupts via GP0 (default).
Pending interrupt via GP0.
Disable (mask) interrupts via GP7 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via GP7.
Disable (mask) interrupts via GP6 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via GP6.
Disable (mask) interrupts via GP5 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via GP5.
Disable (mask) interrupts via GP4 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via GP4.
Disable (mask) interrupts via GP3 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via GP3.
Disable (mask) interrupts via GP2 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via GP2.
Disable (mask) interrupts via GP1 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via GP1.
Disable (mask) interrupts via GP0 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via GP0.
115
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
12.1.2.2 GPIO Edge/Level and GPIO Polarity Registers
The GPIO edge/level and GPIO polarity registers control how interrupts are interpreted on the GP[7:0] signals
(negative edge, positive edge, low level, or high level).
Table 91. GPIO Edge/Level and GPIO Polarity Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00607 GPIO Polarity
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7
IG7SB
6
IG6SB
5
IG5SB
4
IG4SB
3
IG3SB
2
IG2SB
1
IG1SB
0
IF0SB
Value
Function
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
GP7 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
GP7 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
GP6 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
GP6 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
GP5 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
GP5 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
GP4 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
GP4 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
GP3 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
GP3 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
GP2 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
GP2 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
GP1 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
GP1 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
GP0 interrupts are negative edge or low level (default).
GP0 interrupts are positive edge or high level.
12.1.3 Interrupts Via Internal System Errors
s
Table 92. System Error Interrupt Assignments
System Interrupt Bit
SYS15
SYS14
SYS13
SYS12
SYS11
SYS10
SYS9
SYS8
SYS7
SYS6
SYS5
SYS4
SYS3
SYS2
SYS1
SYS0
116
Description
Clock failsafe indicator.
Clock fallback indicator.
PCI target, minibridge discard timer expired.
PCI target, VC memory discard timer expired.
PCI target, data memory discard timer expired.
PCI target, minibridge protocol error.
PCI target, VC memory protocol error.
PCI target, data memory protocol error.
PCI master, PCI bus fatal error.
PCI master, external buffer lock error.
PCI master, external buffer stall error.
PCI master, external buffer stall warning.
PCI master, external buffer overwrite warning.
PCI master, external buffer initial warning.
VC memory, scratchpad overflow warning.
NOTIFY_QUEUE, overflow warning.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
12.1.4 System Interrupt Pending High/Low Registers
The system interrupt pending high/low registers store detected interrupts via the internal system error signals (refer
to Section 6.2.5 on page 59). The user can clear specific bits by writing 1 to that bit (write-1-to-clear).
Table 93. System Interrupt Pending High/Low Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00608 System Interrupt Pending Low
0x00609 System Interrupt Pending
High
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic Value
7
JS7OB
6
JS6OB
5
JS5OB
4
JS4OB
3
JS3OB
2
JS2OB
1
JS1OB
0
JS0OB
7
JSFOB
6
JSEOB
5
JSDOB
4
JSCOB
3
JSBOB
2
JSAOB
1
JS9OB
0
JS8OB
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
No pending interrupts via SYS7 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS7.
No pending interrupts via SYS6 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS6.
No pending interrupts via SYS5 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS5.
No pending interrupts via SYS4 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS4.
No pending interrupts via SYS3 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS3.
No pending interrupts via SYS2 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS2.
No pending interrupts via SYS1 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS1.
No pending interrupts via SYS0 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS0.
No pending interrupts via SYS15 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS15.
No pending interrupts via SYS14 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS14.
No pending interrupts via SYS13 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS13.
No pending interrupts via SYS12 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS12.
No pending interrupts via SYS11 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS11.
No pending interrupts via SYS10 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS10.
No pending interrupts via SYS9 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS9.
No pending interrupts via SYS8 (default).
Pending interrupt via SYS8.
117
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
12.1.5 System Interrupt Enable High/Low Registers
The system interrupt enable high/low registers allow for masking of interrupts via the internal system error signals.
Table 94. System Interrupt Enable High/Low Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x0060A System Interrupt Enable
Low
0x0060B System Interrupt Enable
High
118
Bit(s) Mnemonic Value
7
JS7EB
6
JS6EB
5
JS5EB
4
JS4EB
3
JS3EB
2
JS2EB
1
JS1EB
0
JS0EB
7
JSFEB
6
JSEEB
5
JSDEB
4
JSCEB
3
JSBEB
2
JSAEB
1
JS9EB
0
JS8EB
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS7 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS7.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS6 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS6.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS5 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS5.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS4 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS4.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS3 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS3.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS2 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS2.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS1 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS1.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS0 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS0.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS15 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS15.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS14 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS14.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS13 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS13.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS12 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS12.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS11 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS11.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS10 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS10.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS9 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS9.
Disable (mask) interrupts via SYS8 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via SYS8.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
12.1.6 Interrupts Via Internal Clock Errors
Table 95. Clock Error Interrupt Assignments
Clock Interrupt Bit
CLK15
CLK14
CLK13
CLK12
CLK11
CLK10
CLK9
CLK8
CLK7
CLK6
CLK5
CLK4
CLK3
CLK2
CLK1
CLK0
Agere Systems Inc.
Description
Failsafe indicator—APLL1 reference error.
DPLL2 sync input error.
DPLL1 sync input error.
CT_NETREF2 error.
CT_NETREF1 error.
/FR_COMP error.
/CT_FRAME_B error.
/CT_FRAME_A error.
/SCLKx2 error.
SCLK error.
C2 error.
/C4 error.
/C16– error.
/C16+ error.
CT_C8_B error.
CT_C8_A error.
119
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
12.1.7 Clock Interrupt Pending High/Low Registers
The clock interrupt pending high/low registers store detected interrupts via the internal clock error signals (refer to
Section 6.2.1 on page 56). The user can clear specific bits by writing 1 to that bit (write 1 to clear).
Table 96. Clock Interrupt Pending High/Low Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x0060C Clock Interrupt Pending Low
0x0060D Clock Interrupt Pending
High
120
Bit(s) Mnemonic Value
7
JC7OB
6
JC6OB
5
JC5OB
4
JC4OB
3
JC3OB
2
JC2OB
1
JC1OB
0
JC0OB
7
JCFOB
6
JCEOB
5
JCDOB
4
JCCOB
3
JCBOB
2
JCAOB
1
JC9OB
0
JC8OB
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Function
No pending interrupts via CLK7 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK7.
No pending interrupts via CLK6 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK6.
No pending interrupts via CLK5 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK5.
No pending interrupts via CLK4 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK4.
No pending interrupts via CLK3 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK3.
No pending interrupts via CLK2 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK2.
No pending interrupts via CLK1 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK1.
No pending interrupts via CLK0 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK0.
No pending interrupts via CLK15 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK15.
No pending interrupts via CLK14 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK14.
No pending interrupts via CLK13 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK13.
No pending interrupts via CLK12 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK12.
No pending interrupts via CLK11 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK11.
No pending interrupts via CLK10 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK10.
No pending interrupts via CLK9 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK9.
No pending interrupts via CLK8 (default).
Pending interrupt via CLK8.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
12.1.8 Clock Interrupt Enable High/Low Registers
The clock interrupt enable high/low registers allow for masking of interrupts via the internal clock error signals.
Table 97. Clock Interrupt Enable High/Low Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x0060E Clock Interrupt
Enable Low
0x0060F Clock Interrupt
Enable High
Agere Systems Inc.
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7
JC7EB
6
JC6EB
5
JC5EB
4
JC4EB
3
JC3EB
2
JC2EB
1
JC1EB
0
JC0EB
7
JCFEB
6
JCEEB
5
JCDEB
4
JCCEB
3
JCBEB
2
JCAEB
1
JC9EB
0
JC8EB
Value
Function
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK7 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK7.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK6 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK6.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK5 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK5.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK4 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK4.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK3 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK3.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK2 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK2.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK1 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK1.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK0 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK0.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK15 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK15.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK14 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK14.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK13 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK13.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK12 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK12.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK11 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK11.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK10 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK10.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK9 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK9.
Disable (mask) interrupts via CLK8 (default).
Enable (unmask) interrupts via CLK8.
121
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
12.1.9 Interrupt Servicing Registers
12.1.9.1 Arbitration Control Register
The arbitration control register allows for four modes of interrupt control operation as shown below:
n Disabled. This mode bypasses any interrupt controller operation. No FG or GP inputs are allowed as external
interrupt inputs. SYSERR assertion is a simple logical OR of the internal system error bits. CLKERR assertion is
a simple logical OR of the internal clock error bits.
n Flat. This mode treats all 48 possible inputs (eight from external FG[7:0], eight from external GP[7:0], 16 from
internal system errors, 16 from internal clock errors) with equal weight, and queues them for in-service via a
round-robin arbitration.
n Tier, no pre-empting. This mode assigns three priority levels. The highest level is internal clock errors CLK[15:0];
next level is internal system errors SYS[15:0]; lowest level is external errors FG[7:0] and GP[7:0]. Arbitration priority encodes between the three levels. Multiple interrupts within a level are queued round-robin.
n Tier, with pre-empting. This mode is the same as tier, with the added ability to pre-empt a current in-service interrupt according to the three priority levels.
Table 98. Arbitration Control Register
Byte Address
0x00610
Name
Arbitration
Control
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
JAMSR
Value
Function
0000 0000
0000 0001
0000 0010
0001 0010
Disable interrupt controller (default).
Flat structure (round-robin arbiter).
Tier structure (three levels), no pre-empting.
Tier structure (three levels), pre-empting.
12.1.10 PCI_INTA Output Select Register
The PCI_INTA output select register controls whether the internal signal which generates SYSERR also generates
a PCI interrupt PCI_INTA#.
Table 99. PCI_INTA Output Select Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00611 PCI_INTA Output Select
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
JSPSR
Value
Function
0000 0000 Do not route SYSERR to PCI_INTA (default).
0000 0001 Route SYSERR to PCI_INTA.
12.1.10.1 SYSERR and CLKERR Output Select Register
The SYSERR output select register controls how the SYSERR signal is asserted (active-high level, active-low
level, active-high pulse, or active-low pulse).
The SYSERR pulse-width register controls how wide the SYSERR pulse is (when selected output format = high or
low pulse). Value corresponds to the number of 32.768 MHz periods – 1.
The CLKERR output select register controls how the CLKERR signal is asserted (active-high level, active-low
level, active-high pulse, or active-low pulse).
The CLKERR pulse-width register controls how wide the CLKERR pulse is (when selected output format = high or
low pulse). Value corresponds to the number of 32.768 MHz periods – 1.
122
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
.
Table 100. SYSERR Output Select Registers
Byte
Address
Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
0x00612 SYSERR Output Select
7:0
JSOSR
0000 0000
0000 0001
0001 0000
0001 0001
SYSERR is
SYSERR is
SYSERR is
SYSERR is
active-high level* (default).
active-low level*.
active-high single pulse.
active-low single pulse.
0x00616 SYSERR Pulse Width
7:0
JSWSR
LLLL LLLL SYSERR pulse-width value.
0x00613 CLKERR Output Select
7:0
JCOSR
0000 0000
0000 0001
0001 0000
0001 0001
0x00617 CLKERR Pulse Width
7:0
JCWSR
LLLL LLLL CLKERR pulse-width value.
CLKERR is active-high level* (default).
CLKERR is active-low level*.
CLKERR is active-high single pulse.
CLKERR is active-low single pulse.
* When the arbitration control is disabled (0x00610 = 0000 0000), SYSERR or CLKERR levels remain asserted until all the internal system (or
clock) pending bits are cleared.
12.1.10.2 Interrupt In-Service Registers
The interrupt in-service registers provide a 16-bit interrupt vector, with unique encoding to indicate which of the
48 possible interrupts is currently in-service.
Table 101. Interrupt In-Service Register
Byte Address
Register Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
0x006FC
Interrupt In-service Low
7:0
Reserved
0000 000
0x00619
Interrupt In-service High
7:0
JISOR
0000 0000
0001 0000
0001 0001
0001 0010
0001 0011
0001 0100
0001 0101
0001 0110
0001 0111
0010 0000
0010 0001
0010 0010
0010 0011
0010 0100
0010 0101
0010 0110
0010 0111
0100 0000
0100 0001
0100 0010
0100 0011
0100 0100
0100 0101
Agere Systems Inc.
Function
Lower byte of in-service vector;
returns zero.
No interrupt in-service (default).
FG0 interrupt in-service.
FG1 interrupt in-service.
FG2 interrupt in-service.
FG3 interrupt in-service.
FG4 interrupt in-service.
FG5 interrupt in-service.
FG6 interrupt in-service.
FG7 interrupt in-service.
GP0 interrupt in-service.
GP1 interrupt in-service.
GP2 interrupt in-service.
GP3 interrupt in-service.
GP4 interrupt in-service.
GP5 interrupt in-service.
GP6 interrupt in-service.
GP7 interrupt in-service.
SYS0 interrupt in-service.
SYS1 interrupt in-service.
SYS2 interrupt in-service.
SYS3 interrupt in-service.
SYS4 interrupt in-service.
SYS5 interrupt in-service.
123
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
Table 101. Interrupt In-Service Register (continued)
Byte Address
124
Register Name
Bit(s) Mnemonic
0x00619
Interrupt In-service High
7:0
0x0061A
0x0061B
Interrupt In-service, Byte 2
Interrupt In-service, Byte 3
7:0
7:1
0
Value
Function
0100 0110
0100 0111
0100 1000
0100 1001
0100 1010
0100 1011
0100 1100
0100 1101
0100 1110
0100 1111
1000 0000
1000 0001
1000 0010
1000 0011
1000 0100
1000 0101
1000 0110
1000 0111
1000 1000
1000 1001
1000 1010
1000 1011
1000 1100
1000 1101
1000 1110
1000 1111
LLLL LLLL
0000 000
L
SYS6 interrupt in-service.
SYS7 interrupt in-service.
SYS8 interrupt in-service.
SYS9 interrupt in-service.
SYS10 interrupt in-service.
SYS11 interrupt in-service.
SYS12 interrupt in-service.
SYS13 interrupt in-service.
SYS14 interrupt in-service.
SYS15 interrupt in-service.
CLK0 interrupt in-service.
CLK1 interrupt in-service.
CLK2 interrupt in-service.
CLK3 interrupt in-service.
CLK4 interrupt in-service.
CLK5 interrupt in-service.
CLK6 interrupt in-service.
CLK7 interrupt in-service.
CLK8 interrupt in-service.
CLK9 interrupt in-service.
CLK10 interrupt in-service.
CLK11 interrupt in-service.
CLK12 interrupt in-service.
CLK13 interrupt in-service.
CLK14 interrupt in-service.
CLK15 interrupt in-service.
Low-byte, virtual channel identifier.
NOP.
MS bit, virtual channel identifier.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
12.2 Error Reporting and Interrupt Controller Circuit Operation
T8110 errors are reported via three output signals, CLKERR, SYSERR, and PCI_INTA#. These outputs are generated by an interrupt controller circuit; refer to Figure 34. The interrupt control circuit accepts 48 interrupt inputs in
all. The way in which these interrupts are arbitrated is selectable, and the means of reporting the interrupts out to
the system is also selectable.
FGIO INTERRUPT
ENABLE REGISTER
FGIO POLARITY,
FGIO EDGE/LEVEL
REGISTERS
FG[7:0]
EDGE/LEVEL
SENSE
CONVERSION
GP[7:0]
EDGE/LEVEL
SENSE
CONVERSION
FGIO
INTERRUPT
PENDING
REGISTER
8
GPIO
INTERRUPT
PENDING
REGISTER
GPIO POLARITY,
GPIO EDGE/LEVEL
REGISTERS
8
GPIO INTERRUPT
ENABLE REGISTER
SYSTEM ERRORS
16
SYSTEM
INTERRUPT
PENDING
REGISTERS
16
CLOCK
INTERRUPT
PENDING
REGISTERS
CLOCK INTERRUPT
ENABLE REGISTERS
CLOCK ERRORS
ARBITRATION
CONTROL REGISTER
16
ARBITRATION
LOGICAL OR
(UNMASKED
CLOCK
SOURCES)
CLKERR OUTPUT
SELECT REGISTER
16
CLKERR TRIGGER
SYSERR
TRIGGER
INTERRUPT IN-SERVICE
REGISTER
SYSTEM INTERRUPT
ENABLE REGISTERS
16
CLKERR
EDGE/LEVEL
SENSE GENERATION
PCI_INTA#
PCI_INTA OUTPUT
SELECT REGISTER
SYSERR OUTPUT
SELECT REGISTER
EDGE/LEVEL
SENSE GENERATION
SYSERR
5-9425 (F)
Figure 34. Interrupt Controller
Agere Systems Inc.
125
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
12.2.1 Externally Sourced Interrupts Via FG[7:0], GP[7:0]
Up to 16 of the 48 interrupt inputs are sourced external to the T8110, via the FG[7:0] and GP[7:0] signals. Each
input is independently controlled via the interrupt control registers (refer to Section 12.1.1 on page 113 and Section
12.1.2 on page 115). Any externally sourced interrupt may be presented as active-high level, active-low level, positive edge, or negative edge sense. Each external interrupt is maskable. Any detected interrupt which is unmasked
is held in an interrupt pending register, and presented to the arbitration circuit for servicing.
12.2.2 Internally Sourced System Error Interrupts
Another set of 16 of the 48 interrupt inputs are sourced internally via the system error register bits (0x00126—127;
refer to Section 6.2.5 on page 59). Each of these inputs is independently controlled via the interrupt control registers (refer to Section 12.1.3 on page 116). All internal system error bit interrupts are presented as active-high level
sense. Each system error bit interrupt is maskable. Any detected interrupt which is unmasked is held in an interrupt
pending register and presented to the arbitration circuit for servicing.
12.2.3 Internally Sourced Clock Error Interrupts
Another set of 16 of the 48 interrupt inputs are sourced internally via the latched clock error register bits
(0x00122—123; refer to Section 6.2.1 on page 56). Each of these inputs is independently controlled via the interrupt control registers (refer to Section 12.1.6 on page 119). All internal clock error bit interrupts are presented as
active-high level sense. Each clock error bit interrupt is maskable. Any detected interrupt that is unmasked is held
in an interrupt pending register and presented to the arbitration circuit for servicing.
12.2.4 Arbitration of Pending Interrupts
The arbitration of the pending interrupts can be handled in one of four selectable modes: arbitration off, flat arbitration, tier arbitration with pre-empting disabled, and tier arbitration with pre-empting enabled. Interrupts are reported
to the system via the SYSERR signal (and the PCI_INTA# signal, if enabled to do so).
12.2.4.1 Arbitration Off
This mode only allows the 16 internal system error register bits to generate interrupts, and no arbitration takes
place. The trigger for the SYSERR output is simply a logical OR of the internal system error register bits. All bits of
the internal system error register must be cleared in order to rearm the SYSERR trigger in this mode.
12.2.4.2 Flat Arbitration
The flat arbitration mode performs a round-robin arbitrations on all 48 interrupt sources. When a pending interrupt
wins the arbitration, the in-service register is loaded with its corresponding interrupt vector, SYSERR is triggered,
and that pending bit is cleared, removing it from the next round-robin arbitration cycle. The system must respond to
the current in-service interrupt (refer to Section 12.2.8 on page 127), after which the next arbitration cycle takes
place.
12.2.4.3 Tier Arbitration
The tier arbitration creates three prioritized groups as shown below:
n Highest priority. The 16 internal latched clock error register bits.
n Next highest priority. The 16 internal system error register bits.
n Lowest priority. The 16 external FG[7:0] and GP[7:0] bits.
126
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
12 Error Reporting and Interrupt Control (continued)
Arbitration assigns interrupt servicing priority to the three groups. Multiple pending interrupts within the same group
are arbitrated round-robin. When a pending interrupt wins the arbitration, the in-service register is loaded with its
corresponding interrupt vector, SYSERR is triggered, and that pending bit is cleared, removing it from the next
arbitration cycle.
12.2.4.3.1 Pre-Empting Disabled
With pre-empting disabled, once a pending interrupt wins the arbitration and the in-service register is loaded with
its corresponding interrupt vector, new incoming pending interrupts of higher priority must wait for the system to
respond to the current in-service interrupt (refer to Section 12.2.8 on page 127), at which time another arbitration
cycle takes place.
12.2.4.3.2 Pre-Empting Enabled
With pre-empting enabled, an interrupt that is in-service (i.e., its interrupt vector is loaded in the in-service register
and SYSERR has been triggered) can be overridden by new incoming pending interrupts of higher priority. The
current in-service interrupt is pushed onto a stack for storage; the higher-priority interrupt vector is loaded into the
in-service register and SYSERR is retriggered. Once all interrupts of higher priority have been serviced by the system (refer to Section 12.2.8 on page 127), the stack is popped and the original lower-priority interrupt is reissued.
12.2.5 CLKERR Output
The CLKERR output signal is used to indicate any internal clocking errors. The trigger for the CLKERR output is
simply a logical OR of the internal latched clock error register bits. All bits of the internal clock error register must
be cleared in order to rearm the CLKERR trigger. The CLKERR trigger induces a state machine to generate the
CLKERR signal in one of four possible ways: active-high level, active-low level, active-high single pulse, or activelow single pulse.
12.2.6 SYSERR Output
The T8110 SYSERR output signal is used to report interrupts. Internally, the arbitration circuit provides a SYSERR
trigger, which induces a state machine to generate the SYSERR signal in one of four possible ways: active-high
level, active-low level, active-high single pulse, or active-low single pulse.
12.2.7 PCI_INTA# Output
The internal SYSERR trigger can be enabled to also trigger a PCI interrupt via the PCI_INTA# signal.
12.2.8 System Handling of Interrupts
The T8110 interrupt controller presents an interrupt to the system by triggering the SYSERR output and providing
a predefined interrupt vector value at the interrupt in-service register (ISR). The system may acknowledge the
interrupt in three ways as shown below:
n System reads the T8110 ISR register. This allows the arbiter to advance, and if more pending interrupts are
active, reloads the ISR with the winner of the arbitration and retriggers SYSERR.
n System clears the T8110 ISR register (via register 0x00100, soft reset; write 0x20 clears the ISR). The arbiter
advances, and if more pending interrupts are active, reloads the ISR and retriggers SYSERR.
n System resets the interrupt controller (via register 0x00100, soft reset, write 0x10 clears the ISR and all the
pending interrupt registers). All pending interrupts are cleared, and the arbiter is reset.
Agere Systems Inc.
127
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
13 Test and Diagnostics
13.1 Diagnostics Control Registers
The diagnostic control registers allow for various diagnostic modes (refer to Section 13.2 on page 135).
Table 102. Diagnostics Control Register Map
DWORD
Address
(20 bits)
Register
Byte 3
0x00140 Diag3, GP test-point
select
Byte 2
Diag2, GP test-point
enable
Byte 1
Byte 0
Diag1, FG test-point select Diag0, FG test-point
enable
0x00144 Diag7, external buffer Diag6, miscellaneous Diag5, state counter
RETRY timer
diagnostics low
modes high
Diag4, state counter
modes low
0x00148 Diag11, sync-toframe command offset high
Diag8, interrupt controller
diagnostics
Diag10, sync-toframe command offset low
Diag9, interrupt controller
SYSERR delay
13.1.1 FG Testpoint Enable Register
The FG test-point enable register allows individual programming of FG[7:0] bits for either standard operation (as
FG or FGIO) or as test-point outputs. FG test-point select controls the MUX selection for which test-points are
selected. Refer to Table 104 on page 129 for test-point assignments for each FG bit.
Table 103. FG Testpoint Enable Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00140 Diag0, FG Testpoint
Enable
0x00141 Diag1, FG Testpoint
Select
128
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7
FT7EB
0
1
FG7 is standard FG or FGIO bit (default).
FG7 is a test-point.
6
FT6EB
0
1
FG6 is standard FG or FGIO bit (default).
FG6 is a test-point.
5
FT5EB
0
1
FG5 is standard FG or FGIO bit (default).
FG5 is a test-point.
4
FT4EB
0
1
FG4 is standard FG or FGIO bit (default).
FG4 is a test-point.
3
FT3EB
0
1
FG3 is standard FG or FGIO bit (default).
FG3 is a test-point.
2
FT2EB
0
1
FG2 is standard FG or FGIO bit (default).
FG2 is a test-point.
1
FT1EB
0
1
FG1 is standard FG or FGIO bit (default).
FG1 is a test-point.
0
FT0EB
0
1
FG0 is standard FG or FGIO bit (default).
FG0 is a test-point.
7:0
FTPSR
LLLL LLLL Value for MUX selection of test-points
output to FG[7:0]—see Table 103 on
page 128.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
13 Test and Diagnostics (continued)
Table 104. FG[7:0] Internal Testpoint Assignments
FG
Testpoint
Select
Value
FG7
0000 0001
i_FRAME
STATE_COUNT[10:4] (actual time-slot)
0000 0010
i_FRAME
STATE_COUNT_LOOKAHEAD (lookahead time-slot)
0000 0100
i_FRAME
STATE_COUNT_LOOKBEHIND (lookbehind time-slot)
0000 1000
TAR_VALID_CMD
TAR_FORCE_RETRY
Reserved
TRCV FIFO FLUSH
0001 0000
MAS_START_DMA
HOST1_COMPLETE
HOST1_FATAL
MRCV FIFO FLUSH
FG6
FG5
0010 0000
FG4
Reserved
0100 0000
P_S_SELECTOR
Reserved
OOL threshold flag
APLL1 lock indicator
1000 0000
Stalled
Snapping
C clock enable
B clock enable
—
FG3
FG2
FG1
FG0
0000 0001
0000 0010
0000 0100
0000 1000
0001 0000
0010 0000
0100 0000
1000 0000
STATE_COUNT[10:4] (actual time-slot)
STATE_COUNT_LOOKAHEAD (lookahead time-slot)
STATE_COUNT_LOOKBEHIND (lookbehind time-slot)
TRCV FIFO PERR
TRCV FIFO EMPTY
TRCV FIFO LASTOUT
TRCV FIFO READ
Terminate master done
MRCV FIFO empty
Reserved
MRCV FIFO READ
Reserved
Failsafe flag
Force-to-OSC4 flag
Return from FS2 flag
Return from FS1 flag
A clock enable
Encoded ABC states:
000 or 100 = DIAGS
001 = A_ONLY
010 = A_MASTER
011 = A_ERROR
101 = B_ONLY
110 = B_MASTER
111 = B_ERROR
13.1.2 GP Testpoint Enable Register
The GP test-point enable register allows individual programming of GP[7:0] bits for either standard operation (as
GPIO) or as test-point outputs. GP test-point select controls the MUX selection for which test-points are selected.
Refer to Table 106 on page 131 for test-point assignments for each GP bit.
Agere Systems Inc.
129
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
13 Test and Diagnostics (continued)
Table 105. Testpoint Enable Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00142 Diag2, GP Testpoint
Enable
0x00143 Diag3, GP Testpoint Select
130
Bit(s) Mnemonic
Value
Function
7
GT7EB
0
1
GP7 is standard GPIO bit (default).
GP7 is a test-point.
6
GT6EB
0
1
GP6 is standard GPIO bit (default).
GP6 is a test-point.
5
GT5EB
0
1
GP5 is standard GPIO bit (default).
GP5 is a test-point.
4
GT4EB
0
1
GP4 is standard GPIO bit (default).
GP4 is a test-point.
3
GT3EB
0
1
GP3 is standard GPIO bit (default).
GP3 is a test-point.
2
GT2EB
0
1
GP2 is standard GPIO bit (default).
GP2 is a test-point.
1
GT1EB
0
1
GP1 is standard GPIO bit (default).
GP1 is a test-point.
0
GT0EB
0
1
GP0 is standard GPIO bit (default).
GP0 is a test-point.
7:0
GTPSR
LLLL LLLL Value for MUX selection of test-points
output to GP[7:0]—see Table 105 on
page 130.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
13 Test and Diagnostics (continued)
Table 106. GP[7:0] Internal Testpoint Assignments
GP
Testpoint
Select
Value
GP7
GP6
GP5
GP4
0000 0001
BYTEREF_16
BYTEREF_8
BYTEREF_4
BYTEREF_2
0000 0010
i_FRAME
Reserved
CP8 read
CP8 write
0000 0100
Reserved
0000 1000
TAR_VALID_CMD
TAR_FORCE_RETRY
Reserved
TXMT FIFO flush
0001 0000
MAS_START_DMA
HOST1_COMPLETE
HOST1_FATAL
MXMT FIFO flush
0010 0000
DPLL2 lock
DPLL1 lock
0100 0000
P_S_SELECTOR
1000 0000
Stalled
Snapping
Reserved
Reserved
—
GP3
GP2
GP1
GP0
0000 0001
Reserved
Fallback encoded states:
000 = PRIMARY
001 = TO_PRIMARY
010 = SECONDARY
011 = TO_SECONDARY
100 = FS1
101 = FS2
110 = [reserved]
111 = INITIAL
STATE_COUNT[3:0] (stream)
0000 0010
CP4 read
CP4 write
0000 0100
CP2 read
CP2 write
Reserved
0000 1000
TXMT FIFO full
TXMT FIFO empty
TXMT FIFO stop
TXMT FIFO write
0001 0000
MXMT FIFO full
MXMT FIFO empty
MXMT FIFO lastin
MXMT FIFO write
0010 0000
Reserved
0100 0000
Fallback flag
Go_clocks
indicator
CLEAR_FALLBACK
indicator
FORCE_FALLBACK
indicator
1000 0000
Phase alignment
frame event
APLL1 feedback,
8 MHz tap
APLL1 feedback,
4 MHz tap
APLL1 feedback,
2 MHz tap
Agere Systems Inc.
131
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
13 Test and Diagnostics (continued)
13.1.3 State Counter Modes Registers
The state counter modes registers control state counter diagnostics, including the breaking of state counter carry
chains, using /FR_COMP as the internal frame reference, and allowing the state counter to roll over early via a
modulo function. For more details, refer to Section 13.2 on page 135.
Table 107. State Counter Modes Registers
Byte
Address
Name
0x00144 Diag4, State Counter
Modes Low
0x00145 Diag5, State Counter
Modes High
132
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
SCMLR
7:6
5
Reserved
SCMSB
4
FRMSB
3
SCLSB
2:0
SCULP
Value
Function
LLLL LLLL Lower 8 bits of state counter modulo load
value.
00
NOP (default).
0
Normal carry chain operation (default).
1
Break state counter carry chains.
0
Normal internal frame operation (default).
1
Use /FR_COMP as internal frame.
0
Normal counting (default).
1
State counter modulo counting.
LLL
Upper 3 bits of state counter modulo load
value.
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
13 Test and Diagnostics (continued)
13.1.4 Miscellaneous Diagnostics Low Register
The miscellaneous diagnostics low register: bit 5 enables a mode to shorten the PCI target discard timers for
minibridge, VC memory, and DATA memory target accesses. Bit 4 enables microprocessor access to the
minibridge register space. Bit 3 enables microprocessor access to the virtual channel memory region. Bits 2 and 1
allow direct reset of the APLL2 and APLL1 feedback dividers. Bit 0 controls the TST input of the power-on reset
cell.
Table 108. Miscellaneous Diagnostics Low Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00146 Diag6, Miscellaneous
Diagnostics Low
Bit(s)
Mnemonic
Value
Function
7:6
5
Reserved
PDTSB
4
MBIEB
00
0
1
0
NOP (default).
PCI target discard timers normal (default).
PCI target discard timers shortened.
Microprocessor access to minibridge registers
disabled (default).
Microprocessor access to minibridge registers
enabled.
Microprocessor access to VC memory disabled
(default).
Microprocessor access to VC memory enabled.
APLL2 feedback divider reset inactive (default).
APLL2 feedback divider reset active.
APLL1 feedback divider reset inactive (default).
APLL1 feedback divider reset active.
—
1
3
Agere Systems Inc.
VCMEB
2
FB2SB
1
FB1SB
0
Reserved
0
1
0
1
0
1
—
133
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
13 Test and Diagnostics (continued)
13.1.5 External Buffer Retry Timer Register
The external buffer retry timer register provides a time-out value for external buffer accesses. Value indicates [number of 65.536 MHz periods – 1]. The retry in this context refers to receiving a BUFFER LOCKED status on the first
descriptor table fetch attempt, and then retrying the fetch after the retry timer expires. Refer to Section 14.2.3.4 for
more detail.
Table 109. External Buffer Retry Timer Register
Byte
Address
Name
0x00147 Diag7, External Buffer
Retry Timer
0x00148 Diag8, Interrupt
Controller Diagnostic
0x00149 Diag9, Interrupt Controller Deassertion Delay
0x0014A Diag10, Sync-to-frame
Command Delay
(Lower)
0x0014B Diag11, Sync-to-frame
Command Delay
(Upper)
134
Bit(s) Mnemonic
7:0
EBOLR
7:6
ICDSP
5:4
3:2
1:0
7:0
ICKLP
ISYLP
IEXLP
IASLR
7:0
CFLLR
7:4
CFSEN
3:0
CFHLN
Value
Function
LLLL LLLL RETRY timer value for external buffer
access.
00
Interrupt controller, normal mode (default).
01
Interrupt controller, DIAG mode.
LL
DIAG mode, force CLK[1:0] errors.
LL
DIAG mode, force SYS[1:0] errors.
LL
DIAG mode, force EXT[8, 0] errors.
LLLL LLLL Programmable delay to control the deassertion time of SYSERR.
LLLL LLLL Low byte of 12-bit offset value for sync-toframe clock commands (GO_CLOCKS,
CLEAR_FALLBACK,
FORCE_FALLBACK).
0000
Disable delay mode (default).
0001
Enable delay mode.
LLLL
Upper 4 bits of 12-bit offset value for
sync-to-frame clock commands
(GO_CLOCKS, CLEAR_FALLBACK,
FORCE_FALLBACK).
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
13 Test and Diagnostics (continued)
13.2 Diagnostic Circuit Operation
The T8110 internal diagnostic modes are intended primarily for chip manufacturing test. The diagnostic functions
include the following:
n DIAG0—3, observability of internal test-points via FG(7:0), GP(7:0):
— Internal test-points are brought to chip I/O at FG and GP signals. Refer to Table 104 on page 129 and
Table 106 on page 131 for test-point assignment.
n DIAG4—5, internal state counter diagnostic modes:
— Break counter carry chains—this is used in conjunction with monitoring of the state counter bits at FG and GP,
and breaks the 11-bit state counter into three separate pieces (bits [10:8], [7:4] and [3:0]).
— Shorten frame operation—the internally generated 8 kHz frame is bypassed in favor of the /FR_COMP input.
The /FR_COMP input still denotes the frame center and may be presented at a higher frequency than 8 kHz.
This is used in conjunction with the state counter modulo function, which when properly programmed allows
the internal state counter to roll over coincident with the /FR_COMP frame center.
n DIAG6, microprocessor access to the virtual channel memory and minibridge register regions:
— The VC memory region is only functionally applicable for packet payload switching, which is only available
when the T8110 interface to a local PCI bus is selected. When interface to microprocessor bus is selected,
this diagnostic setting allows direct access to the virtual channel memory.
— The minibridge registers are only functionally applicable for minibridge port operation and are only available
when the T8110 interface to a local PCI bus is selected. When interface to microprocessor bus is selected,
this diagnostic setting allows direct access to the minibridge registers.
n DIAG6, forced RESET of analog APLL1 feedback dividers:
— The APLL1 feedback dividers are typically not reset. This diagnostic mode allows each feedback divider to be
held in a reset state.
n DIAG7, external buffer RETRY timer:
— The external buffer access protocol allows for one RETRY of a descriptor table fetch in the case of a locked
external buffer. This diagnostic register allows for manipulation of the amount of time to wait before retrying a
descriptor table fetch. Please see Section 14.2.3.4 on page 160 for more details.
n DIAG8, interrupt controller diagnostics:
— When the diagnostic mode is enabled (DIAG8 register, bits 7:6 = 01), then bits 5:4 override the CLK error[1:0]
inputs, bits [3:2] override the SYS error[1:0] inputs, bit 1 overrides the GP[0] input, and bit 0 overrides the
FG[0] input to the interrupt controller. This allows for direct manipulation to set/clear a portion of interrupt bits
from each tier group. Please see Section 12.2 on page 125 for more details.
n DIAG9, interrupt controller deassertion delay:
— Allows a programmable deassertion time for the SYSERR signal in between back-to-back interrupts.
n DIAG10—11, sync-to-frame command delay:
— Allows a programmable delay time from the FRAME boundary for execution of the sync-to-frame clock commands, GO_CLOCKS, CLEAR_FALLBACK, FORCE_FALLBACK.
Agere Systems Inc.
135
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel
14.1 Programming Interface
Programming the T8110 for standard and virtual channel switching requires specific access cycles to the connection memory and virtual channel memory regions. Access to any other region (data memory, minibridge, or registers) is made through a standard direct access via the interface (described starting in Section 4 on page 22).
14.1.1 PCI Interface
When the T8110 PCI interface is the selected bus interface, both standard telephony and virtual channel switching
are allowed. A standard telephony connection is made by writing to a location in the connection memory. A virtual
channel connection requires a write to the connection memory plus a corresponding write to the virtual channel
memory.
14.1.1.1 PCI Connection Memory Programming
The connection memory is divided into four 2K regions, each of which handles up to 128 time slots worth of connectivity for each of 16 serial data streams. The regions include H1x0 EVEN streams (CT_D[30, 28, . . . 0]),
H1x0 ODD streams (CT_D[31, 29, . . . 1]), local low streams (L_D[15:0]), and local high streams (L_D[31:16]). The
connection memory locations are addressed relative to time-slot and stream. BURST access is allowed to the connection memory. In order to SKIP making/breaking a connection to a particular time slot and stream combination
that gets addressed during a burst, the user must disable all the byte enables for that particular data phase.
Connection memory commands are as follows:
n RESET PAGE— resets any (up to all four) connection memory region. Address bit 15 determines whether or not
it's a reset page command. The reset page command relies on a valid internal chip clock and loops through all
addresses within the connection memory region, resetting the VALID bit field. The reset page command must be
presented as a PCI memory WRITE command; refer to Figure 35.
n MAKE/BREAK/QUERY— telephony connection; refer to Figure 36.
n MAKE/BREAK/QUERY— virtual channel nonbonded connection; refer to Figure 37.
n MAKE/BREAK/QUERY— virtual channel bonded connection; refer to Figure 38.
MAKE and BREAK commands above must be presented as PCI memory write commands. QUERY commands
are presented as PCI memory read commands.
ADDRESS PHASE,
RESET PAGE
COMMAND
DATA PHASE,
RESET PAGE
COMMAND
31:20
BASE ADDRESS
31:25
0000000
0 = NO ACTION
1 = RESET H1x0
ODD REGION
24
RHO
19:16
0100
23:17
0000000
0 = NO ACTION
1 = RESET H1x0
EVEN REGION
15
1
16
RHE
14:8
0000000
7:0
00000000
15:9
0000000
0 = NO ACTION
1 = RESET LOCAL
HIGH REGION
7:1
0000000
8
RLH
0
0 = NO ACTION
1 = RESET LOCAL
LOW REGION
RLL
5-9622 (F)
Figure 35. PCI Programming—Reset Page Command
136
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
ADDRESS PHASE,
MAKE OR BREAK
TELEPHONY
CONNECTION
31:20
BASE ADDRESS
19:16
0100
15
0
14:8
TIMESLOT
31
0
30:28
000
23:20
0000
27 26 25 24
PME
VFC
RWS
MBS
19:16
TAG
1:0
00
HLS
H-BUS/LOCAL SELECT:
0 = LOCAL STREAMS
1 = H.1x0 STREAMS
DATA PHASE,
MAKE OR BREAK
TELEPHONY
CONNECTION
6:2
STREAM
7
15:8
TAG
7
0
6:0
SUBRATE
0 = PATTERN MODE DISABLED
1 = PATTERN MODE ENABLED
0 = USE CURRENT FRAME
1 = USE NEXT FRAME
0 = WRITE TO DATA MEMORY
1 = READ FROM DATA MEORY
0 = MAKE CONNECTION
1 = BREAK CONNECTION
RESERVED
VTC
VC/TEL CONTROL
5-9623 (F)
Note: For QUERY (read cycle), a 0 in bit 27 of the data phase indicates an invalid or broken connection. A 1 in bit 27 indicates a valid connection.
Figure 36. PCI Programming—Make/Break/Query Telephony Connection
ADDRESS PHASE,
MAKE OR BREAK
VIRTUAL CHANNEL
CONNECTION
31:20
BASE ADDRESS
19:16
0100
15
0
14:8
TIMESLOT
6:2
STREAM
7
1:0
00
HLS
H-BUS/LOCAL SELECT:
0 = LOCAL STREAMS
1 = H.1x0 STREAMS
DATA PHASE,
MAKE OR BREAK
VIRTUAL CHANNEL
CONNECTION,
NO BONDING
31
1
30:28
000
27 26
25 24
0 0
23:16
VC IDENTIFIER
BCC
BVF
RWS
MBS
BONDED CHANNEL
CONTROL
BONDED CHANNEL,
VIRTUAL FRAME MARKER
14:8
0000000
15
6:0
SUBRATE
7
SVF
VCP
0 = VC EVEN PAGE
1 = VC ODD PAGE
SUBRATE, VIRTUAL
FRAME MARKER
0 = NO MARKER
1 = ACTIVE MARKER
0 = WRITE TO DATA MEMORY
1 = READ FROM DATA MEMORY
0 = MAKE CONNECTION
1 = BREAK CONNECTION
RESERVED
VTC
VC/TEL CONTROL
5-9624 (F)
Note: For QUERY (read cycle), a 0 in bit 27 of the data phase indicates an invalid or broken connection. A 1 in bit 27 indicates a valid connection.
Figure 37. PCI Programming—Make/Break/Query Virtual Channel Nonbonded Connection
Agere Systems Inc.
137
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
ADRESS PHASE
MAKE OR BREAK
VIRTUAL CHANNEL
CONNECTION
DATA PHASE,
MAKE OR BREAK
VIRTUAL CHANNEL
CONNECTION,
BONDED
31:20
Base Address
31
1
30:28
000
27 26 25 24
1
19:16
0100
23:16
VC Identifier
15
0
7
14:8
Time Slot
15 14:13
00
12:8 Bonded
Channel Depth
6:2
Stream
1:0
00
HLS
H-Bus/Local Select:
0 = Local Streams
1 = H1x0 Streams
7:5
000
4:0 Bonded
Channel Offset
BCC Bonded Channel
VCP 0 = VC Even Page
Control
BVF Bonded Channel, Virtual
1 = VC Odd Page
Frame Marker: 0 = no marker,
1 = active marker
RWS
0 = W rite to Data Memory
1 = Read from Data Memory
MBS
0 = Make Connection
1 = Break Connection
Reserved
VTC
VC/Tel Control
Note: For QUERY (read cycle), a 0 in bit 27 of the data phase indicates an invalid or broken connection. A 1 in bit 27 indicates a valid connection.
Figure 38. PCI Programming—Make/Break/Query Virtual Channel Bonded Connection
14.1.1.2 PCI Virtual Channel Memory Programming
The virtual channel memory is divided into two regions, the static portion and the scratchpad portion. The static
portion contains two read/write fields, defining a particular virtual channel’s base address and depth. The scratchpad portion contains one read/write field (depth) and one read-only field (current offset). On any write to the virtual
channel memory, the scratchpad current offset is reset to zero. Virtual channel memory commands are as follows:
n A WRITE is presented as a PCI memory write command Figure 39 below.
n A READ STATIC is presented as a PCI memory read command (see Figure 40 on page 139).
n A READ SCRATCHPAD is presented as a PCI memory read command (see Figure 41 on page 139).
ADDRESS PHASE,
VIRTUAL CHANNEL
MEMORY WRITE
COMMAND
31:20
BASE ADDRESS
19:16
0001
15:8
VC IDENTIFIER ADDRESS
7
6:0
0000000
VC PAGE ADDRESS VCPA
0 = VC EVEN PAGE
1 = VC ODD PAGE
DATA PHASE,
VIRTUAL CHANNEL
MEMORY WRITE
COMMAND
31:24 SCRATCHPAD
CURRENT DEPTH (SPCD)
23:18 STATIC
DEPTH (STD)
17:16
00
15:12
0000
11:2
STATIC BASE ADDRESS (SBA)
VALUE OF 0 TO 63 IMPLIES
1 TO 64 DWORDS DEEP
WRITING TO THIS FIELD SETS
THE STARTING POSITION
1:0
00
VIRTUAL CHANNEL LIES
ON DWORD BOUNDARIES
WITHIN DATA MEMORY
5-9628 (F)
Figure 39. PCI Programming—Write Virtual Channel Command
138
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
ADDRESS PHASE,
VIRTUAL CHANNEL
MEMORY READ
STATIC COMMAND
31:20
BASE ADDRESS
19:16
0001
15:8
7
VC IDENTIFIER ADDRESS
3
0
6:4
000
2:0
000
VC PAGE ADDRESS
VCPA
0 = VC EVEN PAGE
1 = VC ODD PAGE
STATIC/SCRATCHPAD SELECT
0 = STATIC ENTRIES
1 = SCRATCHPAD
DATA PHASE,
VIRTUAL CHANNEL
MEMORY READ
STATIC COMMAND
31:24
00000000
23:18 STATIC
DEPTH (STD)
17:16
11
15:12
0000
SSS
11:2
STATIC BASE ADDRESS (SBA)
1:0
00
RETURNS THE RELATIVE OFFSET
OF DEEPEST BYTE (MAX = 255)
5-9627 (F)
Figure 40. PCI Programming—Read Virtual Channel Static Command
ADDRESS PHASE,
VIRTUAL CHANNEL
MEMORY READ
SCRATCHPAD
COMMAND
31:20
BASE ADDRESS
19:16
0001
15:8
7
VC IDENTIFIER ADDRESS
6:4
000
2:0
000
VC PAGE ADDRESS
VCPA
0 = VC EVEN PAGE
1 = VC ODD PAGE
STATIC/SCRATCHPAD SELECT
0 = STATIC ENTRIES
1 = SCRATCHPAD
DATA PHASE,
VIRTUAL CHANNEL
MEMORY READ
SCRATCHPAD
COMMAND
3
1
31:24 SCRATCHPAD
CURRENT DEPTH (SPCD)
23:16
00000000
VALUE OF THE COUNTER WHICH
TRACKS THE NUMBER OF BYTES
USED IN THE BUFFER.
15:8 SCRATCHPAD
CURRENT OFFSET (SPCO)
SSS
7:0
00000000
MEMORY POINTER, CURRENT
OFFSET WITHIN CHANNEL BUFFER.
5-9630 (F)
Figure 41. PCI Programming—Read Virtual Channel Scratchpad Command
14.1.2 Microprocessor Interface
When the T8110 microprocessor interface is the selected bus interface, only standard telephony switching is
allowed (no virtual channel switching). A standard telephony connection is made by writing to a location in the connection memory. There is a mode in which the virtual channel memory may be accessed via the microprocessor
interface, included for diagnostic purposes only.
14.1.2.1 Microprocessor Connection Memory Programming
Because the microprocessor interface only allows word or byte accesses, multiple write accesses must occur. The
microprocessor connection memory access mimics the 32-bit PCI access by using a combination of the lower two
address bits [1:0] and holding registers. For byte access, there are a total of three byte-wide holding registers. For
word access, there is one word-wide holding register. The user must load the holding registers with the proper
information first, and then write to the upper byte (or upper word) to actually move data into the connection memory; refer to Table 110.
Agere Systems Inc.
139
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
The connection memory is divided into four 2K regions, each of which handles up to 128 time slots worth of connectivity for each of 16 serial data streams. The regions include H1x0 even streams (CT_D[30, 28, . . . 0]), H1x0
odd streams (CT_D[31, 29, . . . 1]), local low streams (L_D[15:0]), and local high streams (L_D[31:16]). The connection memory locations are addressed relative to time slot and stream.
Connection memory commands are as follows:
n RESET PAGE resets any (up to all four) connection memory region (see Figure 42 on page 141). Address bit 15
determines whether or not it’s a reset page command. The reset page command relies on a valid internal chip
clock and loops through all addresses within the connection memory region, resetting the VALID bit field. The
RESET PAGE command is presented as either two microprocessor WORD writes, or four microprocessor BYTE
writes, see Table 110.
n MAKE/BREAK/QUERY, telephony connection (see Figure 43 on page 141).
n MAKE/BREAK/QUERY, virtual channel nonbonded connection* (see Figure 44 on page 142).
n MAKE/BREAK/QUERY, virtual channel bonded connection* (see Figure 45 on page 143).
The MAKE and BREAK commands are presented as multiple microprocessor write cycles. The QUERY command
is presented as multiple microprocessor read cycles; refer to Table 110.
* Making virtual channel connections in the connection memory is for diagnostic purpose only when the microprocessor interface is selected.
Table 110. Microprocessor Programming, Connection Memory Access
Word/Byte
(MB_CS5)
A[1:0]
D[15:8]
Byte
00
X
Byte
01
X
Byte
10
X
Byte
11
X
Word
0X
Data byte 1
Word
1X
Data byte 3
D[7:0]
Access Description
Data byte 0 Write data byte 0 to a holding register, or read data byte
0 information.
Data byte 1 Write data byte 1 to a holding register, or read data byte
1 information.
Data byte 2 Write data byte 2 to a holding register, or read data byte
2 information.
Data byte 3 Write data byte 3 plus the holding register data to connection memory, or read data byte 3 information.
Data byte 0 Write data bytes 1 and 0 to a holding register, or read
data bytes 1 and 0 information.
Data byte 2 Write data bytes 3 and 2 plus the holding register data
to connection memory, or read data bytes 3 and 2 information.
Note: Data byte n required information is shown in Figure 43—Figure 45.
140
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
19:16
0100
A[19:0]
DATA
BYTE 1
15
1
14:0
000000000000000
7:1
0000000
bit
0
RLH
0 = NO ACTION
1 = RESET LOCAL
HI REGION
DATA
BYTE 3
DATA
BYTE 0
bit
0
DATA
BYTE 2
RHO
bit
0
RLL
0 = NO ACTION
1 = RESET LOCAL
LO REGION
7:1
0000000
0 = NO ACTION
1 = RESET H-BUS
ODD REGION
7:1
0000000
7:1
0000000
0 = NO ACTION
1 = RESET H-BUS
EVEN REGION
bit
0
RHE
Figure 42. Microprocessor Programming—Reset Page Command
19:16
0100
A[19:0]
15
0
14:8
TIME-SLOT
H-BUS/LOCAL SELECT:
0 = LOCAL STREAMS
1 = H.1x0 STREAMS
DATA
BYTE 1
DATA
BYTE 3
DATA
BYTE 0
7:0
TAG (LOWER BITS)
7
0
6:4
000
3
2
1
PME
VFC
RWS
MBS
VTC
1:0
HLS
WORD/BYTE
ADDRESS LSBITS
7
0
DATA
BYTE 2
0
6:2
STREAM
7
6:0
SUBRATE
7:4
0000
3:0
TAG (UPPER BITS)
0 = PATTERN MODE DISABLED
1 = PATTERN MODE ENABLED
0 = USE CURRENT FRAME
1 = USE NEXT FRAME
0 = WRITE TO DATA MEMORY
1 = READ FROM DATA MEMORY
0 = MAKE CONNECTION
1 = BREAK CONNECTION
VC/TEL CONTROL
5-9632 (F)
Figure 43. Microprocessor Programming—Make/Break/Query Telephony Connections
Agere Systems Inc.
141
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
19:16
0100
A[19:0]
15
0
14:8
TIMESLOT
H-BUS/LOCAL SELECT:
0 = LOCAL STREAMS
1 = H.1x0 STREAMS
6:2
STREAM
7
1:0
HLS
WORD/BYTE
ADDRESS LS BITS
DATA
BYTE 1
6:0
0000000
7
VCP
DATA
BYTE 3
7
1
DATA
BYTE 0
SVF
0 = VC EVEN PAGE
1 = VC ODD PAGE
6:4
000
3
2
6:0
SUBRATE
7
1
0
0
0
DATA
BYTE 2
SUBRATE VIRTUAL FRAME MARKER:
0 = NO MARKER
1 = ACTIVE MARKER
7:0
VC IDENTIFIER
BCC
BONDED CHANNEL CONTROL
BVF
RWS
MBS
BONDED CHANNEL, VIRTUAL FRAME MARKER:
0 = WRITE TO DATA MEM
1 = READ FROM DATA MEM
0 = MAKE CONNECTION
1 = BREAK CONNECTION
VTC
VC/Tel Control
1447
Figure 44. Microprocessor Programming—Make/Break/Query Virtual Channel Nonbonded Connections
142
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
19:16
0100
A[19:0]
15
0
14:8
TIMESLOT
6:2
STREAM
7
H-BUS/LOCAL SELECT:
0 = LOCAL STREAMS
1 = H.1X0 STREAMS
1:0
HLS
WORD/BYTE
ADDRESS LS BITS
DATA
BYTE 1
6:5
00
7
VCP
DATA
BYTE 3
7
1
4:0 BONDED
CHANNEL DEPTH
DATA
BYTE 0
7:5
000
4:0 BONDED
CHANNEL OFFSET
0 = VC EVEN PAGE
1 = VC ODD PAGE
6:4
000
3
2
0
1
1
DATA
BYTE 2
7:0
VC IDENTIFIER
BCC
BONDED CHANNEL CONTROL
BVF
RWS
MB
S
BONDED CHANNEL, VIRTUAL FRAME MARKER:
0 = NO MARKER
1 = ACTIVE MARKER
0 = WRITE TO DATA MEM
1 = READ FROM DATA MEM
0 = MAKE CONNECTION
1 = BREAK CONNECTION
VTC
VC/Tel CONTROL
1446
Figure 45. Microprocessor Programming—Make/Break/Query Virtual Channel Bonded Connection
Agere Systems Inc.
143
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
14.1.2.2 Microprocessor Virtual Channel Memory Programming
Because the microprocessor interface only allows word or byte accesses, multiple write accesses must occur. The
microprocessor virtual channel memory access mimics the 32-bit PCI access by using a combination of the lower
two address bits [1:0] and holding registers. For byte access, there are a total of three byte-wide holding registers.
For word access, there is one word-wide holding register. The user must load the holding registers with the proper
information first, and then write to the upper byte (or upper word) to actually move data into the virtual channel
memory; refer to Table 111.
The virtual channel memory is divided into two regions: the static portion and the scratchpad portion. The static
portion contains two read/write fields, defining a particular virtual channel’s base address and depth. The scratchpad portion contains one read/write field (depth) and one read-only field (current offset). On any write to the virtual
channel memory, the scratchpad current offset is reset to zero. Virtual channel memory commands are as follows:
n The WRITE command is presented as a microprocessor write cycle (see Figure 46 on page 145).
n The READ STATIC command is presented as a microprocessor read cycle (see Figure 47 on page 145).
n The READ SCRATCHPAD command is presented as a microprocessor read cycle (see Figure 48 on page 146).
Note: Accessing the virtual channel memory is for diagnostic purpose only when the microprocessor interface is
selected.
Table 111. Virtual Channel Memory Access
Word/Byte
(MB_CS5)
A[1:0]
D[15:8]
Byte
00
X
Byte
01
Byte
10
Byte
11
Word
0X
Word
1X
D[7:0]
Access Description
Data byte 0 Write data byte 0 to a holding register, or read data
byte 0 information.
X
Data byte 1 Write data byte 1 to a holding register, or read data
byte 1 information.
X
Data byte 2 Write data byte 2 to a holding register, or read data
byte 2 information.
X
Data byte 3 Write data byte 3 plus the holding register data to a
virtual channel memory, or read data byte 3 information.
Data byte 1 Data byte 0 Write data bytes 1 and 0 to a holding register, or
read data bytes 1 and 0 information.
Data byte 3 Data byte 2 Write data bytes 3 and 2 plus the holding register
data to a virtual channel memory, or read data
bytes 3 and 2 information.
Note: Data byte n required information is shown in Figure 46—Figure 48.
144
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
A[19:0]
19:16
0001
15:8
VC IDENTIFIER ADDRESS
VC PAGE ADDRESS
0 = VC EVEN PAGE
1 = VC ODD PAGE
DATA
BYTE 1
3:0
STATIC BASE
ADDRESS UPPER
7:4
0000
6:0
0000000
7
VCPA
7:2
STATIC BASE ADDRESS (SBA)
LOWER
DATA
BYTE 0
1:0
00
VIRTUAL CHANNEL LIES
ON DWORD BOUNDARIES
WITHIN DATA MEMORY
DATA
BYTE 3
7:0
SCRATCHPAD CURRENT DEPTH (SPCD)
7:2
STATIC DEPTH (STD)
DATA
BYTE 2
WRITING TO THIS FIELD
SETS THE STARTING POSITION
1:0
00
VALUE OF 0 TO 63 IMPLIES
1 TO 64 DWORDS DEEP
5-9635 (F)
Figure 46. Microprocessor Programming—Write Virtual Channel Memory Command
A[19:0]
19:16
0001
15:8
VC IDENTIFIER ADDRESS
VC PAGE ADDRESS
0 = VC EVEN PAGE
1 = VC ODD PAGE
7
6:4
000
DATA
BYTE 3
7:4
0000
3:0
STATIC BASE
ADDRESS UPPER
7:0
00000000
2:0
000
VCPA
STATIC/SCRATCHPAD SELECT
0 = STATIC ENTRIES
1 = SCRATCHPAD
DATA
BYTE 1
3
0
SSS
DATA
BYTE 0
7:2
STATIC BASE ADDRESS (SBA)
LOWER
1:0
00
DATA
BYTE 2
7:2
STATIC DEPTH (STD)
1:0
11
RETURNS THE RELATIVE OFFSET
OF DEEPEST BYTE (MAX = 255)
5-9636 (F)
Figure 47. Microprocessor Programming—Read Virtual Channel Static Command
Agere Systems Inc.
145
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
19:16
0001
A[19:0]
15:8
VC IDENTIFIER ADDRESS
VC PAGE ADDRESS
0 = VC EVEN PAGE
1 = VC ODD PAGE
7
6:4
000
7:0
SCRATCHPAD CURRENT OFFSET (SPCO)
2:0
000
VCPA
STATIC/SCRATCHPAD SELECT
0 = STATIC ENTRIES
1 = SCRATCHPAD
DATA
BYTE 1
3
1
DATA
BYTE 0
SSS
7:0
00000000
MEMORY POINTER, CURRENT
OFFSET WITHIN CHANNEL BUFFER
DATA
BYTE 3
7:0
SCRATCHPAD CURRENT DEPTH (SPCD)
DATA
BYTE 2
7:0
00000000
VALUE OF THE COUNTER WHICH
TRACKS THE NUMBER OF BYTES
USED IN THE BUFFER
5-9637 (F)
Figure 48. Microprocessor Programming—Read Virtual Channel Scratchpad Command
14.2 Switching Operation
T8110 provides two main switching operations, standard (telephony) switching and virtual channel (packet payload) switching. The basic building block of switching is one-half simplex connections loaded into the connection
memory. Each connection memory location controls data flow, either from a serial stream input to a location in data
memory, or from data memory to a serial stream output. A typical telephony simplex switch connection would use
one from and one to connection, each using the same data memory location. A virtual channel switch connection
would only use one half simplex connection (to or from), plus control provided in virtual channel memory to initiate
transfers between the data memory and an external buffer in the PCI space.
14.2.1 Memory Architecture and Configuration
14.2.1.1 Connection Memory
The T8110 connection memory consists of 8192 locations, one location for each of the possible stream/time-slot
combinations, to provide a full nonblocking switch for up to 128 time slots on 32 H1x0 streams (CT_D[31:0]) and 32
local streams (L_D[31:0]). Connection memory is physically addressed by time slot (7 bits), H1x0/local select
(1 bit), and stream (5 bits).
The 8192 locations are divided into four pages of 2048, with each page dedicated to a set of 16 serial streams as
follows:
n H1x0 even streams (CT_D[30, 28, . . . 0])
n H1x0 odd streams (CT_D[31, 29, . . . 1])
n Local high streams (L_D[31:16])
n Local low streams (L_D[15:0])
146
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
Each of these connection memory pages are initialized at reset (valid bit entries are reset to invalid). Additionally,
each page may be initialized individually via software command, RESET PAGE (refer to Figure 35 on page 136
and Figure 42 on page 141).
For standard telephony switching connections, the connection memory locations contain one-half simplex switch
control information (refer to Figure 36 on page 137 and Figure 43 on page 141), as follows:
n VALID bit indicates that a valid switch connection exists for this stream/time-slot.
n VTC indicates whether the connection is a virtual channel connection or a telephony connection. A 0 denotes a
telephony connection.
n RWS indicates whether the connection is from (from serial stream to data memory) or to (from DATA memory to
serial stream).
n VFC (virtual framing control) controls which data page is used in double-buffer scenarios.
Note: There are three data memory configurations that allow double-buffering of the data, in order to create constant frame delay connections. Refer to Section 14.2.1.2 on page 148 and Section 14.2.2.1 on page 149.
n PME indicates a pattern mode connection.
n TAG is the data memory location used for this one-half simplex switch connection (or the data pattern sent to
serial output for pattern mode connections).
n SUBRATE information is subrate switching control (bitswap).
For virtual channel (packet payload) switching connections, there are two possible control fields, depending on
whether the virtual channel is nonbonded (refer to Figure 37) or bonded (refer to Figure 38).
14.2.1.1.1 Virtual Channel Switching, Nonbonded Connections
n VALID bit indicates that a valid switch connection exists for this stream/time slot.
n VTC indicates whether the connection is a virtual channel connection or a telephony connection. A 1 denotes a
virtual channel connection.
n RWS indicates whether the connection is from (from serial stream to data memory) or to (from DATA memory to
serial stream).
n BVF is bonded virtual frame marker (unused for nonbonded channels).
n BCC is bonded channel control indicator; 0 denotes a nonbonded channel.
n VC identifier and VCP indicates which virtual channel this information is for (0 up to 511 virtual channels).
n SVF (subrate virtual frame marker) is an indicator for the last piece of a packed subrate byte.
n SUBRATE information is subrate switching control (bitswap); refer to Section 14.2.2.3.
14.2.1.1.2 Virtual Channel Switching, Bonded Connections
n VALID bit indicates that a valid switch connection exists for this stream/time slot.
n VTC indicates whether the connection is a virtual channel connection or a telephony connection. A 1 denotes a
virtual channel connection.
n RWS indicates whether the connection is from (from serial stream to data memory) or to (from data memory to
serial stream).
n BVF (bonded virtual frame marker) is an indicator for the last byte switched in a frame.
Agere Systems Inc.
147
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
n BCC (bonded channel control indicator), a 1 denotes a bonded channel.
n VC identifier and VCP indicates which virtual channel this information is for (0 up to 511 virtual channels).
n Bonded channel depth defines how many bytes within one frame are switched.
n Bonded channel offset is a specific data memory pointer offset for the data byte related to this connection.
14.2.1.2 Data Memory
The T8110 data memory is 4096 bytes, which can be programmatically configured in six ways, via the data memory mode select register (0x00105; refer to Section 6.1.3 on page 48). The data memory is allocated either for
4 Kbytes telephony, 4 Kbytes of virtual channels, or 2 Kbytes of telephony and 2 Kbytes of virtual channels; see
Figure 49.
DATA
MEMORY
MODES
(SET BY CONTROL
REGISTER 0x00105)
TEL
4K SINGLE
BUFFERED
SWITCH
0x20000
DATA
MEMORY
ADDRESSING
0x20FFF
0x20000
4K
UTILIZED
0x20000
0x20FFF
0x21000
TEL
0x207FF
0x20800
0x20BFF
TEL
TEL
TEL
TEL
0x20000
0x207FF
TOTAL
ADDRESSED
SPACE IS 64K
0x20000
0x207FF
0x20800
VC
0x20FFF
0x20000
0x203FF
TEL
TEL
0x20800
VC
0x20FFF
0x2FFFF
2K DOUBLE
BUFFERED
SWITCH
2K SINGLE
BUFFERED SWITCH
+
2K VIRTUAL
CHANNELS
TEL
(RESERVED)
2K SINGLE
BUFFRED
+
1K DOUBLE
BUFFERED
1K DOUBLE
BUFFERED SWITCH
+
2K VIRTUAL
CHANNELS
0x20000
VC
4K VIRTUAL
CHANNELS
0x20FFF
5-9638 (F)
Figure 49. T8110 Data Memory Map and Configurations
148
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
14.2.1.3 Virtual Channel Memory
The T8110 virtual channel memory consists of 512 locations, one location for each possible virtual channel. Virtual
channel memory consists of two portions, static and scratchpad, and controls how the VC portion of the data memory is partitioned when the data memory is configured to allow for virtual channels (refer to Figure 49). The data
memory partition for a virtual channel is defined by the static portion of the virtual channel memory (refer to
Figure 39 and Figure 40), which includes the following information:
n SBA (static base address) is the physical start address for this particular virtual channel in the data memory VC
space.
n STD (static depth) is the total number of bytes (in DWORDS) allotted for this virtual channel. A virtual channel
can occupy 2 DWORDS (minimum) up to 64 DWORDS (maximum) in the data memory VC space.
The scratchpad portion of the virtual channel memory (refer to Figure 39 and Figure 41) keeps track of the current
data memory address within the data memory partition as follows:
n SPCD (scratchpad current depth) is the current number of bytes transferred to/from serial streams.
n SPCO (scratchpad current offset) is the data memory address pointer.
14.2.2 Standard Switching
Standard telephony switching is achieved by loading control fields into the connection memory for one-half simplex
connections (refer to Figure 36 on page 137, Figure 43 on page 141, and Section 14.2.1.1 on page 146).
14.2.2.1 Constant Delay and Minimum Delay Connections
The VFC control bit in connection memory determines which of two data pages is accessed, when the data memory is configured to double-buffering for telephony connections (refer to Figure 49). This bit always affects to connections (read the data memory, send it out to a serial stream output) in a double-buffer configuration. This bit can
control a from connection in a double-buffer configuration, only if it is a subrate connection; otherwise, the VFC bit
has no bearing on from connections.
The double-buffering configuration creates two data pages. During a particular frame (125 µs time boundary, partitioned into time-slots), one page is the active page, the other is the inactive page. The active/inactive page status
toggles at every frame boundary. For all from connections (except for subrate connections), incoming serial data is
always written to the active page. For all to connections, the VFC control bit indicates whether to read from the
active or inactive page. Manipulation of this bit affects the latency between the incoming from data and the outgoing to data. This latency defines whether or not a connection is constant delay or minimum delay.
Please see Appendix A on page 190 for more details on constant and minimum delay connections.
14.2.2.2 Pattern Mode
The PME control bit in connection memory affects only to connections. Instead of reading a value out of the data
memory for subsequent output to a serial stream, the lower 8 bits of the TAG field provide a byte pattern for the
serial output.
14.2.2.3 Subrate
The subrate control bit field in connection memory is used only by from connections and controls how individual
bits or groups of bits of an incoming serial byte are shuffled prior to writing them to the data memory, in order to
achieve subrate switching.
Agere Systems Inc.
149
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
14.2.2.3.1 Subrate Switching Overview
Traditional byte-oriented TDM data switching provides 8 bits of data per time slot, or channel, regardless of the
TDM stream bit rate. A particular channel occurs once every 8 kHz frame, and there are 8K frames per second.
This allows for a channel data propagation rate of (8 bits/frame * 8K frames/s = 64 Kbits/s).
Refer to Figure 50 and Table 113.
ONE FRAME (8 KHz)
8 MBITS/S
0
1
2
0
4 MBITS/S
3
4
1
5
2
0
2 MBITS/S
6
124
7
3
125
126
62
1
127
63
31
TDM Stream Bit rate = 8MB/s: each stream
TDM STREAM
BIT RATE
= 8 MBITS/S: EACH STREAM HAS
has
128 TIME SLOTS
(CHANNELS)
PER FRAME
128 timeslots
(channels) per frame
TDM STREAM BIT RATE = 4 MBITS/S: EACH STREAM HAS
64 TIME SLOTS (CHANNELS) PER FRAME
EACH CHANNEL CONTAINS ONE 8-BIT
BYTE, REGARDLESS OF THE TDM
DATA STREAM BIT RATE
TDM STREAM BIT RATE = 2 MBITS/S: EACH STREAM HAS
32 TIME SLOTS (CHANNELS) PER FRAME
Figure 50. TDM Data Stream Bit Rates
Subrate refers to switching fractional portions of the byte-oriented TDM data streams. The T8110 allows the 8 bits
of a byte-oriented channel to be broken into multiple channels of fewer bits, either two 4-bit channels, four 2-bit
channels, or eight 1-bit channels. This lowers the data propagation rate per channel, but increases the overall
channel capacity for a given time-slot. Refer to Table 112 and Table 113.
Table 112. TDM Data Stream
One Time-Slot (or Channel)
Bit
Di-Bit
Nibble
7
6
5
7:6
4
3
1
3:2
5:4
7:4
Byte
2
0
1:0
3:0
7:0
Notes:
Bit subrate = 8 channels per time slot, 1 bit per channel.
Di-bit = 4 channels per time slot, 2 bits per channel.
Nibble subrate = 2 channels per time slot, 4 bits per channel.
Byte (no subrate) = 1 channel per time slot, 8 bits per channel.
.
150
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
Table 113. Subrate Switching, Data Propagation Rate vs. Channel Capacity
Subrate Type
Bits per Channel
Channel Data Propagation Rate
(Bits/Frame x 8K Frames/s)
Channel Capacity
(Relative to Byte Switching)
Bit
Di-bit
Nibble
Byte (no subrate)
1
2
4
8
8 Kbits/s
16 Kbits/s
32 Kbits/s
64 Kbits/s
8X
4X
2X
1X
14.2.2.3.2 Subrate Switching Using T8110
The H1x0 bus and the local stream bus are based on byte-oriented TDM data streams—data is always switched
as whole bytes. The subrate data must be packed into these bytes prior to switching (refer to Sections 14.2.2.3.3
and 14.2.2.3.4). The data bytes are not necessarily constrained to using fully packed bytes—any portion of a byte
may be used. Subrate switching using T8110 requires the following:
n Overall subrate enable mode is activated (register 0x00105, data memory mode select bit 7 is set; see Section
6.1.3 on page 48).
n The subrate field of the connection memory entry for that switch connection is set up. This field contains 7 bits
which control the type of subrate (i.e., bit, di-bit, nibble, or byte), and the data bit shuffling within the TDM byte
data, from and to (refer to Figure 36 on page 137, Figure 43 on page 141, and Table 114).
n The VFC connection memory bit for cases where a double-buffering configuration is set up in the data memory
(refer to Figure 36, Figure 43, and Sections 14.2.1.2, 14.2.2.1).
In order to program a subrate simplex connection, the subrate field is only required for the from half of that connection. Incoming serial byte data has its bit positions rearranged based on the subrate field contents prior to being
written into the data memory. For double-buffered data memory configurations, the VCF bit controls which of two
data pages the rearranged byte is written to. The to half of a subrate simplex connection simply outputs the entire
byte found at the data memory location used for that connection, and its connection memory subrate field is
ignored.
Table 114. Subrate Switching, Connection Memory Programming Setup
Subrate
Type
Bit
Subrate Connection Memory Bit Field (6:0)
6
1
5
6
Di-Bit
Agere Systems Inc.
5
01
4
3
2
1
0
000 = to bit 0
000 = from bit 0
001 = to bit 1
001 = from bit 1
010 = to bit 2
010 = from bit 2
011 = to bit 3
011 = from bit 3
100 = to bit 4
100 = from bit 4
101 = to bit 5
101 = from bit 5
110 = to bit 6
110 = from bit 6
111 = to bit 7
111 = from bit 7
Subrate Connection Memory Bit Field (6:0)
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
00 = to bits[1:0]
00 = from bits[1:0]
01 = from bits[3:2]
01 = to bits[3:2]
10 = to bits[5:4]
10 = from bits [5:4]
11 = from bits[7:6]
11 = to bits[7:6]
151
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
Table 114. Subrate Switching, Connection Memory Programming Setup (continued)
Subrate
Type
Nibble
Byte
6
5
001
6
5
000
Subrate Connection Memory Bit Field (6:0)
4
3
2
1
0 = from bits[3:0]
Reserved
1 = from bits[7:4]
Subrate Connection Memory Bit Field (6:0)
4
3
2
1
Reserved
0
0 = to bits[3:0]
1 = to bits[7:4]
0
14.2.2.3.3 Subrate Packing of Outgoing Bytes
The output from subrate connections is always an entire byte so that it does not violate the H.100 or H.110 specifications. The output byte is composed of smaller, i.e., subrate pieces. The process of combining the incoming
pieces into a whole byte suitable for output is called packing. In the T8110 (and other subrate-capable Ambassador devices), packing is accomplished by making several from connections for each single to connection. For
example, in Figure 48, four from connections (of different stream/time-slot origins), all di-bits, are used to construct
a byte that will be output as defined by the to connection.
The outgoing to half of a simplex connection reads an entire byte from a data memory location. The packing of
separate incoming subrate pieces into this byte is achieved by setting up multiple from one-half simplex connections for one to one-half simplex connection, all using the same data memory location. An example is illustrated in
Figure 48. This example shows the packing of four separate incoming di-bits from four different channels into one
outgoing byte on one channel.
Note: Please note the limitation that multiple di-bits from the same time slot cannot be switched simultaneously.
This would require the byte of that time slot to be unpacked first, which is discussed in Section 14.2.2.3.4 on
page 153.
152
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
FRAME (8 KHz)
TIMESLOT
TIMESLOT
n
BIT POSTITIONS OF DI-BITS
WITHIN THE DATA BYTE
STREAM a, DI-BIT CHANNELS IN
n+1
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
1:
0
a
1
a
2
a
3
a
4
STREAM b, DI-BIT CHANNELS IN
n+2
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
1:
0
b
1
b
2
b
3
b
4
STREAM c, DI-BIT CHANNELS IN
n+3
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
1:
0
c
1
c
2
c
3
c
4
STREAM d, DI-BIT CHANNELS IN
n + 10
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
1:
0
d
1
d
2
d
3
d
4
STREAM e, DI-BIT CHANNELS OUT
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
1:
0
a
4
d
2
b
4
c
3
Notes:
Connectivity is as follows:
n
n
n
n
From stream a, time slot n, bits[1:0] to stream e, time slot n + 10, bits[7:6].
From stream b, time slot n + 1, bits[1:0] to stream e, time slot n + 10, bits[3:2].
From stream c, time slot n + 2, bits[3:2] to stream e, time slot n + 10, bits[1:0].
From stream d, time slot n + 3, bits[5:4] to stream e, time slot n + 10, bits[5:4].
Required connection memory programming is as follows:
Five 1/2 simplex connections are required to pack four incoming di-bits into an outgoing byte.
n
n
n
n
n
From stream a, time slot n. Connection memory subrate field = 0100X11.
From stream b, time slot n + 1. Connection memory subrate field = 0100X01.
From stream c, time slot n + 2. Connection memory subrate field = 0101X00.
From stream d, time slot n + 3. Connection memory subrate field = 0110X10.
To stream e, time slot n + 10. Connection memory subrate field is don’t care.
Figure 51. Subrate Switching Example, Byte Packing
14.2.2.3.4 Subrate Unpacking of Incoming Bytes
Because the H1x0 bus and the local stream bus are based on byte-oriented TDM data streams, and the T8110
architecture is geared towards standard byte switching, it is not possible to simultaneously switch subrate portions
of a single byte to different places. This limitation is overcome by application. To gain access to each subrate piece
contained in one incoming byte, that byte must be broadcast onto additional channels, one channel for each subrate piece required. The means of broadcasting is up to the application—either the source device of the packed
subrate byte can broadcast it, or the device receiving that byte can broadcast it over unused channels and loop the
broadcast bytes back in. The example from Figure 51 is extended in Figure 52. This example shows the unpacking
of the packed byte created in Figure 51, output to four different channels.
Agere Systems Inc.
153
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
FRAME (8 KHz)
TIMESLOT
TIMESLOT
n+3
BIT POSTITIONS OF DI-BITS
WITHIN THE DATA BYTE
n+4
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
1:
0
STREAM e, DI-BIT CHANNELS IN a
4
d
2
b
4
c
3
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
n+5
1:
0
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
n+6
1:
0
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
n+7
1:
0
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
n+8
1:
0
7:
6
5:
4
3:
2
1:
0
STREAM g, DI-BIT CHANNELS OUT
a
4
X
X X
STREAM h, DI-BIT CHANNELS OUT
X X
STREAM i, DI-BIT CHANNELS OUT
X
b
4
X X
STREAM j, DI-BIT CHANNELS OUT
c
3
X
X X
BROADCASTED INCOMING BYTE
STREAM f, DI-BIT CHANNELS IN
(BROADCASTS OF THE ORIGINAL INPUT)
a
4
d
2
b
4
c
3
a
4
d
2
b
4
c
3
a
4
d
2
b
4
c
3
X
d
2
Notes:
Connectivity is as follows:
From stream e, time slot n + 3, bits[1:0] to stream j, time slot n + 8, bits[7:6].
From stream f, time slot n + 5, bits[3:2] to stream i, time slot n + 8, bits[5:4].
From stream f, time slot n + 6, bits[5:4] to stream h, time slot n + 8, bits[1:0].
From stream f, time slot n + 7, bits[7:6] to stream g, time slot n + 8, bits[7:6].
Required connection memory programming is as follows:
Eight 1/2 simplex connections are required to unpack one incoming byte to four separate outgoing di-bits.
From stream e, time slot n + 3. Connection memory subrate field = 0100X11.
From stream f, time slot n + 5. Connection memory subrate field = 0101X10.
From stream f, time slot n + 6. Connection memory subrate field = 0110X00.
From stream f, time slot n + 7. Connection memory subrate field = 0111X11.
To stream g, time slot n + 8. Connection memory subrate field is don’t care.
To stream h, time slot n + 8. Connection memory subrate field is don’t care.
To stream i, time slot n + 8. Connection memory subrate field is don’t care.
To stream j, time slot n + 8. Connection memory subrate field is don’t care.
Figure 52. Subrate Switching Example, Byte Unpacking
154
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
14.2.3 Virtual Channel (Packet Payload) Switching
Packet payload switching is achieved by loading control fields into the connection memory for one-half simplex
connections (refer to Figure 37 and Figure 38) and loading control fields for a corresponding virtual channel into
the virtual channel memory (refer to Figure 39—Figure 41). A virtual channel connection consists of the following
two parts:
n A one-half simplex connection to (or from) a channel (or channels) in the H1x0 or local bus TDM switching
domain. These connections are made in a similar manner to standard telephony switching connections—by
loading the proper control fields into the T8110 connection memory (refer to Section 14.2.1.1, Figure 38, and
Figure 39). There are two types of virtual channel connections: nonbonded refers to switching of a single TDM
channel each frame, bonded refers to switching of multiple TDM channels each frame. Additionally, subrate
switching is allowed for nonbonded virtual channels. Refer to Sections 14.2.3.1—14.2.3.3 for more details.
n A store-and-forward buffer that has access from (or to) an external buffer which is defined somewhere in the
PCI bus space (see Section 14.2.3.4). The T8110 uses its data memory as the store-and-forward buffer.
Depending on the data memory configuration (refer to Figure 49), there can be as many as 512 unique virtual
channels defined simultaneously (using all 4 Kbytes of the available space). Configuration of the data memory
space for virtual channels is achieved by loading control fields into the virtual channel memory (refer to Section
14.2.1.2, 14.2.1.3, and Figure 39—Figure 41).
The above two parts define a virtual channel. Each virtual channel can be either:
n From TDM domain to PCI domain. The data flow from incoming serial TDM data to the PCI external buffer is
referred to as PUSH. In this case, the T8110 controls writes to the external buffer. Another agent on the PCI bus
(such as a coprocessor) would control the reads from the external buffer. The handshake between the T8110
and the other agent is described in Section 14.2.3.4.
n From PCI domain to TDM domain. The data flow from the PCI external buffer to outgoing serial TDM data is
referred to as PULL. In this case, the T8110 controls reads from the external buffer. Another agent on the PCI
bus (such as a coprocessor) would control the writes to the external buffer. The handshake between the T8110
and the other agent is described in Section 14.2.3.4.
14.2.3.1 Nonbonded Channels
A nonbonded virtual channel means that only one byte of information per 8 kHz frame is switched in the TDM
domain for that channel. The T8110 data memory configuration for any virtual channel holds multiple data bytes at
a time (minimum of 8 bytes, maximum of 256 bytes, in increments of 4 bytes). Since only 1 byte per frame is
switched, the data memory depth defined for a nonbonded virtual channel directly corresponds to the number of
TDM frames worth of data stored at one time. The concept is illustrated in Figure 53 and in Figure 54.
Agere Systems Inc.
155
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
OVERALL CHANNEL DEPTH = 8 BYTES,
8 FRAMES AT 1 BYTE
PER FRAME,
BYTE COMES FROM SERIAL STREAM
INPUT CT_D2, TIMESLOT 30
n
FRAME
0
SCRATCHPAD
BASE ADDRESS
OFFSET
(UPDATED JUST AFTER
TIMESLOT 30 OF
EACH FRAME)
n+1
1
n+2
2
3
n+3
n+4
4
5
n+5
6
n+6
7
0
1
...
0
n+8
...
n+9
...
1
AFTER 8 FRAMES
AT 1 BYTE PER FRAME,
8 BYTES HAVE BEEN
WRITTEN TO THE DATA MEMORY (IT IS FULL).
CURRENT DEPTH = OVERALL CHANNEL DEPTH = 8.
NOTIFY THE PACKET SWITCH CIRCUIT TO PUSH
THE DATA OUT OF THE DATA MEMORY
TO THE EXTERNAL BUFFER,
AND RESET THE VIRTUAL CHANNEL MEMORY
SCRATCHPAD TO ITS
INITIAL STATE FOR THIS CHANNEL.
VIRTUAL CHANNEL MEMORY
SCRATCHPAD IS IN ITS
INITIAL STATE HERE FOR THIS
CHANNEL.
TIMESLOT
n+7
30
...
126
127
INCREMENT THE SCRATCHPAD CURRENT DEPTH COUNTER,
WRITE A BYTE FROM SERIAL STREAM INPUT TO DATA MEMORY:
ADDRESS = (STATIC BASE ADDRESS + SCRATCHPAD BASE ADDRESS OFFSET)
Figure 53. Nonbonded Virtual Channel in the PUSH Direction
156
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
OVERALL CHANNEL DEPTH = 8 BYTES,
8 FRAMES AT 1 BYTE PER FRAME,
BYTE GOES TO SERIAL STREAM
OUTPUT CT_D3, TIMESLOT 50
n
FRAME
SCRATCHPAD
BASE ADDRESS
OFFSET
(UPDATED JUST
BEFORE
TIMESLOT 50 OF
EACH FRAME)
0
n+1
1
n+2
2
n+3
3
4
n+4
n+5
5
0
1
...
7
n+7
0
n+8
...
n+9
...
1
AFTER 8 FRAMES
AT 1 BYTE PER FRAME,
8 BYTES HAVE BEEN
READ FROM THE DATA MEMORY (IT IS EMPTY).
CURRENT DEPTH = OVERALL CHANNEL DEPTH = 8.
NOTIFY THE PACKET SWITCH CIRCUIT TO PULL
FRESH DATA FROM THE EXTERNAL BUFFER INTO DATA MEMORY,
AND RESET THE VIRTUAL CHANNEL MEMORY
SCRATCHPAD TO ITS INITIAL
STATE FOR THIS CHANNEL.
VIRTUAL CHANNEL MEMORY
SCRATCHPAD IS IN ITS
INITIAL STATE HERE FOR THIS
CHANNEL.
TIMESLOT
6
n+6
50
...
126
127
INCREMENT THE SCRATCHPAD CURRENT DEPTH COUNTER,
READ A BYTE FROM DATA MEMORY TO SERIAL STREAM OUTPUT:
ADDRESS = (STATIC BASE ADDRESS + SCRATCHPAD BASE ADDRESS OFFSET)
Figure 54. Nonbonded Virtual Channel in the PULL Direction
14.2.3.2 Subrate
Nonbonded virtual channels in the PUSH direction allow for subrate switching and the packing of incoming subrate
pieces into bytes. (Refer to Section 14.2.2.3 for a general description of subrate. For the PULL direction, all bits of
the byte are output to the TDM domain so subrate is not applicable.) In addition to the normal subrate field loaded
into the connection memory (refer to Table 114), one additional control bit, SVF subrate virtual frame marker (refer
to Section 14.2.1.1), is required as a means to denote the completion of a byte packing operation. Please refer to
Figure 55.
Agere Systems Inc.
157
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
OVERALL CHANNEL DEPTH = 8 BYTES,
8 FRAMES AT 1 BYTE PER FRAME,
BYTE COMES FROM GATHERING
DI-BITS FROM VARIOUS TIMESLOTS OF CT_D4
n
FRAME
SCRATCHPAD
BASE ADDRESS OFFSET
(UPDATED JUST AFTER
TIMESLOT 64 OF
EACH FRAME)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
...
10
...
0
...
1
AFTER 8 FRAMES
AT 1 BYTE PER FRAME,
8 BYTES HAVE BEEN
WRITTEN TO THE DATA MEMORY (IT IS FULL).
CURRENT DEPTH = OVERALL CHANNEL DEPTH = 8
NOTIFY THE PACKET SWITCH CIRCUIT TO PUSH
THE DATA OUT OF THE DATA MEMORY
TO THE EXTERNAL BUFFER,
AND RESET THE VIRTUAL CHANNEL MEMORY
SCRATCHPAD TO ITS INITIAL
STATE FOR THIS CHANNEL.
VIRTUAL CHANNEL MEMORY
SCRATCHPAD IS IN ITS
INITIAL STATE HERE FOR THIS
CHANNEL.
TIMESLOT
...
n+1 n+2 n+3 n+4 n+5 n+6 n+7 n+8 n+9
12
...
23
...
64
...
126
127
CONNECTION MEMORY
SFV SUBRATE VIRTUAL
FRAME
FOR CT_D4, TIMESLOT X
SVF IS ACTIVE, UPDATE SCRATCHPAD:
BASE ADDRESS OFFSET =
(BASE ADDRESS OFFSET +1)
WRITE A DI-BIT FROM SERIAL STREAM INPUT TO DATA MEMORY:
ADDRESS = (STATIC BASE ADDRESS + SCRATCHPAD BASE
ADDRESS OFFSET)
WRITE THE FINAL DI-BIT FROM SERIAL STREAM INPUT TO DATA MEMORY:
ADDRESS = (STATIC BASE ADDRESS + SCRATCHPAD BASE ADDRESS OFFSET)
Figure 55. Nonbonded Virtual Channel with Subrate and Packed Bytes
14.2.3.3 Bonded Channels
A bonded virtual channel means that more than 1 byte of information per 8 kHz frame is switched in the TDM
domain for that channel. The number of TDM frames worth of data stored at one time in the T8110 data memory
depends on the number of bytes switched per frame, plus the overall data memory depth defined for that channel.
For example, if a virtual channel is defined to switch 8 bytes per frame, and the data memory depth is set to
128 bytes, then the data memory for that channel can store 16 TDM frames worth of data at a time. An additional
control bit, BVF (bonded virtual frame marker; refer to Section 14.2.1.1), is required as a means to mark the last
byte switched in a frame. The concept is illustrated in Figure 56 and in Figure 57.
158
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
OVERALL CHANNEL DEPTH = 128 BYTES,
16 FRAMES AT 8 BYTES PER FRAME,
BYTES COME FROM SERIAL STREAM INPUT CT_D0, TIMESLOTS 20 TO 27
n
FRAME
SCRATCHPAD
BASE ADDRESS
OFFSET
(UPDATED JUST
AFTER
TIMESLOT 27 OF
EACH FRAME)
0
n+1
8
n+2
16
24
n+3
32
n+4
40
n+5
n+6
48
n+7
56
n+8
64
n+9
72
80
CONNECTION MEMORY
BONDED CHANNEL OFFSET
FOR CT_D0, TIMESLOT X
0
1
88
n+11
n+12
96
104
n+13
112
n+14
120
n+15
n+16
0
8
n+17
...
...
AFTER 16 FRAMES
AT 8 BYTES PER FRAME,
128 BYTES HAVE BEEN
WRITTEN TO THE DATA MEMORY (IT IS FULL).
CURRENT DEPTH = OVERALL CHANNEL DEPTH = 128.
NOTIFY THE PACKET SWITCH CIRCUIT TO PUSH
THE DATA OUT OF THE DATA MEMORY
TO THE EXTERNAL BUFFER,
AND RESET THE VIRTUAL CHANNEL MEMORY
SCRATCHPAD TO ITS INITIAL
STATE FOR THIS CHANNEL.
VIRTUAL CHANNEL MEMORY
SCRATCHPAD IS IN ITS
INITIAL STATE HERE FOR THIS
CHANNEL.
TIMESLOT
n+10
...
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
...
126
127
7
WRITES TO MEMORY ARE
ONE TIMESLOT LOOKBEHIND
CONNECTION MEMORY
BVF VIRTUAL FRAME MARKER
FOR CT_D0, TIMESLOT X
BVF IS ACTIVE, UPDATE SCRATCHPAD:
BASE ADDRESS OFFSET =
(BASE ADDRESS OFFSET +
CONNECTION MEMORY BONDED CHANNEL DEPTH)
INCREMENT THE SCRATCHPAD CURRENT DEPTH COUNTER,
WRITE A BYTE FROM SERIAL STREAM INPUT TO DATA MEMORY:
ADDRESS = (STATIC BASE ADDRESS + SCRATCHPAD BASE ADDRESS OFFSET + CONNECTION MEMORY BONDED CHANNEL OFFSET)
Figure 56. Bonded Virtual Channel in the PUSH Direction
Agere Systems Inc.
159
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
OVERALL CHANNEL DEPTH = 128 BYTES,
16 FRAMES AT 8 BYTES PER FRAME,
BYTES GO TO SERIAL STREAM OUTPUT CT_D1, TIMESLOTS 46 to 53
n
FRAME
SCRATCHPAD
BASE ADDRESS
OFFSET
(UPDATED JUST BEFORE
TIMESLOT 53 OF
EACH FRAME)
0
n+1
8
n+2
16
n+3
24
n+4
32
n+5
40
n+6
48
n+7
56
n+8
64
n+9
72
80
0
n+11
88
n+12
96
n+13
104
n+14
112
n+15
120
n+16
0
n+17
8
...
...
AFTER 16 FRAMES
AT 8 BYTES PER FRAME,
128 BYTES HAVE BEEN
READ FROM THE DATA MEMORY (IT IS EMPTY).
CURRENT DEPTH = OVERALL CHANNEL DEPTH = 128.
NOTIFY THE PACKET SWITCH CIRCUIT TO
PULL FRESH DATA FROM THE EXTERNAL BUFFER
INTO THE DATA MEMORY,
AND RESET THE VIRTUAL CHANNEL MEMORY
SCRATCHPAD TO ITS INITIAL
STATE FOR THIS CHANNEL.
VIRTUAL CHANNEL MEMORY
SCRATCHPAD IS IN ITS
INITIAL STATE HERE FOR THIS
CHANNEL.
TIMESLOT
n+10
1
CONNECTION MEMORY
BONDED CHANNEL OFFSET
FOR CT_D0, TIMESLOT X
...
0
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
53
...
126
127
READS FROM MEMORY ARE
ONE TIMESLOT LOOKAHEAD
CONNECTION MEMORY
BVF VIRTUAL FRAME MARKER
FOR CT_D0, TIMESLOT X
BVF IS ACTIVE, UPDATE SCRATCHPAD:
BASE ADDRESS OFFSET =
(BASE ADDRESS OFFSET +
CONNECTION MEMORY BONDED CHANNEL DEPTH)
INCREMENT THE SCRATCHPAD DEPTH COUNTER,
READ A BYTE FROM DATA MEMORY TO SERIAL STREAM OUTPUT:
ADDRESS = (STATIC BASE ADDRESS + SCRATCHPAD BASE ADDRESS OFFSET + CONNECTION MEMORY BONDED CHANNEL OFFSET)
Figure 57. Bonded Virtual Channel in the PULL Direction
14.2.3.4 External Buffer Access
14.2.3.4.1 Overview
The T8110’s general operation is to gather TDM serial stream data in small internal buffers, which are programmable on a per-channel basis (i.e., virtual channels), and then when full, burst the data to a larger external buffer
where a corresponding PCI bus agent (such as a coprocessor) can operate on the larger buffers. For purposes of
further discussion, the other PCI bus agent will be referred to as the USER.
The T8110’s onboard storage is 4096 bytes total. For complete usage, this can be defined from as many as
512 buffers of 8 bytes each, to as few as 16 buffers of 256 bytes each, or any combinations that adhere to the following:
n The total allotment does not exceed 4096 bytes.
n The T8110 internal buffer sizes are defined in multiples of DWORDS, from 2 DWORDS (minimum) to
64 DWORDS (maximum).
160
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
For a virtual channel in the push direction, the T8110 fills its internal buffer with incoming TDM serial stream data.
Once the internal buffer for that channel is full, the T8110 initiates a burst transfer of that data to the external buffer.
For a virtual channel in the pull direction, the T8110 empties its internal buffer to outgoing TDM serial stream data.
Once the internal buffer for that channel is empty, the T8110 initiates a burst transfer to fetch more data from the
external buffer.
14.2.3.4.2 Descriptor Table
The first portion of a T8110-initiated transfer is to fetch control information associated with a particular virtual channel. The third portion is an update of that control information, with the transfer of data to/from the external buffer in
between; see Section 4.2.2 on page 32 and to Figure 13 on page 33. The control information is stored in a descriptor table, which exists in the PCI bus address space and is accessible by both the T8110 and the USER. The
T8110 must have access to the descriptor table’s base address, which must be loaded into T8110 registers
0x00110—113 prior to any virtual channel activity. There is one entry in the descriptor table for each of the possible
512 virtual channels. Each entry consists of 8 bytes (2 DWORDS). The maximum space required for the descriptor
table is (512 * 8) = 4 Kbytes. A descriptor table entry contains the following information.
Table 115. Descriptor Table
DWORD
Bits[31:24]
First DWORD
Second DWORD
Bits[23:16]
Bits[15:8]
External buffer base address
S O L
E E
U
F
UOR[11:0]
Bits[7:0]
External buffer last address
GBS
[2:0]
T
F
TOR[11:0]
n External buffer base address. This is the base address where the external buffer space for this particular virtual
channel begins. Note that only bits [31:12] are defined, which means the external buffer space for a virtual channel is addressed on 4 Kbyte boundaries in the PCI space. This region is read-only for T8110, read-write for the
USER.
n External buffer last address. This is the last address offset in the external buffer space for this particular virtual
channel (DWORD-aligned). This region is read-only for T8110, read-write for the USER.
n Control flags. All flags are read-only for T8110, read-write for the USER:
— SE, stop enable. This determines whether the external buffer is treated as circular for this virtual channel
(refer to Section 14.2.3.4.4). 0 = buffer is circular (T8110 can roll over at end-of-buffer), 1 = the buffer is not
circular (T8110 must stop at end of buffer).
— OE, overwrite enable. This determines whether the T8110 can overwrite unread data in the external buffer for
this virtual channel (refer to Section 14.2.3.4.4). 0 = overwrite is disabled, 1 = overwrite is enabled.
— L, lock. This determines whether the T8110 is allowed access to the external buffer for this virtual channel.
0 = not locked, 1 = locked.
n UF. Toggled by the USER whenever the UOR pointer rolls over at the end of the external buffer. Read-only for
the T8110.
n UOR. This is a USER-updated offset pointer within the defined 4K external buffer space for this virtual channel.
Read-only for the T8110.
n GBS (status). This is supplemental information on the status of the external buffer for this virtual channel (refer to
Section 14.2.3.4.4). These flags are read-write for both the T8110 and the USER. Refer to Table 116.
n TF. Toggled by the T8110 whenever the TOR pointer rolls over at the end of the external buffer. Read-write for
both the T8110 and the USER.
n TOR. T8110 updated offset pointer within the defined 4K external buffer space for this virtual channel. Readwrite for both the T8110 and the USER.
Agere Systems Inc.
161
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
Table 116. Descriptor Table GBS Status Descriptions
GBS Value
Status Description
000
USER has initialized the external buffer.
001
T8110 has completed with normal status.
010
T8110 has completed with a boundary condition.
011
T8110 has overwritten a portion of the external buffer unread by USER.
100
USER has initialized the T8110 pointer (TF and TOR).
101
T8110 did not complete due to a locked buffer.
110
T8110 did not complete due to stalled buffer (boundary condition).
111
USER has disabled the external buffer.
14.2.3.4.3 External Buffer
Each virtual channel has an allotment of external buffer space. The external buffer for a virtual channel can be
thought of as a FIFO, with the T8110 controlling one side, and the USER controlling the other. The base address
and the last address offset of the external buffer is stored in the descriptor table (first DWORD of the entry for the
corresponding virtual channel; see previous section). Each external buffer is defined as 4 Kbytes, with the base
address at 4 Kbyte boundaries. An external buffer is not limited to exactly 4 Kbytes—it can be smaller or larger,
which requires special on-the-fly manipulation of the descriptor table by the USER side (refer to Section
14.2.3.4.4). The only basic requirement for the external buffer size is that it be an integral multiple of the T8110
internal buffer size for a given virtual channel.
14.2.3.4.4 Transfer Protocol
The transfer mechanism between the T8110 and the USER is three T8110-initiated PCI transfers: descriptor table
fetch, external buffer data transfer, and descriptor table update (refer to Figure 12 and Figure 13). The second
transfer (external buffer data transfer) would normally occur; however, it may not occur if the state of the descriptor
table control and status flags shows the external buffer not accessible by the T8110.
14.2.3.4.4.1 Descriptor Table Fetch
T8110 uses the descriptor table base address stored in its control register field (address 0x00110—113), and adds
an address offset determined by which of the possible 512 virtual channels initiated the action to create the
descriptor table address for that channel. The transfer is a PCI memory read burst of 2 DWORDS. The descriptor
table contents are decoded, and a number of calculations are performed on the descriptor table data. The results
of these calculations determine the sequence of further PCI transfers (i.e., whether or not to skip the second external buffer data transfer, and what value(s) to update the descriptor table with). Refer to Figure 58 and Table 116.
162
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
DESCRIPTOR TABLE FETCH
GBS =
111
?
Y
N
N
L=1
?
GBS =
010 or
110
N
Y: previous T8110 cycle
STALLED
Y
OE = 1
?
N
Y
Y
UOR
updated
?
External Buffer
is diabled
by USER: no
T8110 access
allowed,
assert LOCK
ERROR
External Buffer
is LOCKED
by USER: set
GBS = 101,
assert LOCK
ERROR
Overwrite is
enabled by
USER: update
external
buffer, set
GBS = 011,
assert
OVERWRITE
WARNING
N
Calculate
Boundary
Condition
INIT
condition
OK
RESULT
?
OK: update external
buffer, update GBS
accordingly (001,
or’010 and assert
STALL WARNING)
ERROR
condition
EXTERNAL BUFFER
DATA TRANSFER
USER hasn’t
responded to
a T8110 STALL,
assert
STALL ERROR
Boundary
ERROR:
assert
STALL
ERROR
UOR=TOR
for PULL
channel:
assert
INIT
WARNING
DESCRIPTOR TABLE UPDATE
Figure 58. Descriptor Table Fetch Decode
Agere Systems Inc.
163
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
14.2.3.4.5 External Buffer Data Transfer
After the descriptor table fetch, the T8110 then does the following:
n It either dumps its internal buffer of gathered TDM data to the external buffer space (push, a PCI memory write
burst of internal buffer size)
n Or fetches data from the external buffer space into its internal buffer for outgoing TDM data (pull, a PCI memory
read burst of internal buffer size).
n Or skips the external buffer data transfer (based on descriptor table status, such as a pointer stall, end-of-buffer
stall, buffer locked status, which indicate that the external buffer is not currently available to the T8110).
14.2.3.4.6 Descriptor Table Update
The T8110 then updates the descriptor table (second DWORD only), with values calculated based on the descriptor table fetch results. The only allowable portions writable by T8110 include the GBS status, TF, and TOR. The
transfer is a PCI memory write of 1 DWORD.
14.2.3.5 T8110 Packet Switching, Circuit Operation
Each programmed T8110 virtual channel operates independently, and tracks both its current position in the T8110
internal buffer space and the buffer full (push) or empty (pull) status, in the scratchpad portion of the virtual channel memory (refer to Section 14.2.1.3). Upon determination of a full (or empty) internal buffer, that channel places
an entry into a notify queue and sets a bit in the notify pending memory. Entries in the notify queue get translated
into the T8110-initiated external buffer transfer protocol (refer to Section 14.2.3.4.4). Upon completion of that transfer protocol, the notify pending memory bit for that channel is reset.
164
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
14 Connection Control—Standard and Virtual Channel (continued)
14.2.3.5.1 System Errors Due to Packet Switching
The system error indicators for packet switch activity are located in the system error register, 0x00126. These indicators are inputs to the interrupt controller, and are maskable interrupts. There are eight indicators, as shown
below.
Table 117. System Error Register Address 0x00126
BIT
Mnemonic
Description
7
PMFOB
PCI master, fatal error—this bit is set when a T8110-initiated PCI cycle results in abnormal
termination, including the following:
n Requested PCI target does not respond (master abort).
n Requested PCI target terminates (target abort).
n Requested PCI target responds with PCI_DEVSEL#, but does not follow with
PCI_TRDY# or PCI_STOP# to allow the cycle to complete (PCI_TRDY# time-out, see
Table 12 on page 34).
n Requested PCI target retries beyond the retry count (RETRY time-out, see Table 12 on
page 34).
6
PMLOB
PCI master, external buffer LOCK error—this bit is set when a T8110 descriptor table fetch
indicates the USER has locked the external buffer, and T8110 access to the external buffer
is denied.
5
PMEOB
PCI master, external buffer STALL error—this bit is set when a T8110 descriptor table fetch
indicates that there is a pointer boundary condition (end-of-buffer, or T8110 pointer has
caught up to USER pointer), and T8110 access to the external buffer is denied.
4
PMWOB
PCI master, external buffer STALL error—this bit is set when a T8110 descriptor table fetch
indicates that there is only one external buffer access left before a pointer boundary condition (end-of-buffer, or T8110 pointer has caught up to USER pointer). T8110 access to the
external buffer is allowed.
3
PMOOB
PCI master, external buffer OVERWRITE warning—this bit is set when a T8110 descriptor
table fetch indicates the USER has enabled the T8110 to overwrite unread data in the
external buffer (i.e., override a boundary condition). This is applicable for push operation
only.
2
PMIOB
PCI master, external buffer INITIAL warning—this bit is set when a T8110 descriptor table
fetch indicates the USER has not written anything into the external buffer (the initial state of
a pull operation).
1
VCOOB
Virtual channel memory, scratchpad OVERFLOW warning—indicates the calculated
scratchpad current depth has exceeded the overall buffer depth (VC programming error).
0
NQOOB
NOTIFY_QUEUE OVERFLOW warning—indicates that a request to push (or pull) a
packet of data did not occur within one frame time (125 us), and T8110's internal data
buffer will get overwritten (push) or contain stale data (pull).
Agere Systems Inc.
165
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
15 Electrical Characteristics
15.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings
Stresses in excess of the absolute maximum ratings can cause permanent damage; the table below shows absolute stress ratings only. Functional operation of the device is not implied at these or any other conditions in excess
of those given in the operational sections of this data sheet. Exposure to absolute maximum ratings for extended
periods can adversely affect device reliability.
Table 118. Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter
Symbol
Min
Max
Unit
VDD
—
4.2
V
XTAL1_IN, XTAL2_IN, XTAL1_OUT, XTAL2_OUT pins
—
VSS
VDD
V
Voltage Applied to I/O Pins
—
VSS – 0.3
VDD 5.5
V
Operating Temperature
—
–40
85
°C
Storage Temperature
Tstg
–55
125
°C
Supply Voltage
15.1.1 Handling Precautions
Although protection circuitry has been designed into this device, proper precautions should be taken to avoid exposure to electrostatic discharge (ESD) during handling and mounting. Agere employs a human-body model (HBM)
and a charged-device model (CDM) for ESD-susceptibility testing and protection design evaluation. ESD voltage
thresholds are dependent on the circuit parameters used to define the model. No industry-wide standard has been
adopted for CDM. However, a standard HBM (resistance = 1500 W, capacitance = 100 pF) is widely used and,
therefore, can be used for comparison purposes. The T8110 has a HBM ESD threshold voltage rating of 1500 V
minimum.
15.2 Crystal Specifications
15.2.1 XTAL1 Crystal
The T8110 requires a 16.384 MHz clock source derived from an oscillator or a crystal. If a crystal is used it has to
be a 16.384 MHz crystal and must be connected between the XTAL1_IN and the XTAL1_OUT pins. External 24 pF,
5% capacitors must be connected from XTAL1_IN and XTAL1_OUT to Vss, as shown in the diagram below.
The ±32 ppm tolerance is the suggested value if the oscillator is used as the clocking source while mastering the
bus. Otherwise, a crystal with a lesser tolerance can be used. The crystal specifications are shown below.
Table 119. XTAL1 Specifications
Parameter
Frequency
Oscillation Mode
Effective Series Resistance
Load Capacitance
Shunt Capacitance
Frequency Tolerance and Stability
166
Value
16.384 MHz
Fundamental, parallel resonance
50 Ω maximum
18 pF
7 pF maximum
32 ppm
XTAL1_OUT
24 pF
T8110
1 MΩ
24 pF
XTAL1_IN
16.384 MHZ
CRYSTAL
V SS
5-6390f(c)
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
15 Electrical Characteristics (continued)
If an oscillator is used (see Section 7.4.4 on page 79), the signal has to be connected to the XTAL1_IN pin.
XTAL1_OUT must be left unconnected in this configuration. XTAL1_IN and XTAL1_OUT are not 5 V tolerant. The
oscillator must meet the requirements shown below.
Table 120. 16.384 MHz Oscillator Requirements
Parameter
Value
Frequency
16.384 MHz
Maximum Rise or Fall Time
10 ns, 10%—90% VDD
Minimum Pulse Width
Low
High
20 ns
20 ns
15.2.2 XTAL2 Crystal
XTAL2 is an optional crystal oscillator input. If a crystal is used, it has to be a 6.176 MHz or a 12.352 MHz crystal
and must be connected between the XTAL2_IN and the XTAL2_OUT pins, as shown in the diagram below. External 24 pF, 5% capacitors must be connected from XTAL2_IN and XTAL2_OUT to Vss. The ±32 ppm tolerance is
the suggested value if the oscillator is used as the clocking source while mastering the bus. Otherwise, a crystal
with a lesser tolerance can be used (see Table 121).
If XTAL2 is not used, XTAL2_IN should be tied to VDD and XTAL2_OUT should be left unconnected.
Table 121. XTAL2 Specifications
Parameter
Frequency
Value
XTAL2_OUT
12.352 MHz
Oscillation Mode
Effective Series Resistance
24 pF†
Fundamental, parallel resonance
75* Ω maximum
Load Capacitance
18‡ pF
Shunt Capacitance
7 pF maximum
Frequency Tolerance and Stability
T8110
1 MΩ
24 pF†
XTAL2_IN
12.352 MHz
CRYSTAL
32 ppm
VSS
5-6390d
* 120 Ω maximum for 6.176 MHz crystal.
† 24 pF for 6.176 MHz crystal also.
‡ 18 pF for 6.176 MHz crystal also.
If an oscillator is used (see Section 7.5.1 on page 81), the signal has to be connected to the XTAL2_IN pin.
XTAL2_OUT must be left unconnected in this configuration. XTAL2_IN and XTAL2_OUT are not 5 V tolerant. The
oscillator must meet the requirements shown below.
Table 122. 6.176 MHz/12.352 MHz Oscillator Requirements
Parameter
Value
Value
6.176 MHz
12.352 MHz
10 ns, 10%—90% VDD
10 ns, 10%—90% VDD
Frequency
Maximum Rise or Fall Time
Minimum Pulse Width
Agere Systems Inc.
Low
High
Low
High
54 ns
54 ns
27 ns
27 ns
167
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
15 Electrical Characteristics (continued)
15.2.3 Reset Pulse
Table 123. Reset Pulse
Parameter
RESET# Minimum Pulse Width
Min
Max
Unit
61
—
ns
15.3 Thermal Considerations for the 272 PBGA
Table 124. Thermal Considerations
Parameter
4-layer
JEDEC
Test Board
Body Size
(mm sq.)
27
Array
Details
Peripheral
+ T.A.
Ball
Pitch
(mm)
1.27
Number
of
Layers
2
Maximum Power
(Natural Convection)
(Watts)
Theta-JA (°C/W)
Natural
200 fpm
convection
22.5
19
500 fpm
17.5
2.44
15.4 dc Electrical Characteristics
15.4.1 PCI Signals
All PCI signals meet the electrical requirements as specified in the PCI Local Bus, Rev 2.2, specification. PCI interface timing diagrams can be found in Figure 6—Figure 15, starting on page 25.
15.4.2 Electrical Drive Specifications, CT_C8 and /CT_FRAME
VDD = 3.3 V and VSS = 0.0 V, unless otherwise specified.
Table 125. Electrical Drive Specifications, CT_C8 and /CT_FRAME
Parameter
Symbol
Condition
Min
Max
Unit
Output High Voltage
VOH
IOUT = –24 mA
2.4
3.3
V
Output Low Voltage
VOL
IOUT = 24 mA
–0.25
0.4
V
Positive-going Threshold
Vt+
—
1.2
2.0
V
Negative-going Threshold
Vt–
—
0.6
1.6
V
Hysteresis (Vt+—Vt–)
VHYS
—
0.4
—
V
Input Pin Capacitance
CIN
—
—
10
pF
PCI-compliant data line I/O cells are used for the CT bus data lines. (See PCI Specification, Rev. 2.2, Chapter 4.)
/C16, /C4, C2, SCLK, /SCLKx2, and /FR_COMP all use the same driver/receiver pairs as those specified for the
CT_C8 and /CT_FRAME signals, though this is not explicitly stated as a part of the H.1x0 specification.
168
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
15 Electrical Characteristics (continued)
15.4.3 All Other Pins
VDD = 3.3 V and Vss = 0.0 V, unless otherwise specified.
Table 126. dc Electrical Characteristics, All Other Pins
Parameter
Symbol
Condition
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Supply Current
Supply Voltage
Input High Voltage
Input Low Voltage
Input Current
Input Capacitance (input only)
Input Capacitance (I/O pins)
Leakage Current (3-state)
Input Clamp Voltage
Output High Voltage
Output Low Voltage
Output Short-circuit Current
IDD
VDD
VIH
VIL
II
CI
CIO
ILEAK
VC
VOH
VOL
IOS
2000 H-bus/L-bus connections
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
I = 8 mA
I = 8 mA
VOH tied to GND
—
3.0
2.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.4
—
—
300
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
—
0.8
1
5
10
10
–1.0
—
0.4
100
mA
V
V
V
µA
pF
pF
µA
V
V
V
mA
15.5 H-Bus Timing
15.5.1 Timing Diagrams
/CT_FRAME (A/B)
FRAME BOUNDARY
CT_C8 (A/B)
/FR_COMP
/C16
C2
/C4
SCLK
(2.048 MHz)
/SCLKx2
(2.048 MHz MODE)
SCLK
(4.096 MHz MODE)
/SCLKx2
(4.096 MHz MODE)
SCLK
(8.192 MHz MODE)
/SCLKx2
(8.192 MHz MODE)
5-6119F
Figure 59. Clock Alignment
Agere Systems Inc.
169
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
15 Electrical Characteristics (continued)
FRAME BOUNDARY
125 µs
/CT_FRAME
CT_C8
CT_DX
8
1
2
3
4
TIME
SLOT
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
0
5
6
7
8
1
127
Note: Bit 1 is the MSB and Bit 8 is the LSB. MSB is always transmitted first in all transfers.
5-6120F
Figure 60. Frame Timing Diagram
Vt+
Vt+
CT_C8_A
CT_C8_A
tSKC8
tSKCOMP
Vt+
Vt+
COMPATIBILITY
CLOCKS
CT_C8_B
Vt–
tSKCOMP
5-6122F
Figure 61. Detailed Clock Skew Timing Diagram
15.6 ac Electrical Characteristics
15.6.1 Skew Timing, H-Bus
Table 127. Skew Timing, H-Bus
Symbol
tSKC8
Parameter
Maximum Skew Between CT_C8_A and CT_C8_B* †‡ §
TSKCOMP Maximum Skew Between CT_C8_A and any Compatibility Clock*
—
Maximum Skew Between CT_C8_A and L_SCx Clock*
Min
Typical
Max
Unit
—
—
±10, ±Φ
ns
—
—
±5
ns
—
—
±2
ns
* Test load—50 pF.
† Assumes A and B masters in adjacent slots.
‡ When static skew is 10 ns and in the same clock cycle, each clock performs a 10 ns phase correction in opposite directions, a maximum
skew of 30 ns will occur during that clock cycle.
§ Meeting the skew requirements in Table 127 and the requirements of Section 15.5 H-Bus Timing on page 169 could require the PLLs
generating CT_C8 to have different time constants when acting as primary and secondary clock masters.
170
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
15 Electrical Characteristics (continued)
Table 128. L_SC[3:0] and Frame Group Rise and Fall Time
Parameter
L_SCx Rise Time
L_SCx Fall Time
Frame Group Rise Time
Frame Group Fall Time
Min
Typ
Max
Unit*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
4
3
3
ns
ns
ns
ns
* Worst-case loading of 50 pF on all outputs.
15.7 Hot-Swap
15.9 APLL VDD Filter
The T8110 has features which assist in H.110 hot swap
applications. All H.110 bus signals are put in high impedance (3-state and/or input) during the early power phase
of board insertion/removal. The ECTF H.110 specification requires that all CT data lines and CT_NETREF
clocks have 0.7 V applied through 18 kΩ resistors before
plugging into and releasing from the H.110 bus. A feature on the T8110 incorporates all 34 18 kΩ precharge
resistors internally (32 for the CT data signals, 2 for
NETREFs). These resistors accept 0.7 V directly
through the VPRECHARGE input. The ECTF H.110
specification requires that the T8110 must be powered
from early power in hot swap applications. The circuit
that generates the 0.7 V precharge voltage must also be
powered from early power. Refer to ECTF H.110 and
PICMG CompactPCI Hot Swap specifications for hot
swap requirements.
Separate VDDs are provided for APLL1 and APLL2 for
filtering purposes. VDD filtering will provide stability in the
APLL, primarily the VCOs. An R/C low pass filter should
be applied to the PLL VDDs, see Figure 62. Depending
on the quality of VDD and board layout characteristics,
the R/C values should be selected to filter out unwanted
frequencies above a targeted frequency. For example, a
25 Ω resistor and 10 µF capacitor will have a cut-off
frequency of 636 Hz. Characterize the quality of your
VDD and select component values accordingly. 25 Ω is
the maximum recommended resistor value. At high frequencies the ESR of a bulk cap becomes a problem (no
longer effectively low passes) so a high-frequency cap of
0.1 µF or so is required to compensate for some of the
higher clocks and various harmonics. This needs to be
placed as close to the T8110 device as possible to minimize the radiational pick-up in the remaining trace
length. APLL1 and APLL2 each draw approximately
7 mA at 3.3 V. Hot swap applications can use late power
to ensure the capacitance and in-rush current do not violate the PICMG Hot Swap specification.
15.7.1 LPUE (Local Pull-Up Enable)
LPUE is used as an assist in CompactPCI specifically
for Hot Swap; see Section 2.3.2 on page 18. During live
board insertion/removal, the only devices which should
be on early power are the power controller and interface
parts (PCI interface attached to J1, H.110 interface
attached to J4). Without the LPUE, any device connected to the T8110 would get current flow from the
early power through the pull-up resistors. When late
power parts power up, they already have current flowing
through the I/O and these devices could possibly latch
up. The current flow is eliminated by LPUE disabling the
pull-up resistors. LPUE is typically controlled by the
power controller. The power controller will pull LPUE low
during board insertion/removal and will release LPUE
high so that the pull ups are re-enabled with late power
turning on. Signals that have pull-ups disabled by LPUE
are GP[7:0], FG[7:0], MB_D[15:0], LD[31:0], LREF[7:0],
PRI_REF_IN, NR1_DIV_IN, and NR2_DIV_IN.
VDD = 3.3 V
R
APLL1VDD
C
0.1 µF
VSS
T8110
VDD = 3.3 V
R
APLL2VDD
C
0.1 µF
VSS
15.8 Decoupling
Decoupling the T8110 VDDs with 0.1 µF capacitors is
recommended. 1000 pF or 0.01 µF capacitors may be
used in addition to the 0.1 µF capacitors to provide additional decoupling.
Agere Systems Inc.
0995(F)
Figure 62. APLL VDD Filtering
171
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
15 Electrical Characteristics (continued)
15.10 PC Board PBGA Considerations
The T8110 is a 272-ball plastic ball grid array package. The 16 centrally located thermal balls should be connected
to board ground. While there are no special printed-circuit board requirements for the T8110, there are specification requirements for PC board layout that must be adhered to. For instance, per the ECTF H.110 specification, all
CT bus data signals must not exceed 4 inches in length from connector to I/O cell and all CT bus clock signals
must not exceed 2 inches in length from connector to I/O cell. We advise the customer to become familiar with
applicable specifications for any PC board requirements.
15.11 Unused Pins
If the PCI interface is not used, these signals should be pulled up/down to their inactive state. Multiple pins may
share a common resistor. Signals with pull-up/down resistors may be left unconnected if unused. Unused 8 mA
3-state signals may be left unconnected. If XTAL1_IN and/or XTAL2_IN are being driven from an oscillator, then
XTAL1_OUT and/or XTAL2_OUT must be left unconnected. If XTAL2 is not used, XTAL2_IN should be pulled-up
or tied directly to V DD and XTAL2_OUT should be left unconnected. If VPRECHARGE is unused, this signal may be
left unconnected. All signals listed as no connect (A20, D16, D20, E17, F20, and G17) in Table 9 must be left
unconnected.
15.12 T8110 Evaluation Boards
Two development kits are available for the T8110, one for PCI and one for CompactPCI. Each kit contains an evaluation board, software, documentation and unrestricted access to the T8110 help desk. The CompactPCI evaluation board is Full Hot Swap; it includes the T8110 chip, a PCI transparent bridge, a dual T1/E1 line interface, dual
codec, and dual SLIC. The PCI evaluation board is a full-length PCI board and is comparably featured (no hot
swap). The CompactPCI evaluation board is designed to use the PCI interface only, and the PCI board has an
option to use the PCI interface or the microprocessor interface. Software includes full source code, including rights
to re-use. Documentation CD includes evaluation board schematics (ORCAD and .pdf formats) evaluation board
bill of material (BOM), data sheets, and advisories. Refer to website www.agere.com/ambassador for additional
information.
15.13 T8110 Ordering Information
Table 129. T8110 Ordering Information
172
Device Part Number
Package
Comcode
T-8110---BAL-DB
272-Ball PBGA
108560269
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
16 Package Outline
16.1 Pin and Pad Assignments
H-BUS DATA
A
PRECHARGE
LOCAL
REFERENCE
INPUTS
H.110 CLOCKS
EXTERNAL
CLADs/DJATs
VSS
PLL
(XTAL#1)
B
C
D
VSS
VDD
VDD
H.110
PE
VSS
VDD
VSS
VDD
PLL
(XTAL#2)
VSS
E
BIST
GPIO
(EEPROM)
F
H.100
PE
COMPATIBILITY
CLOCKS
VDD
PLL
MLAC
G
MINIBRIDGE
ADDRESS
H
VSS
JTAG
PORT
VDD
LOCAL
PE
VSS
LOCAL
CLOCK
OUTPUTS
J
K
VDD
L
M
MINIBRIDGE
CONTROL
SIGNALS
VSS
N
VSS
VIO/µP_SELECT = 3.3 V or 5 V
P
VDD
R
LOCAL
DATA
THERMAL GROUND
(CBEs)
VDD
T
MINIBRIDGE
DATA
VSS
U
VDD
VSS
VDD
VSS
VDD
VSS
V
W
FRAME
GROUP
Y
RESET
1
2
ERROR
SIGNALS
3
4
5
6
7
(PCI CONTROLS)
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
PCI
INTERFACE
5-8906F(a).
Figure 63. T8110 Pins by Functional Group, PCI I/F Enabled, Microprocessor I/F Disabled
Agere Systems Inc.
173
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
16 Package Outline (continued)
H-BUS DATA
A
PRECHARGE
LOCAL
REFERENCE
INPUTS
H.110 CLOCKS
EXTERNAL
CLADs/DJATs
VSS
PLL
(XTAL#1)
B
C
D
VSS
VDD
VDD
H.110
PE
VSS
VDD
VSS
VDD
VSS
PLL
(XTAL#2)
E
BIST
GPIO
F
H.100
PE
COMPATIBILITY
CLOCKS
VDD
PLL
MLAC
G
µPROCESSOR
ADDRESS
H
VSS
JTAG
PORT
(N/C)
VSS
LOCAL
CLOCK
OUTPUTS
J
K
LOCAL
PE
VDD
L
VDD
M
µPROCESSOR
CONTROL
SIGNALS
N
VSS
VSS
VIO/µP_SELECT = 0V
P
VDD
R
LOCAL
DATA
THERMAL GROUND
VDD
T
µPROCESSOR
DATA
VSS
U
VDD
VSS
VDD
VSS
VDD
VSS
V
W
FRAME
GROUP
Y
RESET
1
2
ERROR
SIGNALS
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
(NO CONNECT)
5-8906F(b).
Figure 64. T8110 Pins by Functional Group, Microprocessor I/F Enabled, PCI I/F Disabled
174
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
16
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Package Outline (continued)
19 SPACES @ 1.27 = 24.13
19
20
0.76
A1 BALL
PAD CORNER
17 15 13 11
18 16 14 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
T
U
V
W
Y
+0.14
–0.16
19 SPACES
@ 1.27 = 24.13
5-4406
BOTTOM VIEW
Agere Systems Inc.
175
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
16
Package Outline (continued)
0.36
+0.04
–0.06
1.17 ± 0.05
2.13
+0.19
–0.21
SEATING PLANE
0.20
0.60 ± 0.10
SOLDER BALL
5-4406
SIDE VIEW
27.00
A1 BALL PAD
CORNER
+0.70
24.00 –0.50
+0.70
24.00 –0.50
27.00
5-4406
TOP VIEW
176
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan
17.1 The Principle of Boundary-Scan Architecture
Each primary input signal and primary output signal is supplemented with a multipurpose memory element called a
boundary-scan cell. Cells on device primary inputs are referred to as input cells and cells on primary outputs are
referred to as output cells. Input and output is relative to the core logic of the device.
At any time, only one register can be connected from TDI to TDO. For example, instruction register (IR), bypass,
boundary-scan, ident, or even some appropriate register internal to the core logic (see Figure 65). The selected
register is identified by the decoded output of the instruction register. Certain instructions are mandatory, such as
EXTEST (boundary-scan register selected), whereas others are optional, such as the IDCODE instruction (Ident
register selected).
INTERNAL
CORE LOGIC
TDO
TDI
BYPASS
TEST DATA IN
TEST DATA OUT
IDENTIFICATION REGISTER
INSTRUCTION REGISTER (IR)
TEST MODE SELECT
TEST CLOCK
TMS
TCK
TAP
CONTROLLER
TEST RESET (TRSTN)
Figure 65. IEEE* 1149.1 Boundary-Scan Architecture
Figure 65 shows the following elements:
n A set of four dedicated test pins, test data in (TDI), test mode select (TMS), test clock (TCK), test data out
(TDO), and one optional test pin test reset (TRSTN). These pins are collectively referred to as the test access
port (TAP).
n A boundary-scan cell on each device’s primary input and primary output pin, connected internally to form a serial
boundary-scan register (boundary scan).
n A finite-state machine TAP controller with inputs TCK and TMS.
n An n-bit (n = 3) instruction register (IR), holding the current instruction.
n A 1-bit bypass register (BYPASS).
n An optional 32-bit identification register (ident) capable of being loaded with a permanent device identification
code.
* IEEE is a registered trademark of The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc.
Agere Systems Inc.
177
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17
JTAG/Boundary Scan
17.1.1 Instruction Register
The instruction register is 3 bits long and the capture value is 001.
Table 130. Instruction Register
Instruction
EXTEST
SAMPLE
IDCODE
BYPASS
HIGH Z
Binary Code
000
001
101
110, 111
010
Description
Places the boundary-scan register in EXTEST mode.
Places the boundary-scan register in sample mode.
Identification code.
Places the bypass register in the scan chain.
Places all outputs and I/Os in 3-state mode.
17.2 Boundary-Scan Register
Note: The control column of the following table indicates the value for boundary-scan control of this pin.
;
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
0
VSS
A1
Linkage
—
—
—
1
BOUT_CT_D_EN(27)
—
Controller
—
—
—
2
CT_D27
A2
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(27)
0
High Z
3
BOUT_CT_D_EN(24)
—
Controller
—
—
—
4
CT_D24
A3
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(24)
0
High Z
5
BOUT_CT_D_EN(21)
—
Controller
—
—
—
6
CT_D21
A4
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(21)
0
High Z
7
BOUT_CT_D_EN(19)
—
Controller
—
—
—
8
CT_D19
A5
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(19)
0
High Z
9
BOUT_CT_D_EN(16)
—
Controller
—
—
—
10
CT_D16
A6
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(16)
0
High Z
11
BOUT_CT_D_EN(13)
—
Controller
—
—
—
12
CT_D13
A7
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(13)
0
High Z
13
BOUT_CT_D_EN(11)
—
Controller
—
—
—
14
CT_D11
A8
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(11)
0
High Z
15
BOUT_CT_D_EN(8)
—
Controller
—
—
—
16
CT_D8
A9
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(8)
0
High Z
17
BOUT_CT_D_EN(4)
—
Controller
—
—
—
18
CT_D4
A10
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(4)
0
High Z
19
BOUT_CT_D_EN(0)
—
Controller
—
—
—
20
CT_D0
A11
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(0)
0
High Z
21
BOUT_CT_A_EN
—
Controller
—
—
—
178
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
22
/CT_FRAME_A
A12
I/O
BOUT_CT_A_EN
0
High Z
23
CT_C8_A
A13
I/O
BOUT_CT_A_EN
0
High Z
24
BOUT_CT_NETREF1_En
—
Controller
—
—
—
25
CT_NETREF1
A14
I/O
BOUT_CT_NETREF1_En
0
High Z
26
L_REF0
A15
Input
BOUT_CT_NETREF1_En
—
—
27
L_REF4
A16
Input
BOUT_CT_NETREF1_En
—
—
28
GENERAL_EN
—
Controller
—
—
—
29
PRI_REF_OUT
A17
Output3
GENERAL_EN
0
High Z
30
PRI_REF_IN
A18
Clock
GENERAL_EN
—
—
31
NR1_DIV_IN
A19
Input
GENERAL_EN
—
—
32
PEN
A20
Enable0
GENERAL_EN(0)
—
50 KΩ up
33
BOUT_CT_D_EN(29)
—
Controller
—
—
—
34
CT_D29
B1
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(29)
0
High Z
35
BOUT_CT_D_EN(28)
—
Controller
—
—
—
36
CT_D28
B2
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(28)
0
High Z
37
BOUT_CT_D_EN(25)
—
Controller
—
—
—
38
CT_D25
B3
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(25)
0
High Z
39
BOUT_CT_D_EN(22)
—
Controller
—
—
—
40
CT_D22
B4
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(22)
0
High Z
41
BOUT_CT_D_EN(20)
—
Controller
—
—
—
42
CT_D20
B5
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(20)
0
High Z
43
BOUT_CT_D_EN(17)
—
Controller
—
—
—
44
CT_D17
B6
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(17)
0
High Z
45
BOUT_CT_D_EN(14)
—
Controller
—
—
—
46
CT_D14
B7
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(14)
0
High Z
47
BOUT_CT_D_EN(9)
—
Controller
—
—
—
48
CT_D9
B8
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(9)
0
High Z
49
BOUT_CT_D_EN(6)
—
Controller
—
—
—
50
CT_D6
B9
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(6)
0
High Z
51
BOUT_CT_D_EN(5)
—
Controller
—
—
—
52
CT_D5
B10
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(5)
0
High Z
53
BOUT_CT_D_EN(1)
—
Controller
—
—
—
54
CT_D1
B11
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(1)
0
High Z
55
BOUT_CT_B_EN
—
Controller
—
—
—
56
/CT_FRAME_B
B12
I/O
BOUT_CT_B_EN
0
High Z
57
CT_C8_B
B13
I/O
BOUT_CT_B_EN
0
High Z
Agere Systems Inc.
179
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
58
BOUT_CT_NETREF2_En
—
Controller
—
—
—
59
CT_NETREF2
B14
I/O
BOUT_CT_NETREF2_En
0
High Z
60
L_REF1
B15
Input
BOUT_CT_NETREF2_En
—
—
61
L_REF5
B16
Input
BOUT_CT_NETREF2_En
—
—
62
L_REF6
B17
Input
BOUT_CT_NETREF2_En
—
—
63
NR1_SEL_OUT
B18
Output3
GENERAL_EN
0
High Z
64
APLL1VDD
B19
Linkage
—
—
—
65
XTAL1_IN
B20
Linkage
—
—
—
66
VPRECHARGE
C1
Linkage
—
—
—
67
BOUT_CT_D_EN(30)
—
Controller
—
—
—
68
CT_D30
C2
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(30)
0
High Z
69
BOUT_CT_D_EN(26)
—
Controller
—
—
—
70
CT_D26
C3
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(26)
0
High Z
71
BOUT_CT_D_EN(23)
—
Controller
—
—
—
72
CT_D23
C4
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(23)
0
High Z
73
BOUT_CT_D_EN(18)
—
Controller
—
—
—
74
CT_D18
C5
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(18)
0
High Z
75
BOUT_CT_D_EN(15)
—
Controller
—
—
—
76
CT_D15
C6
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(15)
0
High Z
77
BOUT_CT_D_EN(12)
—
Controller
—
—
—
78
CT_D12
C7
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(12)
0
High Z
79
BOUT_CT_D_EN(10)
—
Controller
—
—
—
80
CT_D10
C8
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(10)
0
High Z
81
BOUT_CT_D_EN(7)
—
Controller
—
—
—
82
CT_D7
C9
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(7)
0
High Z
83
BOUT_CT_D_EN(2)
—
Controller
—
—
—
84
CT_D3
C10
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(2)
85
BOUT_CT_D_EN(3)
—
Controller
—
—
—
86
CT_D2
C11
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(3)
0
High Z
87
BOUT_FRN_COMP_EN
—
Controller
—
—
—
88
/FRN_COMP
C12
I/O
BOUT_FRN_COMP_EN
0
50 kΩ up
89
BOUT_SCBUS_CLOCKS_En
—
Controller
—
—
—
90
/SCLKX2
C13
I/O
BOUT_SCBUS_CLOCKS_En
0
50 kΩ up
91
SCLK
C14
I/O
BOUT_SCBUS_CLOCKS_En
0
50 kΩ up
92
L_REF2
C15
Input
BOUT_SCBUS_CLOCKS_En
—
—
93
L_REF3
C16
Input
BOUT_SCBUS_CLOCKS_En
—
—
180
High Z
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
94
L_REF7
C17
Input
BOUT_SCBUS_CLOCKS_En
—
—
95
TRST#
C18
TRST
BOUT_SCBUS_CLOCKS_En
—
50 kΩ up
96
XTAL1_OUT
C19
Linkage
BOUT_SCBUS_CLOCKS_En
—
—
97
NR2_DIV_IN
C20
Input
BOUT_SCBUS_CLOCKS_En
—
—
98
BOUT_GP_EN(0)
—
Controller
—
—
—
99
GP0
D1
I/O
BOUT_GP_EN(0)
0
High Z
100
BOUT_CT_D_EN(31)
—
Controller
—
—
—
101
CT_D31
D2
I/O
BOUT_CT_D_EN(31)
0
High Z
102
BOUT_GP_EN(4)
—
Controller
—
—
—
103
GP4
D3
I/O
BOUT_GP_EN(4)
0
High Z
104
VSS
D4
Linkage
—
—
—
105
H110_ENABLE
D5
Enable1
BOUT_GP_EN(4)
—
20 kΩ
down
106
VDD
D6
Linkage
—
—
—
107
H100_ENABLE
D7
Enable0
BOUT_GP_EN(4)
—
20 kΩ
down
108
VSS
D8
Linkage
—
—
—
109
BOUT_HMVIP_CLOCKS_En
—
Controller
BOUT_GP_EN(4)
—
—
110
/C16+
D9
I/O
BOUT_HMVIP_CLOCKS_En
0
50 kΩ up
111
/C16–
D10
I/O
BOUT_HMVIP_CLOCKS_En
0
50 kΩ up
112
VDD
D11
Linkage
—
—
—
113
BOUT_MVIP_CLOCKS_En
—
Controller
—
—
—
114
/C4
D12
I/O
BOUT_MVIP_CLOCKS_En
0
50 kΩ up
115
VSS
D13
Linkage
—
—
—
116
C2
D14
I/O
BOUT_MVIP_CLOCKS_En
0
50 kΩ up
117
VDD
D15
Linkage
—
—
—
118
PLOCK
D16
Linkage
BOUT_MVIP_CLOCKS_En
—
—
119
VSS
D17
Linkage
—
—
—
120
TMS
D18
TMS
BOUT_MVIP_CLOCKS_En
—
50 kΩ up
121
NR2_SEL_OUT
D19
Output3
GENERAL_EN
0
High Z
122
PSEL
D20
Linkage
GENERAL_EN
—
20 kΩ
down
123
BOUT_GP_EN(1)
—
Controller
—
—
—
124
GP1
E1
I/O
BOUT_GP_EN(1)
0
High Z
125
BOUT_GP_EN(2)
—
Controller
—
—
—
126
GP2
E2
I/O
BOUT_GP_EN(2)
0
High Z
127
BOUT_GP_EN(6)
—
Controller
—
—
—
Agere Systems Inc.
181
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
128
GP5
E3
I/O
BOUT_GP_EN(6)
0
High Z
129
BOUT_GP_EN(7)
—
Controller
—
—
—
130
GP7
E4
I/O
BOUT_GP_EN(7)
0
High Z
131
PTEST
E17
Linkage
BOUT_GP_EN(7)
—
20 kΩ
down
132
TCK
E18
TCK
BOUT_GP_EN(7)
—
50 kΩ up
133
APLL2V DD
E19
Linkage
—
—
134
XTAL2_IN
E20
Linkage
BOUT_GP_EN(7)
—
—
135
BOUT_MB_EN
—
Controller
—
—
—
136
MB_A0
F1
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
137
BOUT_GP_EN(3)
—
Controller
—
—
—
138
GP3
F2
I/O
BOUT_GP_EN(3)
0
High Z
139
BOUT_GP_EN(5)
—
Controller
—
—
—
140
GP6
F3
I/O
BOUT_GP_EN(5)
0
High Z
141
VDD
F4
Linkage
—
—
—
142
VDD
F17
Linkage
—
—
—
143
TDI
F18
TDI
BOUT_GP_EN(5)
—
50 kΩ up
144
XTAL2_OUT
F19
Linkage
BOUT_GP_EN(5)
—
—
145
TESTMODE
F20
Enable0
BOUT_GP_EN(5)
—
20 kΩ
down
146
BOUT_MB_A1_EN
—
Controller
—
—
—
147
MB_A1
G1
I/O
BOUT_MB_A1_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
148
BOUT_MB_A2_EN
—
Controller
—
—
—
149
MB_A2
G2
I/O
BOUT_MB_A2_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
150
MB_A3
G3
I/O
BOUT_MB_A2_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
151
OUT_EE_CS_EN
—
Controller
—
—
—
152
EE_CS
G4
Output3
OUT_EE_CS_EN
0
High Z
153
PPDN
G17
Linkage
OUT_EE_CS_EN
—
20 kΩ
down
154
TDO
G18
TDO
OUT_EE_CS_EN
—
—
155
OUT_L_SC_En(3)
—
Controller
—
—
—
156
L_SC3
G19
Output3
OUT_L_SC_En(3)
0
High Z
157
OUT_TCLK_OUT_En
—
Controller
—
—
—
158
TCLK_OUT
G20
Output3
OUT_TCLK_OUT_En
0
High Z
182
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
159
MB_A4
H1
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
160
MB_A5
H2
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
161
MB_A6
H3
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
162
VSS
H4
Linkage
—
—
—
163
VSS
H17
Linkage
—
—
—
164
OUT_L_SC_En(2)
—
Controller
—
—
—
165
L_SC2
H18
Output3
OUT_L_SC_En(2)
0
High Z
166
OUT_L_SC_En(1)
—
Controller
—
—
—
167
L_SC1
H19
Output3
OUT_L_SC_En(1)
0
High Z
168
OUT_L_SC_En(0)
—
Controller
—
—
—
169
L_SC0
H20
Output3
OUT_L_SC_En(0)
0
High Z
170
MB_A8
J1
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
171
MB_A9
J2
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
172
MB_A10
J3
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
173
MB_A7
J4
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
174
LPUE
J17
Enable1
BOUT_MB_EN
—
50 kΩ up
175
BOUT_L_D_EN(2)
—
Controller
—
—
—
176
L_D2
J18
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(2)
0
High Z
177
BOUT_L_D_EN(1)
—
Controller
—
—
—
178
L_D1
J19
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(1)
0
High Z
179
BOUT_L_D_EN(0)
—
Controller
—
—
—
180
L_D0
J20
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(0)
0
High Z
181
MB_A12
K1
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
182
MB_A13
K2
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
183
MB_A11
K3
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
184
VDD
K4
Linkage
—
—
—
185
BOUT_L_D_EN(3)
—
Controller
—
—
—
186
L_D3
K17
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(3)
0
High Z
187
BOUT_L_D_EN(6)
—
Controller
—
—
—
Agere Systems Inc.
183
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
188
L_D6
K18
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(6)
0
High Z
189
BOUT_L_D_EN(5)
—
Controller
—
—
—
190
L_D5
K19
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(5)
0
High Z
191
BOUT_L_D_EN(4)
—
Controller
—
—
—
192
L_D4
K20
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(4)
0
High Z
193
MB_CS0
L1
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
194
MB_CS1
L2
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
195
MB_A14
L3
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
196
MB_A15
L4
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
197
VDD
L17
Linkage
—
—
—
198
BOUT_L_D_EN(7)
—
Controller
—
—
—
199
L_D7
L18
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(7)
0
High Z
200
BOUT_L_D_EN(9)
—
Controller
—
—
—
201
L_D9
L19
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(9)
0
High Z
202
BOUT_L_D_EN(8)
—
Controller
—
—
—
203
L_D8
L20
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(8)
0
High Z
204
MB_CS2
M1
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
205
MB_CS3
M2
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
20 kΩ
down
206
MB_CS4
M3
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
High Z
207
MB_CS5
M4
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
High Z
208
BOUT_L_D_EN(11)
—
Controller
—
—
—
209
L_D11
M17
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(11)
0
High Z
210
BOUT_L_D_EN(10)
—
Controller
—
—
—
211
L_D10
M18
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(10)
0
High Z
212
BOUT_L_D_EN(13)
—
Controller
—
—
—
213
L_D13
M19
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(13)
0
High Z
214
BOUT_L_D_EN(12)
—
Controller
—
—
—
215
L_D12
M20
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(12)
0
High Z
216
MB_RD
N1
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
High Z
217
OUT_MB_CS6_EN
—
Controller
—
—
—
218
MB_CS6
N2
Output3
OUT_MB_CS6_EN
0
High Z
219
MB_CS7
N3
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
High Z
184
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
220
VSS
N4
Linkage
—
—
—
221
VSS
N17
Linkage
—
—
—
222
BOUT_L_D_EN(15)
—
Controller
—
—
—
223
L_D15
N18
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(15)
0
High Z
224
BOUT_L_D_EN(14)
—
Controller
—
—
—
225
L_D14
N19
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(14)
0
High Z
226
BOUT_L_D_EN(16)
—
Controller
—
—
—
227
L_D16
N20
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(16)
0
High Z
228
MB_WR
P1
I/O
BOUT_MB_EN
0
High Z
229
BOUT_MB_D_En
—
Controller
—
—
—
230
MB_D14
P2
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
231
MB_D15
P3
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
232
MB_D11
P4
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
233
BOUT_L_D_EN(23)
—
Controller
—
—
—
234
L_D23
P17
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(23)
0
High Z
235
BOUT_L_D_EN(19)
—
Controller
—
—
—
236
L_D19
P18
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(19)
0
High Z
237
BOUT_L_D_EN(18)
—
Controller
—
—
—
238
L_D18
P19
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(18)
0
High Z
239
BOUT_L_D_EN(17)
—
Controller
—
—
—
240
L_D17
P20
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(17)
0
High Z
241
MB_D12
R1
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
242
MB_D13
R2
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
243
MB_D10
R3
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
244
VDD
R4
Linkage
—
—
—
245
VDD
R17
Linkage
—
—
—
246
BOUT_L_D_EN(22)
—
Controller
—
—
—
247
L_D22
R18
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(22)
0
High Z
248
BOUT_L_D_EN(21)
—
Controller
—
—
—
249
L_D21
R19
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(21)
0
High Z
250
bout_L_D_EN(20)
—
Controller
—
—
—
251
L_D20
R20
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(20)
0
High Z
252
MB_D8
T1
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
253
MB_D9
T2
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
254
MB_D6
T3
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
255
MB_D7
T4
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
Agere Systems Inc.
185
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
256
BOUT_L_D_EN(31)
—
Controller
—
—
—
257
L_D31
T17
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(31)
0
High Z
258
BOUT_L_D_EN(26)
—
Controller
—
—
—
259
L_D26
T18
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(26)
0
High Z
260
BOUT_L_D_EN(25)
—
Controller
—
—
—
261
L_D25
T19
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(25)
0
High Z
262
BOUT_L_D_EN(24)
—
Controller
—
—
—
263
L_D24
T20
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(24)
0
High Z
264
MB_D4
U1
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
265
MB_D5
U2
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
266
MB_D3
U3
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
267
VSS
U4
Linkage
—
—
—
268
VIO/µP_SELECT
U5
Input
—
—
—
269
VDD
U6
Linkage
—
—
—
270
INV_PCI_CBE3_EN_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
271
PCI_CBE3#
U7
I/O
INV_PCI_CBE3_EN_N
0
High Z
272
VSS
U8
Linkage
—
—
—
273
INV_PCI_CBE2_EN_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
274
PCI_CBE2#
U9
I/O
INV_PCI_CBE2_EN_N
0
High Z
275
VDD
U10
Linkage
—
—
—
276
INV_PCI_PAR_EN_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
277
PCI_PAR
U11
I/O
INV_PCI_PAR_EN_N
0
High Z
278
INV_PCI_CBE1_EN_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
279
PCI_CBE1#
U12
I/O
INV_PCI_CBE1_EN_N
0
High Z
280
VSS
U13
Linkage
—
—
—
281
INV_PCI_CBE0_EN_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
282
PCI_CBE0#
U14
I/O
INV_PCI_CBE0_EN_N
0
High Z
283
VDD
U15
Linkage
—
—
—
284
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(3)
—
Controller
—
—
—
285
PCI_AD3
U16
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(3)
0
High Z
286
VSS
U17
Linkage
—
—
—
287
BOUT_L_D_EN(30)
—
Controller
—
—
—
288
L_D30
U18
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(30)
0
High Z
289
BOUT_L_D_EN(29)
—
Controller
—
—
—
290
L_D29
U19
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(29)
0
High Z
291
BOUT_L_D_EN(27)
—
Controller
—
—
—
186
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
292
L_D27
U20
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(27)
0
High Z
293
MB_D1
V1
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
294
MB_D2
V2
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
295
SYSERR
V3
Output3
GENERAL_EN
0
High Z
296
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(31)
—
Controller
—
—
—
297
PCI_AD31
V4
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(31)
0
High Z
298
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(30)
—
Controller
—
—
—
299
PCI_AD30
V5
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(30)
0
High Z
300
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(27)
—
Controller
—
—
—
301
PCI_AD27
V6
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(27)
0
High Z
302
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(23)
—
Controller
—
—
—
303
PCI_AD23
V7
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(23)
0
High Z
304
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(19)
—
Controller
—
—
—
305
PCI_AD(19)
V8
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(19)
0
High Z
306
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(18)
—
Controller
—
—
—
307
PCI_AD18
V9
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(18)
0
High Z
308
PCI_LOCK#
V10
Input
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(18)
309
INV_PCI_CTRL_EN_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
310
PCI_STOP#
V11
I/O
INV_PCI_CTRL_EN_N
0
High Z
311
INV_PCI_SERR_OUT_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
312
PCI_SERR#
V12
Output3
INV_PCI_SERR_OUT_N
0
High Z
313
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(15)
—
Controller
—
—
—
314
PCI_AD15
V13
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(15)
0
High Z
315
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(11)
—
Controller
—
—
—
316
PCI_AD11
V14
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(11)
0
High Z
317
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(7)
—
Controller
—
—
—
318
PC_AD7
V15
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(7)
0
High Z
319
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(2)
—
Controller
—
—
—
320
PCI_AD2
V16
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(2)
0
High Z
321
BOUT_FG_EN(7)
—
Controller
—
—
—
322
FG7
V17
I/O
BOUT_FG_EN(7)
0
High Z
323
BOUT_FG_EN(6)
—
Controller
—
—
—
324
FG6
V18
I/O
BOUT_FG_EN(6)
0
High Z
325
BOUT_FG_EN(5)
—
Controller
—
—
—
326
FG5
V19
I/O
BOUT_FG_EN(5)
0
High Z
327
BOUT_L_D_EN(28)
—
Controller
—
—
—
328
L_D28
V20
I/O
BOUT_L_D_EN(28)
0
High Z
Agere Systems Inc.
187
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
329
MB_D0
W1
I/O
BOUT_MB_D_En
0
High Z
330
CLKERR
W2
Output3
GENERAL_EN
0
High Z
331
INV_PCI_REQ_EN_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
332
PCI_REQ#
W3
Output3
INV_PCI_REQ_EN_N
0
High Z
333
PCI_GNT#
W4
Input
INV_PCI_REQ_EN_N
—
—
334
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(29)
—
Controller
INV_PCI_REQ_EN_N
—
—
335
PCI_AD29
W5
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(29)
0
High Z
336
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(26)
—
Controller
—
—
—
337
PCI_AD26
W6
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(26)
0
High Z
338
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(22)
—
Controller
—
—
—
339
PCI_AD22
W7
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(22)
0
High Z
340
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(21)
—
Controller
—
—
—
341
PCI_AD21
W8
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(21)
0
High Z
342
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(17)
—
Controller
—
—
—
343
PCI_AD17
W9
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(17)
0
High Z
344
PCI_IDSEL#
W10
Input
—
—
—
345
PCI_DEVSEL#
W11
I/O
INV_PCI_CTRL_EN_N
0
High Z
346
INV_PCI_PERR_EN_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
347
PCI_PERR#
W12
I/O
INV_PCI_PERR_EN_N
0
High Z
348
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(14)
—
Controller
—
—
—
349
PCI_AD14
W13
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(14)
0
High Z
350
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(10)
—
Controller
—
—
—
351
PCI_AD10
W14
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(10)
0
High Z
352
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(9)
—
Controller
—
—
—
353
PCI_AD9
W15
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(9)
0
High Z
354
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(6)
—
Controller
—
—
—
355
PCI_AD6
W16
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(6)
0
High Z
356
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(1)
—
Controller
—
—
—
357
PCI_AD1
W17
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(1)
0
High Z
357
BOUT_FG_EN(4)
—
Controller
—
—
—
359
FG4
W18
I/O
BOUT_FG_EN(4)
0
High Z
360
BOUT_FG_EN(3)
—
Controller
—
—
—
361
FG3
W19
I/O
BOUT_FG_EN(3)
0
High Z
362
BOUT_FG_EN(2)
—
Controller
—
—
—
363
FG2
W20
I/O
BOUT_FG_EN(2)
0
High Z
364
RESET#
Y1
Input
BOUT_FG_EN(2)
—
50 kΩ up
365
PCI_RST#
Y2
Input
BOUT_FG_EN(2)
—
—
366
PCI_CLK
Y3
Clock
BOUT_FG_EN(2)
—
—
188
Agere Systems Inc.
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
17 JTAG/Boundary Scan (continued)
Table 131. Boundary-Scan Register Description (continued)
Boundary-Scan
Register Bit Pin
Pin Name
Ball
Enabled
State
Pin Grouping
Control
Disabled
State
367
INV_OUT_PCI_INTAN
—
Controller
—
—
—
368
PCI_INTA#
Y4
Output3
INV_OUT_PCI_INTAn
0
High Z
369
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(28)
—
Controller
—
—
—
370
PCI_AD28
Y5
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(28)
0
High Z
371
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(25)
—
Controller
—
—
—
372
PCI_AD25
Y6
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(25)
0
High Z
373
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(24)
—
Controller
—
—
—
374
PCI_AD24
Y7
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(24)
0
High Z
375
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(20)
—
Controller
—
—
—
376
PCI_AD20
Y8
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(20)
0
High Z
377
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(16)
—
Controller
—
—
—
378
PCI_AD16
Y9
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(16)
0
High Z
379
INV_PCI_FRAME_EN_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
380
PCI_FRAME#
Y10
I/O
INV_PCI_FRAME_EN_N
0
High Z
381
INV_PCI_IRDY_EN_N
—
Controller
—
—
—
382
PCI_IRDY#
Y11
I/O
INV_PCI_IRDY_EN_N
0
High Z
383
PCI_TRDY#
Y12
I/O
INV_PCI_CTRL_EN_N
0
High Z
384
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(13)
—
Controller
—
—
—
385
PCI_AD13
Y13
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(13)
0
High Z
386
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(12)
—
Controller
—
—
—
387
PCI_AD12
Y14
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(12)
0
High Z
388
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(8)
—
Controller
—
—
—
389
PCI_AD8
Y15
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(8)
0
High Z
390
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(5)
—
Controller
—
—
—
391
PCI_AD5
Y16
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(5)
0
High Z
392
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(4)
—
Controller
—
—
—
393
PCI_AD4
Y17
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(4)
0
High Z
394
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(0)
—
Controller
—
—
—
395
PC_AD0
Y18
I/O
INV_PCI_ADEN_N(0)
0
High Z
396
BOUT_FG_EN(1)
—
Controller
—
—
—
397
FG1
Y19
I/O
BOUT_FG_EN(1)
0
High Z
398
BOUT_FG_EN(0)
—
Controller
—
—
—
399
FG0
Y20
I/O
BOUT_FG_EN(0)
0
High Z
Agere Systems Inc.
189
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Data Sheet
May 2001
Appendix A. Constant and Minimum Delay Connections
A.1 Connection Definitions
A forward connection is defined as one in which the output to time slot has a greater value than the input from
time-slot, or, put another way, the delta between them is positive.
A reverse connection is defined as one in which the output to time slot has a lesser value than the input from time
slot, and the delta between them is negative.
For example, going from TS(1) to TS(38) is a forward connection, and the TS∆ is +37, but going from TS(38) to
TS(1) is a reverse connection, with a TS∆ of –37:
where TS∆ = TS(to) – TS(from).
Similarly, a delta can be introduced for streams which will have a bearing in certain exceptions (discussed later):
STR∆ = STR(to) – STR(from).
There is only one combination which forms a TS∆ of +127 or –127:
TS∆ = TS(127) – TS(0) = +127, and
TS∆ = TS(0) – TS(127) = –127,
but there are two combinations which form TS∆s of +126 or –126:
TS∆ = TS(127) – TS(1) = TS(126) – TS(0) = +126, and
TS∆ = TS(1) – TS(127) = TS(0) – TS(126) = –126,
there are three combinations which yield +125 or –125, and so on.
The user can utilize the TS∆ to control the latency of the resulting connection. In some cases, the latency must be
minimized. In other cases, such as a block of connections which must maintain some relative integrity while crossing a frame boundary, the required latency of some of the connections may exceed a one frame (>128 time-slots)
to maintain the integrity of this virtual frame.
The device uses a control bit at each connection memory location, VFC, for controlling latency, allowing each connection to select one of two alternating data buffers.
A.2 Delay Type Definitions
Constant Delay—This is a well-defined, predictable, and linear region of latency in which the to time slot is at least
128 time slots after the from time-slot, but no more than 256 time slots after the from time-slot.
Mathematically, constant delay latency is described as follows*, with L denoting latency, and VFC set to the value
indicated:
Forward connections, VFC = 1: L = 128 + TS∆ (0 ≤ TS∆ ≤ 127)
Reverse connections, VFC = 0: L = 256 + TS∆ (–127 ≤ TS∆ ≤ 0)
Example:
Switching from TS(37) to TS(1) as a constant delay, the delta is –36, so FME is set to 0 and the resulting latency is 256 – 36 = 220 time slots. Thus, the connection will be made from TS(37) of frame(n) to
TS(1) of frame(n + 2).
Simple summary:
Use constant delay for latencies of 128 to 256 time slots,
set VFC = 1 for forward connections,
set VFC = 0 for reverse connections.
* Since TS∆ = TS(to) –TS(from), the user can modify the equations to solve for either TS(to) or TS(from).
190
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix A. Constant and Minimum Delay Connections (continued)
127
255
APPLIED DELTA
(TIME SLOTS)
VF
0
128
C
=1
RESULTING LATENCY
(TIME SLOTS)
C
VF
256
=0
–127
129
Figure 66. Constant Delay Connection Latency
Minimum Delay—This is the most common type of switching, but has a shorter range than constant delay, and the
user must be aware of exceptions caused by interactions between the device's internal pipeline and the dual buffering. The to time slot is at least 3 time slots after the from time slot, but no more than 128 time slots after the from
time slot. Exceptions exist at TS∆s of +1, +2, –126, and –127.
Forward connections, VFC = 0: L = TS∆ (3 ≤ TS∆ ≤ 127).
Reverse connections, VFC = 1: L = 128 + TS∆ (–125 ≤ TS∆ ≤ 0).
Example:
Using the same switching from the example above, TS(37) to TS(1), the delta is –36, so VFC is set
to 1 to effect the minimum delay (setting to 0 effects constant delay), and the resulting latency is
128 – 36 = 92 time slots. The relative positions of the end time slots are the same in both minimum
and constant delay, i.e., they both switch to TS(1)], but the actual data is delayed by an additional
frame in the constant delay case.
Simple summary:
Use minimum delay for latencies of 3 to 128 time slots,
set VFC = 0 for forward connections,
set VFC = 1 for reverse connections.
Exceptions to minimum delay—Up until this point in the discussion, the STR∆s have not been discussed
because the to and from streams have been irrelevant in the switching process.
Note: The one universally disallowed connection on the device is a TS∆ of 0 and a STR∆ of 0. This is, of course, a
stream + time-slot switching to itself!
Rather than try to list the exceptions mathematically, a table is provided. The latencies in these cases may exceed
two frames due to the interaction of the intrinsic pipeline delays with the double buffering.
Agere Systems Inc.
191
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix A. Constant and Minimum Delay Connections (continued)
Table 132. Special Cases (Exceptions)
VFC Value
TS∆
Latency for STR∆ < 0
Latency for STR∆ ≥ 0
0
+1
257
257
0
+2
258
2
1
–126
258
2
1
–127
257
257
Graphically, the minimum delay latency equations are illustrated below. The exceptions to the minimum delay have
been included in the diagram, connected to the main function by dashed lines.
127
127
C
VF
=0
APPLIED DELTA
(TIME SLOTS)
2
2
0
RESULTING LATENCY
(TIME SLOTS)
0
258
SPECIAL LONG LATENCY
CONNECTIONS
(SEE TEXT)
C
VF
128......256
=1
–126
–127
2
257
5-6224
Figure 67. Minimum Delay Connection Latency
Lower Stream Rates—The discussion has centered on 128 time-slot frames which correspond to 8.192 Mbits/s
data rates. How does one make similar predictions for lower stream rates?
For 4.096 Mbits/s, multiply the to and from time-slot values by two, i.e., time slot 0 at 4.096 Mbits/s corresponds to
time slot 0 at 8.192 Mbits/s, and time slot 63 at 4.096 Mbits/s corresponds to time slot 126 at 8.192 Mbits/s. Similarly, multiply values by four to convert 2.048 Mbits/s values. The latency equations can then be applied directly.
192
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary
Key to using the table below:
n Five character alphanumeric designation
n Character 4 indicates the general register type as follows:
— Divide = load value for divider
— Enable = bit or bits to enable a function
— Load = load value, typically for counter
— Output = output only
— Select = bit or bits select multiple functions
n Character 5 indicates the size as follows:
— B = bit
— N = nibble
— P = partial register (2, 3, 5, 6, or 7 bits)
— R = register
n Position column identifies the bit position in the register:
— 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 for bits
— L for lower nibble
— U for upper nibble
— n-m for bit positions in a partial register
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name
Mnemonic
A1HLR
A1LOB
A1SLR
A2HLR
A2SLR
A3HLR
A3SLR
A4HLR
A4SLR
A5HLR
A5SLR
A6HLR
A6SLR
A7HLR
A7SLR
ABOEN
ACRSN
AIOEB
BA0LR
BA1LR
BA2LR
BA3LR
BCRSN
C2FEB
Description
MB_CS1 address hold
APLL1 lock indicator
MB_CS1 address setup
MB_CS2 address hold
MB_CS2 address setup
MB_CS3 address hold
MB_CS3 address setup
MB_CS4 address hold
MB_CS4 address setup
MB_CS5 address hold
MB_CS5 address setup
MB_CS6 address hold
MB_CS6 address setup
MB_CS7 address hold
MB_CS7 address setup
A and B clocks output
A clocks rate
All I/O (master)
DT base address byte 0
DT base address byte 1
DT base address byte 2
DT base address byte 3
B clocks rate
C2 fallback trigger
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Load
Output
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Enable
Select
Enable
Load
Load
Load
Load
Select
Enable
0x00717
0x00125
0x00713
0x00727
0x00723
0x00737
0x00733
0x00747
0x00743
0x00757
0x00753
0x00767
0x00763
0x00777
0x00773
0x00220
0x00223
0x00103
0x00110
0x00111
0x00112
0x00113
0x00223
0x0010A
—
7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
U
L
7
—
—
—
—
U
5
193
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
C2LOB
C2TOB
C2WEB
C4FEB
C4LOB
C4TOB
C4WEB
CAFEB
CALOB
CATOB
CAWEB
CAWSN
CBFEB
CBLOB
CBTOB
CBWEB
CBWSN
CCOEN
CCSEN
CFBOB
CFHLN
CFLLR
CFPOB
CFSEN
CFSOB
CKMDR
CKMSR
CKRDR
CMFEB
CMLOB
CMROB
CMTOB
CMWEB
CPFEB
CPLOB
CPTOB
CPWEB
CSASR
D1FEB
D1ISR
D1LOB
194
Description
C2 latched error
C2 transient error
C2 watchdog
/C4 fallback trigger
C4 latched error
C4 transient error
/C4 watchdog
C8A fallback trigger
C8A latched error
C8A transient error
C8A watchdog
C8A watchdog
C8B fallback trigger
C8B latched error
C8B transient error
C8B watchdog
C8B watchdog
C clocks output
C clocks separate
Fallback status
Diag sync-to-frame high
Diag sync-to-frame low
CLEAR_FALLBACK pending
Diag sync-to-frame EN
Failsafe status
Clock main
Clock main
Clock resource
/C16– fallback trigger
/C16– latched error
Connection memory reset active
/C16– transient error
/C16– watchdog
/C16+ fallback trigger
/C16+ latched error
/C16+ transient error
/C16+ watchdog
Clock set access
DPLL1 sync trigger
DPLL1 input
DPLL1 sync latched error
Type
Register
Bit Position
Output
Output
Enable
Enable
Output
Output
Enable
Enable
Output
Output
Enable
Select
Enable
Output
Output
Enable
Select
Enable
Enable
Output
Load
Load
Output
Enable
Output
Divide
Select
Divide
Enable
Output
Output
Output
Enable
Enable
Output
Output
Enable
Select
Enable
Select
Output
0x00122
0x00120
0x0010E
0x0010A
0x00122
0x00120
0x0010E
0x0010A
0x00122
0x00120
0x0010E
0x0010C
0x0010A
0x00122
0x00120
0x0010E
0x0010C
0x00220
0x00224
0x00127
0x0014B
0x0014A
0x00124
0x0014B
0x00127
0x00201
0x00200
0x00205
0x0010A
0x00122
0x00125
0x00120
0x0010E
0x0010A
0x00122
0x00120
0x0010E
0x00106
0x0010B
0x0020A
0x00123
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
0
0
0
0
L
1
1
1
1
U
L
L
6
L
—
1
U
7
—
—
—
3
3
1
3
3
2
2
2
2
—
5
—
5
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
D1LOP
D1RSR
D1TOB
D1WEB
D2FEB
D2ISR
D2LOB
D2LOP
D2RSR
D2TOB
D2WEB
DMMSP
DMPOB
DMSOB
DMTOB
DPGOB
EBOLR
F0DSB
F0IOB
F0ISB
F0LLR
F0MEB
F0RSR
F0ULR
F0WSP
F1DSB
F1IOB
F1ISB
F1LLR
F1MEB
F1RSR
F1ULR
F1WSP
F2DSB
F2IOB
F2ISB
F2LLR
F2MEB
F2RSR
F2ULR
F2WSP
Description
DPLL1 lock status
DPLL1 rate
DPLL1 sync transient error
DPLL1 sync watchdog
DPLL2 sync trigger
DPLL2 input
DPLL2 sync latched error
DPLL2 lock status
DPLL2 rate
DPLL2 sync transient error
DPLL2 sync watchdog
Data memory mode
Data memory PCI error status
Data memory PCI queue status
Data memory PCI timer status
Data memory active page
Diag external buffer retry
FGIO 0 R/W direction
FGIO 0 data
Frame 0 pulse inversion
Frame 0 lower start time
FGIO 0 read mask
Frame 0 pulse width rate
Frame 0 upper start time
Frame 0 pulse width
FGIO 1 R/W direction
FGIO 1 data
Frame 1 pulse inversion
Frame 1 lower start time
FGIO 1 read mask
Frame 1 pulse width rate
Frame 1 upper start time
Frame 1 pulse width
FGIO 2 R/W direction
FGIO 2 data
Frame 2 pulse inversion
Frame 2 lower start time
FGIO 2 read mask
Frame 2 pulse width rate
Frame 2 upper start time
Frame 2 pulse width
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Output
Select
Output
Enable
Enable
Select
Output
Output
Select
Output
Enable
Select
Output
Output
Output
Output
Load
Select
Load
Enable
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Select
Select
Load
Enable
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Select
Select
Load
Enable
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Select
0x00125
0x0020B
0x00121
0x0010F
0x0010B
0x0020E
0x00123
0x00125
0x0020F
0x00121
0x0010F
0x00105
0x00127
0x00126
0x00127
0x00125
0x00147
0x00482
0x00480
0x00402
0x00400
0x00481
0x00403
0x00401
0x00402
0x00482
0x00480
0x00412
0x00410
0x00481
0x00413
0x00411
0x00412
0x00482
0x00480
0x00422
0x00420
0x00481
0x00423
0x00421
0x00422
5:4
—
5
5
6
—
6
3:2
—
6
6
6:0
0
0
3
0
—
0
0
7
—
0
—
—
6:0
1
1
7
—
1
—
—
6:0
2
2
7
—
2
—
—
6:0
195
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
F3DSB
F3IOB
F3ISB
F3LLR
F3MEB
F3RSR
F3ULR
F3WSP
F4DSB
F4IOB
F4ISB
F4LLR
F4MEB
F4RSR
F4ULR
F4WSP
F5DSB
F5IOB
F5ISB
F5LLR
F5MEB
F5RSR
F5ULR
F5WSP
F6DSB
F6IOB
F6ISB
F6LLR
F6MEB
F6RSR
F6ULR
F6WSP
F7DSB
F7IOB
F7ISB
F7LLR
F7MEB
F7MSR
F7RSR
F7SSP
F7ULR
196
Description
FGIO 3 R/W direction
FGIO 3 data
Frame 3 pulse inversion
Frame 3 lower start time
FGIO 3 read mask
Frame 3 pulse width rate
Frame 3 upper start time
Frame 3 pulse width
FGIO 4 R/W direction
FGIO 4 data
Frame 4 pulse inversion
Frame 4 lower start time
FGIO 4 read mask
Frame 4 pulse width rate
Frame 4 upper start time
Frame 4 pulse width
FGIO 5 R/W direction
FGIO 5 data
Frame 5 pulse inversion
Frame 5 lower start time
FGIO 5 read mask
Frame 5 pulse width rate
Frame 5 upper start time
Frame 5 pulse width
FGIO 6 R/W direction
FGIO 6 data
Frame 6 pulse inversion
Frame 6 lower start time
FGIO 6 read mask
Frame 6 pulse width rate
Frame 6 upper start time
Frame 6 pulse width
FGIO 7 R/W direction
FGIO 7 data
Frame 7 pulse inversion
Frame 7 lower start time
FGIO 7 read mask
Frame 7 mode
Frame 7 pulse width rate
FG7 timer pulse shape
Frame 7 upper start time
Type
Register
Bit Position
Select
Load
Enable
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Select
Select
Load
Enable
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Select
Select
Load
Enable
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Select
Select
Load
Enable
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Select
Select
Load
Enable
Load
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Load
0x00482
0x00480
0x00432
0x00430
0x00481
0x00433
0x00431
0x00432
0x00482
0x00480
0x00442
0x00440
0x00481
0x00443
0x00441
0x00442
0x00482
0x00480
0x00452
0x00450
0x00481
0x00453
0x00451
0x00452
0x00482
0x00480
0x00462
0x00460
0x00481
0x00463
0x00461
0x00462
0x00482
0x00480
0x00472
0x00470
0x00481
0x00476
0x00473
0x00477
0x00471
3
3
7
—
3
—
—
6:0
4
4
7
—
4
—
—
6:0
5
5
7
—
5
—
—
6:0
6
6
7
—
6
—
—
6:0
7
7
7
—
7
—
—
—
—
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
F7WSN
F7WSP
FAFEB
FALOB
FATOB
FAWEB
FB1SB
FB2SB
FBCSR
FBFEB
FBFOB
FBLOB
FBSOP
FBTOB
FBWEB
FCFEB
FCISB
FCLLR
FCLOB
FCTOB
FCULR
FCWEB
FFPOB
FGREB
FPASR
FRMSB
FRSEN
FRWSR
FSCSR
FSEER
FSLOB
FSMSN
FSSSR
FSTOB
FSWEB
FT0EB
FT1EB
FT2EB
FT3EB
FT4EB
FT5EB
Description
FG7 timer pulse width
Frame 7 pulse width
/FRAMEA fallback trigger
/FRAMEA latched error
/FRAMEA transient error
/FRAMEA watchdog
APLL1 feedback reset
APLL2 feedback reset
Fallback control
/FRAMEB fallback trigger
Fallback enable status
/FRAMEB latched error
Fallback states
/FRAMEB transient error
/FRAMEB watchdog
/FR_COMP fallback trigger
FG7 timer invert output
Frame group 7 lower count
/FR_COMP latched error
/FR_COMP transient error
Frame group 7 upper count
/FR_COMP watchdog
FORCE_FALLBACK pending
Frame group
Frame phase alignment
Diag /FR_COMP input
/FR_COMP separate
/FR_COMP width
Failsafe return command
Failsafe enable
Failsafe latched error
Fallback secondary mode
Failsafe sensitivity
Failsafe transient error
Failsafe watchdog
FG0 test-point
FG1 test-point
FG2 test-point
FG3 test-point
FG4 test-point
FG5 test-point
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Select
Select
Enable
Output
Output
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Output
Output
Output
Output
Enable
Enable
Select
Load
Output
Output
Load
Enable
Output
Enable
Select
Select
Enable
Select
Select
Enable
Output
Select
Select
Output
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
0x00477
0x00472
0x0010B
0x00123
0x00121
0x0010F
0x00146
0x00146
0x00108
0x0010B
0x00124
0x00123
0x00124
0x00121
0x0010F
0x0010B
0x00477
0x00474
0x00123
0x00121
0x00475
0x0010F
0x00124
0x00103
0x00107
0x00145
0x00224
0x00222
0x00114
0x00115
0x00123
0x00109
0x00116
0x00121
0x0010F
0x00140
0x00140
0x00140
0x00140
0x00140
0x00140
L
6:0
0
0
0
0
1
2
—
1
7
1
6:4
1
1
2
7
—
2
2
—
2
0
5
—
4
U
—
—
—
7
L
—
7
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
197
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
FT6EB
FT7EB
FTPSR
FTRSN
G0DSB
G0IOB
G0MEB
G0OEB
G1DSB
G1IOB
G1MEB
G1OEB
G2DSB
G2IOB
G2MEB
G2OEB
G3DSB
G3IOB
G3MEB
G4DSB
G4IOB
G4MEB
G5DSB
G5IOB
G5MEB
G6DSB
G6IOB
G6MEB
G7DSB
G7IOB
G7MEB
GOPOB
GPIEB
GSREB
GT0EB
GT1EB
GT2EB
GT3EB
GT4EB
GT5EB
GT6EB
198
Description
FG6 test-point
FG7 test-point
FG test-point MUX
Fallback type
GPIO 0 R/W direction
GPIO 0 data
GPIO 0 read mask
GPIO 0 override
GPIO 1 R/W direction
GPIO 1 data
GPIO 1 read mask
GPIO 0 override
GPIO 2 R/W direction
GPIO 2 data
GPIO 2 read mask
GPIO 2 override
GPIO 3 R/W direction
GPIO 3 data
GPIO 3 read mask
GPIO 4 R/W direction
GPIO 4 data
GPIO 4 read mask
GPIO 5 R/W direction
GPIO 5 data
GPIO 5 read mask
GPIO 6 R/W direction
GPIO 6 data
GPIO 6 read mask
GPIO 7 R/W direction
GPIO 7 data
GPIO 7 read mask
Go clocks pending
General purpose I/O
Global subrate
GP0 test-point
GP1 test-point
GP2 test-point
GP3 test-point
GP4 test-point
GP5 test-point
GP6 test-point
Type
Register
Bit Position
Enable
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Load
Enable
Enable
Select
Load
Enable
Enable
Select
Load
Enable
Enable
Select
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Enable
Select
Load
Enable
Output
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
0x00140
0x00140
0x00141
0x00109
0x00502
0x00500
0x00501
0x00503
0x00502
0x00500
0x00501
0x00503
0x00502
0x00500
0x00501
0x00503
0x00502
0x00500
0x00501
0x00502
0x00500
0x00501
0x00502
0x00500
0x00501
0x00502
0x00500
0x00501
0x00502
0x00500
0x00501
0x00124
0x00103
0x00105
0x00142
0x00142
0x00142
0x00142
0x00142
0x00142
0x00142
6
7
—
U
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
2
4
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
GT7EB
GTPSR
HARSN
HBRSN
HCKEB
HCRSN
HDBEB
HDRSN
HERSN
HFRSN
HGRSN
HHRSN
HRBEB
IASLR
IC0SB
IC1SB
IC2SB
IC3SB
IC4SB
IC5SB
IC6SB
IC7SB
ICDSP
ICKLP
ICMSB
IDHOR
IDLOR
IEXLP
IF0SB
IF1SB
IF2SB
IF3SB
IF4SB
IF5SB
IF6SB
IF7SB
IG0SB
IG1SB
IG2SB
IG3SB
IG4SB
Description
GP7 test-point
GP test-point MUX
H1x0 group A rate
H1x0 group B rate
H1x0 clocks
H1x0 group C rate
H1x0 data bus
H1x0 group D rate
H1x0 group E rate
H1x0 group F rate
H1x0 group G rate
H1x0 group H rate
Hard reset of back end
Diag, SYSERR assertion
Invert MB CS0 strobe
Invert MB CS1 strobe
Invert MB CS2 strobe
Invert MB CS3 strobe
Invert MB CS4 strobe
Invert MB CS5 strobe
Invert MB CS6 strobe
Invert MB CS7 strobe
Diag, internal control mode
Diag, internal control CLKERR
Invert clock main
Device ID high
Device ID low
Diag, internal control EXTERR
Invert interrupt FGIO 0
Invert interrupt FGIO 1
Invert interrupt FGIO 2
Invert interrupt FGIO 3
Invert interrupt FGIO 4
Invert interrupt FGIO 5
Invert interrupt FGIO 6
Invert interrupt FGIO 7
Invert interrupt GPIO 0
Invert interrupt GPIO 1
Invert interrupt GPIO 2
Invert interrupt GPIO 3
Invert interrupt GPIO 4
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Select
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Load
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Load
Select
Output
Output
Load
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
0x00142
0x00143
0x00300
0x00300
0x00103
0x00301
0x00103
0x00301
0x00302
0x00302
0x00303
0x00303
0x00101
0x00149
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00148
0x00148
0x00204
0x0012B
0x0012A
0x00148
0x00603
0x00603
0x00603
0x00603
0x00603
0x00603
0x00603
0x00603
0x00607
0x00607
0x00607
0x00607
0x00607
7
—
L
U
3
L
2
U
L
U
L
U
1
—
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7:6
5:4
4
—
—
1:0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
199
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
IG5SB
IG6SB
IG7SB
IMRSB
IMWSB
IPRSB
IR0SB
IR1SB
IR2SB
IR3SB
IR4SB
IR5SB
IR6SB
IR7SB
ISYLP
JAMSR
JC0EB
JC0OB
JC1EB
JC1OB
JC2EB
JC2OB
JC3EB
JC3OB
JC4EB
JC4OB
JC5EB
JC5OB
JC6EB
JC6OB
JC7EB
JC7OB
JC8EB
JC8OB
JC9EB
JC9OB
JCAEB
JCAOB
JCBEB
JCBOB
JCCEB
200
Description
Invert interrupt GPIO 5
Invert interrupt GPIO 6
Invert interrupt GPIO 7
Invert MB read strobe
Invert MB write strobe
Invert MB PCIRSTn, forwarded
Invert local reference 0
Invert local reference 1
Invert local reference 2
Invert local reference 3
Invert local reference 4
Invert local reference 5
Invert local reference 6
Invert local reference 7
Diag, internal control SYSERR
Interrupt arbitration mode
Interrupt from CLKERR 0
Interrupt pending CLKERR 0
Interrupt from CLKERR 1
Interrupt pending CLKERR 1
Interrupt from CLKERR 2
Interrupt pending CLKERR 2
Interrupt from CLKERR 3
Interrupt pending CLKERR 3
Interrupt from CLKERR 4
Interrupt pending CLKERR 4
Interrupt from CLKERR 5
Interrupt pending CLKERR 5
Interrupt from CLKERR 6
Interrupt pending CLKERR 6
Interrupt from CLKERR 7
Interrupt pending CLKERR 7
Interrupt from CLKERR 8
Interrupt pending CLKERR 8
Interrupt from CLKERR 9
Interrupt pending CLKERR 9
Interrupt from CLKERR A
Interrupt pending CLKERR A
Interrupt from CLKERR B
Interrupt pending CLKERR B
Interrupt from CLKERR C
Type
Register
Bit Position
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Load
Select
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
0x00607
0x00607
0x00607
0x00781
0x00781
0x00781
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x00148
0x00610
0x0060E
0x0060C
0x0060E
0x0060C
0x0060E
0x0060C
0x0060E
0x0060C
0x0060E
0x0060C
0x0060E
0x0060C
0x0060E
0x0060C
0x0060E
0x0060C
0x0060F
0x0060D
0x0060F
0x0060D
0x0060F
0x0060D
0x0060F
0x0060D
0x0060F
5
6
7
1
0
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3:2
—
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
JCCOB
JCDEB
JCDOB
JCEEB
JCEOB
JCFEB
JCFOB
JCOSR
JCWSR
JF0EB
JF0OB
JF1EB
JF1OB
JF2EB
JF2OB
JF3EB
JF3OB
JF4EB
JF4OB
JF5EB
JF5OB
JF6EB
JF6OB
JF7EB
JF7OB
JG0EB
JG0OB
JG1EB
JG1OB
JG2EB
JG2OB
JG3EB
JG3OB
JG4EB
JG4OB
JG5EB
JG5OB
JG6EB
JG6OB
JG7EB
JG7OB
Description
Interrupt pending CLKERR C
Interrupt from CLKERR D
Interrupt pending CLKERR D
Interrupt from CLKERR E
Interrupt pending CLKERR E
Interrupt from CLKERR F
Interrupt pending CLKERR F
Interrupt CLKERR output mode
Interrupt CLKERR pulse width
Interrupt from FGIO 0
Interrupt pending FGIO 0
Interrupt from FGIO 1
Interrupt pending FGIO 1
Interrupt from FGIO 2
Interrupt pending FGIO 2
Interrupt from FGIO 3
Interrupt pending FGIO 3
Interrupt from FGIO 4
Interrupt pending FGIO 4
Interrupt from FGIO 5
Interrupt pending FGIO 5
Interrupt from FGIO 6
Interrupt pending FGIO 6
Interrupt from FGIO 7
Interrupt pending FGIO 7
Interrupt from GPIO 0
Interrupt pending GPIO 0
Interrupt from GPIO 1
Interrupt pending GPIO 1
Interrupt from GPIO 2
Interrupt pending GPIO 2
Interrupt from GPIO 3
Interrupt pending GPIO 3
Interrupt from GPIO 4
Interrupt pending GPIO 4
Interrupt from GPIO 5
Interrupt pending GPIO 5
Interrupt from GPIO 6
Interrupt pending GPIO 6
Interrupt from GPIO 7
Interrupt pending GPIO 7
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Select
Select
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
0x0060D
0x0060F
0x0060D
0x0060F
0x0060D
0x0060F
0x0060D
0x00613
0x00617
0x00601
0x00600
0x00601
0x00600
0x00601
0x00600
0x00601
0x00600
0x00601
0x00600
0x00601
0x00600
0x00601
0x00600
0x00601
0x00600
0x00605
0x00604
0x00605
0x00604
0x00605
0x00604
0x00605
0x00604
0x00605
0x00604
0x00605
0x00604
0x00605
0x00604
0x00605
0x00604
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
—
—
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
201
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
JISOR
JS0EB
JS0OB
JS1EB
JS1OB
JS2EB
JS2OB
JS3EB
JS3OB
JS4EB
JS4OB
JS5EB
JS5OB
JS6EB
JS6OB
JS7EB
JS7OB
JS8EB
JS8OB
JS9EB
JS9OB
JSAEB
JSAOB
JSBEB
JSBOB
JSCEB
JSCOB
JSDEB
JSDOB
JSEEB
JSEOB
JSFEB
JSFOB
JSOSR
JSPSR
JSWSR
JVHOB
JVLOR
LARSN
LBRSN
LC0SR
202
Description
Interrupt in-service
Interrupt from SYSERR 0
Interrupt pending SYSERR 0
Interrupt from SYSERR 1
Interrupt pending SYSERR 1
Interrupt from SYSERR 2
Interrupt pending SYSERR 2
Interrupt from SYSERR 3
Interrupt pending SYSERR 3
Interrupt from SYSERR 4
Interrupt pending SYSERR 4
Interrupt from SYSERR 5
Interrupt pending SYSERR 5
Interrupt from SYSERR 6
Interrupt pending SYSERR 6
Interrupt from SYSERR 7
Interrupt pending SYSERR 7
Interrupt from SYSERR 8
Interrupt pending SYSERR 8
Interrupt from SYSERR 9
Interrupt pending SYSERR 9
Interrupt from SYSERR A
Interrupt pending SYSERR A
Interrupt from SYSERR B
Interrupt pending SYSERR B
Interrupt from SYSERR C
Interrupt pending SYSERR C
Interrupt from SYSERR D
Interrupt pending SYSERR D
Interrupt from SYSERR E
Interrupt pending SYSERR E
Interrupt from SYSERR F
Interrupt pending SYSERR F
Interrupt SYSERR output mode
Interrupt SYSERR-to-PCI_INTA#
Interrupt SYSERR pulse width
Interrupt in-service VC ID high
Interrupt in-service VC ID low
Local group A rate
Local group B rate
Local clock 0 output
Type
Register
Bit Position
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Select
Select
Select
Output
Output
Select
Select
Select
0x006FC
0x0060A
0x00608
0x0060A
0x00608
0x0060A
0x00608
0x0060A
0x00608
0x0060A
0x00608
0x0060A
0x00608
0x0060A
0x00608
0x0060A
0x00608
0x0060B
0x00609
0x0060B
0x00609
0x0060B
0x00609
0x0060B
0x00609
0x0060B
0x00609
0x0060B
0x00609
0x0060B
0x00609
0x0060B
0x00609
0x00612
0x00611
0x00616
0x006FF
0x006FE
0x00320
0x00320
0x00228
—
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
—
—
—
0
—
L
U
—
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
LC1SR
LC2SR
LC3SR
LCKEB
LCRSN
LDBEB
LDRSN
LERSN
LFRSN
LGRSN
LHRSN
LRISR
MBIEB
MBPOB
MBREB
MBSOB
MBTOB
N1DSB
N1DSN
N1FEB
N1ISN
N1LOB
N1LSR
N1OEN
N1SSB
N1TOB
N1WEB
N1WSN
N2DSB
N2DSN
N2FEB
N2ISN
N2LOB
N2LSR
N2OEN
N2SSB
N2TOB
N2WEB
N2WSN
NQOOB
NR1DR
Description
Local clock 1 output
Local clock 2 output
Local clock 3 output
Local clocks
Local group C rate
Local data bus
Local group D rate
Local group E rate
Local group F rate
Local group G rate
Local group H rate
Local reference input
Diag MB microprocessor access
MB PCI error status
Minibridge
MB PCI queue status
MB PCI timer status
NR1 divider inversion
NETREF1 divider input
NETREF1 fallback trigger
NETREF1 main input
NETREF1 latched error
NETREF1 local reference
NETREF1 output
NR1 selector inversion
NETREF1 transient error
NETREF1 watchdog
NETREF1 watchdog
NR2 divider inversion
NETREF1 divider input
NETREF2 fallback trigger
NETREF1 main input
NETREF2 latched error
NETREF1 local reference
NETREF1 output
NR2 selector inversion
NETREF2 transient error
NETREF2 watchdog
NETREF2 watchdog
NOTIFY_QUEUE overflow error
NETREF1
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Select
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Output
Enable
Output
Output
Select
Select
Enable
Select
Output
Select
Enable
Select
Output
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Select
Output
Select
Enable
Select
Output
Enable
Select
Output
Divide
0x00229
0x0022A
0x0022B
0x00103
0x00321
0x00103
0x00321
0x00322
0x00322
0x00323
0x00323
0x00208
0x00146
0x00127
0x00103
0x00126
0x00127
0x00204
0x00210
0x0010B
0x00210
0x00123
0x00212
0x00221
0x00204
0x00121
0x0010F
0x0010D
0x00204
0x00214
0x0010B
0x00214
0x00123
0x00216
0x00221
0x00204
0x00121
0x0010F
0x0010D
0x00126
0x00211
—
—
—
1
L
0
U
L
U
L
U
—
4
2
6
2
5
1
U
3
L
3
—
L
0
3
3
L
3
U
4
L
4
—
U
2
4
4
U
0
—
203
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
NR2DR
OLHLR
OLLLR
OOLER
OOLOB
P1ISR
P1RSR
P2RSR
PAFSR
PDTSB
PMBEB
PMEOB
PMFOB
PMIOB
PMLOB
PMOOB
PMWOB
PRBEB
R0HLR
R0SLR
R0WLR
R1HLR
R1SLR
R1WLR
R2HLR
R2SLR
R2WLR
R3HLR
R3SLR
R3WLR
R4HLR
R4SLR
R4WLR
R5HLR
R5SLR
R5WLR
R6HLR
R6SLR
R6WLR
R7HLR
R7SLR
204
Description
NETREF2
Out-of-lock threshold, high
Out-of-lock threshold, low
Out-of-lock monitor
Out-of-lock status
APLL1 input
APLL1 rate
APLL2 rate
Phase align frame
Diag PCI discard timer
PCI reset to minibridge
PCI master stall error
PCI master fatal error
PCI master initial warning
PCI master lock error
PCI master overwrite
PCI master stall warning
PCI reset of back end
MB_CS0 read cycle hold
MB_CS0 read cycle setup
MB_CS0 read cycle width
MB_CS1 read cycle hold
MB_CS1 read cycle setup
MB_CS1 read cycle width
MB_CS2 read cycle hold
MB_CS2 read cycle setup
MB_CS2 read cycle width
MB_CS3 read cycle hold
MB_CS3 read cycle setup
MB_CS3 read cycle width
MB_CS4 read cycle hold
MB_CS4 read cycle setup
MB_CS4 read cycle width
MB_CS5 read cycle hold
MB_CS5 read cycle setup
MB_CS5 read cycle width
MB_CS6 read cycle hold
MB_CS6 read cycle setup
MB_CS6 read cycle width
MB_CS7 read cycle hold
MB_CS7 read cycle setup
Type
Register
Bit Position
Divide
Load
Load
Enable
Output
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Select
Enable
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Enable
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
0x00215
0x00119
0x00118
0x0011A
0x00125
0x00202
0x00203
0x00207
0x00107
0x00146
0x00101
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00101
0x00702
0x00700
0x00701
0x00712
0x00710
0x00711
0x00722
0x00720
0x00721
0x00732
0x00730
0x00731
0x00742
0x00740
0x00741
0x00752
0x00750
0x00751
0x00762
0x00760
0x00761
0x00772
0x00770
—
—
—
—
6
—
—
—
—
5
3
5
7
2
6
3
4
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
R7WLR
S2FEB
S2LOB
S2TOB
S2WEB
SCFEB
SCLOB
SCLSB
SCMLR
SCMSB
SCRSR
SCTOB
SCULP
SCWEB
SRBEB
SRESR
TCOSR
VCEON
VCMEB
VCOOB
VCPOB
VCSOB
VCSSR
VCTOB
VEROR
VPPOB
VSPOB
W0HLR
W0SLR
W0WLR
W1HLR
W1SLR
W1WLR
W2HLR
W2SLR
W2WLR
W3HLR
W3SLR
W3WLR
W4HLR
W4SLR
Description
MB_CS7 read cycle width
/SCLKx2 fallback trigger
/SCLKx2 latched error
/SCLKx2 transient error
/SCLKx2 watchdog
SCLK fallback trigger
SCLK latched error
Diag state counter mode EN
Diag state counter mode low
Diag state counter carry
SCLK/SCLKx2 rate
SCLK transient error
Diag state counter mode high
SCLK watchdog
Soft reset of back end
Soft reset
T clock output
VC enable status
Diag VC microprocessor access
VC memory overflow warning
VC memory PCI error
VC memory PCI queue
VC start command reg
VC memory PCI timer
Version ID register
VC pause pending
VC start pending
MB_CS0 write cycle hold
MB_CS0 write cycle setup
MB_CS0 write cycle width
MB_CS1 write cycle hold
MB_CS1 write cycle setup
MB_CS1 write cycle width
MB_CS2 write cycle hold
MB_CS2 write cycle setup
MB_CS2 write cycle width
MB_CS3 write cycle hold
MB_CS3 write cycle setup
MB_CS3 write cycle width
MB_CS4 write cycle hold
MB_CS4 write cycle setup
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Load
Enable
Output
Output
Enable
Enable
Output
Select
Load
Select
Select
Output
Load
Enable
Enable
Select
Select
Output
Enable
Output
Output
Output
Select
Output
Output
Output
Output
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
0x00771
0x0010A
0x00122
0x00120
0x0010E
0x0010A
0x00122
0x00145
0x00144
0x00145
0X00227
0x00120
0x00145
0x0010E
0x00101
0x00100
0x00226
0x0012D
0x00146
0x00126
0x00127
0x0012C
0x00104
0x00127
0x00128
0x0012D
0x0012D
0x00706
0x00704
0x00705
0x00716
0x00714
0x00715
0x00726
0x00724
0x00725
0x00736
0x00734
0x00735
0x00746
0x00744
—
7
7
7
7
6
6
3
—
5
—
6
2:0
6
0
—
—
L
3
1
1
1
—
4
—
5
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
205
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 133. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Name (continued)
Mnemonic
W4WLR
W5HLR
W5SLR
W5WLR
W6HLR
W6SLR
W6WLR
W7HLR
W7SLR
W7WLR
XYSOB
Description
MB_CS4 write cycle width
MB_CS5 write cycle hold
MB_CS5 write cycle setup
MB_CS5 write cycle width
MB_CS6 write cycle hold
MB_CS6 write cycle setup
MB_CS6 write cycle width
MB_CS7 write cycle hold
MB_CS7 write cycle setup
MB_CS7 write cycle width
Active clock set
Type
Register
Bit Position
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Output
0x00745
0x00756
0x00754
0x00755
0x00766
0x00764
0x00765
0x00776
0x00774
0x00775
0x00124
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register
Mnemonic
SRESR
SRBEB
HRBEB
PRBEB
PMBEB
LDBEB
LCKEB
HDBEB
HCKEB
GPIEB
FGREB
MBREB
AIOEB
VCSSR
GSREB
DMMSP
CSASR
FPASR
PAFSR
FBCSR
FSMSN
FTRSN
CAFEB
CBFEB
CPFEB
CMFEB
206
Description
Soft reset
Soft reset of back end
Hard reset of back end
PCI reset of back end
PCI reset to minibridge
Local data bus
Local clocks
H1x0 data bus
H1x0 clocks
General-purpose I/O
Frame group
Minibridge
All I/O (master)
VC start command reg
Global subrate
Data memory mode
Clock set access
Frame phase alignment
Phase align frame
Fallback control
Fallback secondary mode
Fallback type
C8A fallback trigger
C8B fallback trigger
/C16+ fallback trigger
/C16– fallback trigger
Type
Register
Bit Position
Select
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Select
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
0x00100
0x00101
0x00101
0x00101
0x00101
0x00103
0x00103
0x00103
0x00103
0x00103
0x00103
0x00103
0x00103
0x00104
0x00105
0x00105
0x00106
0x00107
0x00107
0x00108
0x00109
0x00109
0x0010A
0x0010A
0x0010A
0x0010A
—
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
—
7
6:0
—
—
—
—
L
U
0
1
2
3
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
C4FEB
C2FEB
SCFEB
S2FEB
FAFEB
FBFEB
FCFEB
N1FEB
N2FEB
D1FEB
D2FEB
CAWSN
CBWSN
N1WSN
N2WSN
CAWEB
CBWEB
CPWEB
CMWEB
C4WEB
C2WEB
SCWEB
S2WEB
FAWEB
FBWEB
FCWEB
N1WEB
N2WEB
D1WEB
D2WEB
FSWEB
BA0LR
BA1LR
BA2LR
BA3LR
FSCSR
FSEER
FSSSR
OLLLR
OLHLR
OOLER
Description
/C4 fallback trigger
C2 fallback trigger
SCLK fallback trigger
/SCLKx2 fallback trigger
/FRAMEA fallback trigger
/FRAMEB fallback trigger
/FR_COMP fallback trigger
NETREF1 fallback trigger
NETREF2 fallback trigger
DPLL1 sync trigger
DPLL2 sync trigger
C8A watchdog
C8B watchdog
NETREF1 watchdog
NETREF2 watchdog
C8A watchdog
C8B watchdog
/C16+ watchdog
/C16– watchdog
/C4 watchdog
C2 watchdog
SCLK watchdog
/SCLKx2 watchdog
/FRAMEA watchdog
/FRAMEB watchdog
/FR_COMP watchdog
NETREF1 watchdog
NETREF2 watchdog
DPLL1 sync watchdog
DPLL2 sync watchdog
Failsafe watchdog
DT base address byte 0
DT base address byte 1
DT base address byte 2
DT base address byte 3
Failsafe return command
Failsafe enable
Failsafe sensitivity
Out-of-lock threshold, low
Out-of-lock threshold, high
Out-of-lock monitor
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Load
Load
Load
Load
Select
Enable
Select
Load
Load
Enable
0x0010A
0x0010A
0x0010A
0x0010A
0x0010B
0x0010B
0x0010B
0x0010B
0x0010B
0x0010B
0x0010B
0x0010C
0x0010C
0x0010D
0x0010D
0x0010E
0x0010E
0x0010E
0x0010E
0x0010E
0x0010E
0x0010E
0x0010E
0x0010F
0x0010F
0x0010F
0x0010F
0x0010F
0x0010F
0x0010F
0x0010F
0x00110
0x00111
0x00112
0x00113
0x00114
0x00115
0x00116
0x00118
0x00119
0x0011A
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
L
U
L
U
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
207
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
CATOB
CBTOB
CPTOB
CMTOB
C4TOB
C2TOB
SCTOB
S2TOB
FATOB
FBTOB
FCTOB
N1TOB
N2TOB
D1TOB
D2TOB
FSTOB
CALOB
CBLOB
CPLOB
CMLOB
C4LOB
C2LOB
SCLOB
S2LOB
FALOB
FBLOB
FCLOB
N1LOB
N2LOB
D1LOB
D2LOB
FSLOB
FFPOB
CFPOB
GOPOB
XYSOB
FBFOB
FBSOP
DPGOB
CMROB
OOLOB
208
Description
C8A transient error
C8B transient error
/C16+ transient error
/C16– transient error
C4 transient error
C2 transient error
SCLK transient error
/SCLKx2 transient error
/FRAMEA transient error
/FRAMEB transient error
/FR_COMP transient error
NETREF1 transient error
NETREF2 transient error
DPLL1 sync transient error
DPLL2 sync transient error
Failsafe transient error
C8A latched error
C8B latched error
/C16+ latched error
/C16– latched error
C4 latched error
C2 latched error
SCLK latched error
/SCLKx2 latched error
/FRAMEA latched error
/FRAMEB latched error
/FR_COMP latched error
NETREF1 latched error
NETREF2 latched error
DPLL1 sync latched error
DPLL2 sync latched error
Failsafe latched error
FORCE_FALLBACK pending
CLEAR_FALLBACK pending
Go clocks pending
Active clock set
Fallback enable status
Fallback states
Data memory active page
Connection memory reset active
Out-of-lock status
Type
Register
Bit Position
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
0x00120
0x00120
0x00120
0x00120
0x00120
0x00120
0x00120
0x00120
0x00121
0x00121
0x00121
0x00121
0x00121
0x00121
0x00121
0x00121
0x00122
0x00122
0x00122
0x00122
0x00122
0x00122
0x00122
0x00122
0x00123
0x00123
0x00123
0x00123
0x00123
0x00123
0x00123
0x00123
0x00124
0x00124
0x00124
0x00124
0x00124
0x00124
0x00125
0x00125
0x00125
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
7
6:4
0
1
6
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
A1LOB
D2LOP
D1LOP
DMSOB
NQOOB
VCOOB
MBSOB
PMIOB
PMOOB
PMWOB
PMEOB
PMLOB
PMFOB
DMPOB
VCPOB
MBPOB
DMTOB
VCTOB
MBTOB
CFBOB
CFSOB
VEROR
IDLOR
IDHOR
VCSOB
VSPOB
VPPOB
VCEON
FT0EB
FT1EB
FT2EB
FT3EB
FT4EB
FT5EB
FT6EB
FT7EB
FTPSR
GT0EB
GT1EB
GT2EB
GT3EB
Description
APLL1 lock indicator
DPLL2 lock status
DPLL1 lock status
Data memory PCI queue status
NOTIFY_QUEUE overflow error
VC memory overflow warning
MB PCI queue status
PCI master initial warning
PCI master overwrite
PCI master stall warning
PCI master stall error
PCI master lock error
PCI master fatal error
Data memory PCI error status
VC memory PCI error
MB PCI error status
Data memory PCI timer status
VC memory PCI timer
MB PCI timer status
Fallback status
Failsafe status
Version ID register
Device ID low
Device ID high
VC memory PCI queue
VC start pending
VC pause pending
VC enable status
FG0 test-point
FG1 test-point
FG2 test-point
FG3 test-point
FG4 test-point
FG5 test-point
FG6 test-point
FG7 test-point
FG test-point MUX
GP0 test-point
GP1 test-point
GP2 test-point
GP3 test-point
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Select
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
0x00125
0x00125
0x00125
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00126
0x00127
0x00127
0x00127
0x00127
0x00127
0x00127
0x00127
0x00127
0x00128
0x0012A
0x0012B
0x0012C
0x0012D
0x0012D
0x0012D
0x00140
0x00140
0x00140
0x00140
0x00140
0x00140
0x00140
0x00140
0x00141
0x00142
0x00142
0x00142
0x00142
7
3:2
5:4
0
0
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
—
—
—
1
4
5
L
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
—
0
1
2
3
209
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
GT4EB
GT5EB
GT6EB
GT7EB
GTPSR
SCMLR
SCLSB
FRMSB
SCMSB
SCULP
FB1SB
FB2SB
VCMEB
MBIEB
PDTSB
EBOLR
IEXLP
ISYLP
ICKLP
ICDSP
IASLR
CFLLR
CFHLN
CFSEN
CKMSR
CKMDR
P1ISR
P1RSR
N1SSB
N1DSB
N2SSB
N2DSB
ICMSB
CKRDR
P2RSR
LRISR
D1ISR
D1RSR
IR0SB
IR1SB
IR2SB
210
Description
GP4 test-point
GP5 test-point
GP6 test-point
GP7 test-point
GP test-point MUX
Diagnostic, state counter mode low
Diagnostic, state counter mode EN
Diagnostic, /FR_COMP input
Diagnostic, state counter carry
Diagnostic, state counter mode high
APLL1 feedback reset
APLL2 feedback reset
Diagnostic, VC microprocessor access
Diagnostic, MB microprocessor access
Diagnostic, PCI discard timer
Diagnostic, external buffer retry
Diagnostic, interrupt control EXTERR
Diagnostic, interrupt control SYSERR
Diagnostic, interrupt control CLKERR
Diagnostic, interrupt control mode
Diagnostic, SYSERR assertion
Diagnostic sync-to-frame low
Diagnostic sync-to-frame high
Diagnostic sync-to-frame EN
Clock main
Clock main
APLL1 input
APLL1 rate
NR1 selector inversion
NR1 divider inversion
NR2 selector inversion
NR2 divider inversion
Invert clock main
Clock resource
APLL2 rate
Local reference input
DPLL1 input
DPLL1 rate
Invert local reference 0
Invert local reference 1
Invert local reference 2
Type
Register
Bit Position
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Select
Load
Select
Select
Select
Load
Select
Select
Enable
Enable
Select
Load
Load
Load
Load
Select
Load
Load
Load
Enable
Select
Divide
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Divide
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
0x00142
0x00142
0x00142
0x00142
0x00143
0x00144
0x00145
0x00145
0x00145
0x00145
0x00146
0x00146
0x00146
0x00146
0x00146
0x00147
0x00148
0x00148
0x00148
0x00148
0x00149
0x0014A
0x0014B
0x0014B
0x00200
0x00201
0x00202
0x00203
0x00204
0x00204
0x00204
0x00204
0x00204
0x00205
0x00207
0x00208
0x0020A
0x0020B
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020C
4
5
6
7
—
—
3
4
5
2:0
1
2
3
4
5
—
1:0
3:2
5:4
7:6
—
—
L
U
—
—
—
—
0
1
2
3
4
—
—
—
—
—
0
1
2
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
IR3SB
IR4SB
IR5SB
IR6SB
IR7SB
D2ISR
D2RSR
N1ISN
N1DSN
NR1DR
N1LSR
N2ISN
N2DSN
NR2DR
N2LSR
CCOEN
ABOEN
N1OEN
N2OEN
FRWSR
ACRSN
BCRSN
CCSEN
FRSEN
TCOSR
SCRSR
LC0SR
LC1SR
LC2SR
LC3SR
HARSN
HBRSN
HCRSN
HDRSN
HERSN
HFRSN
HGRSN
HHRSN
LARSN
LBRSN
LCRSN
Description
Invert local reference 3
Invert local reference 4
Invert local reference 5
Invert local reference 6
Invert local reference 7
DPLL2 input
DPLL2 rate
NETREF1 main input
NETREF1 divider input
NETREF1
NETREF1 local reference
NETREF1 main input
NETREF1 divider input
NETREF2
NETREF1 local reference
C clocks output
A and B clocks output
NETREF1 output
NETREF1 output
/FR_COMP width
A clocks rate
B clocks rate
C clocks separate
/FR_COMP separate
T clock output
SCLK/SCLKx2 rate
Local clock 0 output
Local clock 1 output
Local clock 2 output
Local clock 3 output
H1x0 group A rate
H1x0 group B rate
H1x0 group C rate
H1x0 group D rate
H1x0 group E rate
H1x0 group F rate
H1x0 group G rate
H1x0 group H rate
Local group A rate
Local group B rate
Local group C rate
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Divide
Select
Select
Select
Divide
Select
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020C
0x0020E
0x0020F
0x00210
0x00210
0x00211
0x00212
0x00214
0x00214
0x00215
0x00216
0x00220
0x00220
0x00221
0x00221
0x00222
0x00223
0x00223
0x00224
0x00224
0x00226
0x00227
0x00228
0x00229
0x0022A
0x0022B
0x00300
0x00300
0x00301
0x00301
0x00302
0x00302
0x00303
0x00303
0x00320
0x00320
0x00321
3
4
5
6
7
—
—
L
U
—
—
L
U
—
—
L
U
L
U
—
L
U
L
U
—
—
—
—
—
—
L
U
L
U
L
U
L
U
L
U
L
211
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
LDRSN
LERSN
LFRSN
LGRSN
LHRSN
F0LLR
F0ULR
F0ISB
F0WSP
F0RSR
F1LLR
F1ULR
F1ISB
F1WSP
F1RSR
F2LLR
F2ULR
F2ISB
F2WSP
F2RSR
F3LLR
F3ULR
F3ISB
F3WSP
F3RSR
F4LLR
F4ULR
F4ISB
F4WSP
F4RSR
F5LLR
F5ULR
F5ISB
F5WSP
F5RSR
F6LLR
F6ULR
F6ISB
F6WSP
F6RSR
F7LLR
212
Description
Local group D rate
Local group E rate
Local group F rate
Local group G rate
Local group H rate
Frame 0 lower start time
Frame 0 upper start time
Frame 0 pulse inversion
Frame 0 pulse width
Frame 0 pulse width rate
Frame 1 lower start time
Frame 1 upper start time
Frame 1 pulse inversion
Frame 1 pulse width
Frame 1 pulse width rate
Frame 2 lower start time
Frame 2 upper start time
Frame 2 pulse inversion
Frame 2 pulse width
Frame 2 pulse width rate
Frame 3 lower start time
Frame 3 upper start time
Frame 3 pulse inversion
Frame 3 pulse width
Frame 3 pulse width rate
Frame 4 lower start time
Frame 4 upper start time
Frame 4 pulse inversion
Frame 4 pulse width
Frame 4 pulse width rate
Frame 5 lower start time
Frame 5 upper start time
Frame 5 pulse inversion
Frame 5 pulse width
Frame 5 pulse width rate
Frame 6 lower start time
Frame 6 upper start time
Frame 6 pulse inversion
Frame 6 pulse width
Frame 6 pulse width rate
Frame 7 lower start time
Type
Register
Bit Position
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Load
Load
Enable
Select
Select
Load
Load
Enable
Select
Select
Load
Load
Enable
Select
Select
Load
Load
Enable
Select
Select
Load
Load
Enable
Select
Select
Load
Load
Enable
Select
Select
Load
Load
Enable
Select
Select
Load
0x00321
0x00322
0x00322
0x00323
0x00323
0x00400
0x00401
0x00402
0x00402
0x00403
0x00410
0x00411
0x00412
0x00412
0x00413
0x00420
0x00421
0x00422
0x00422
0x00423
0x00430
0x00431
0x00432
0x00432
0x00433
0x00440
0x00441
0x00442
0x00442
0x00443
0x00450
0x00451
0x00452
0x00452
0x00453
0x00460
0x00461
0x00462
0x00462
0x00463
0x00470
U
L
U
L
U
—
—
7
6:0
—
—
—
7
6:0
—
—
—
7
6:0
—
—
—
7
6:0
—
—
—
7
6:0
—
—
—
7
6:0
—
—
—
7
6:0
—
—
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
F7ULR
F7ISB
F7WSP
F7RSR
FCLLR
FCULR
F7MSR
FCISB
F7WSN
F7SSP
F0IOB
F1IOB
F2IOB
F3IOB
F4IOB
F5IOB
F6IOB
F7IOB
F0MEB
F1MEB
F2MEB
F3MEB
F4MEB
F5MEB
F6MEB
F7MEB
F0DSB
F1DSB
F2DSB
F3DSB
F4DSB
F5DSB
F6DSB
F7DSB
G0IOB
G1IOB
G2IOB
G3IOB
G4IOB
G5IOB
G6IOB
Description
Frame 7 upper start time
Frame 7 pulse inversion
Frame 7 pulse width
Frame 7 pulse width rate
Frame group 7 lower count
Frame group 7 upper count
Frame 7 mode
FG7 timer invert output
FG7 timer pulse width
FG7 timer pulse shape
FGIO 0 data
FGIO 1 data
FGIO 2 data
FGIO 3 data
FGIO 4 data
FGIO 5 data
FGIO 6 data
FGIO 7 data
FGIO 0 read mask
FGIO 1 read mask
FGIO 2 read mask
FGIO 3 read mask
FGIO 4 read mask
FGIO 5 read mask
FGIO 6 read mask
FGIO 7 read mask
FGIO 0 R/W direction
FGIO 1 R/W direction
FGIO 2 R/W direction
FGIO 3 R/W direction
FGIO 4 R/W direction
FGIO 5 R/W direction
FGIO 6 R/W direction
FGIO 7 R/W direction
GPIO 0 data
GPIO 1 data
GPIO 2 data
GPIO 3 data
GPIO 4 data
GPIO 5 data
GPIO 6 data
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Load
Enable
Select
Select
Load
Load
Select
Select
Select
Select
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
0x00471
0x00472
0x00472
0x00473
0x00474
0x00475
0x00476
0x00477
0x00477
0x00477
0x00480
0x00480
0x00480
0x00480
0x00480
0x00480
0x00480
0x00480
0x00481
0x00481
0x00481
0x00481
0x00481
0x00481
0x00481
0x00481
0x00482
0x00482
0x00482
0x00482
0x00482
0x00482
0x00482
0x00482
0x00500
0x00500
0x00500
0x00500
0x00500
0x00500
0x00500
—
7
6:0
—
—
—
—
7
L
—
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
213
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
G7IOB
G0MEB
G1MEB
G2MEB
G3MEB
G4MEB
G5MEB
G6MEB
G7MEB
G0DSB
G1DSB
G2DSB
G3DSB
G4DSB
G5DSB
G6DSB
G7DSB
G0OEB
G1OEB
G2OEB
JF0OB
JF1OB
JF2OB
JF3OB
JF4OB
JF5OB
JF6OB
JF7OB
JF0EB
JF1EB
JF2EB
JF3EB
JF4EB
JF5EB
JF6EB
JF7EB
IF0SB
IF1SB
IF2SB
IF3SB
IF4SB
214
Description
GPIO 7 data
PIO 0 read mask
GPIO 1 read mask
GPIO 2 read mask
GPIO 3 read mask
GPIO 4 read mask
GPIO 5 read mask
GPIO 6 read mask
GPIO 7 read mask
GPIO 0 R/W direction
GPIO 1 R/W direction
GPIO 2 R/W direction
GPIO 3 R/W direction
GPIO 4 R/W direction
GPIO 5 R/W direction
GPIO 6 R/W direction
GPIO 7 R/W direction
GPIO 0 override
GPIO 0 override
GPIO 2 override
Interrupt pending FGIO 0
Interrupt pending FGIO 1
Interrupt pending FGIO 2
Interrupt pending FGIO 3
Interrupt pending FGIO 4
Interrupt pending FGIO 5
Interrupt pending FGIO 6
Interrupt pending FGIO 7
Interrupt from FGIO 0
Interrupt from FGIO 1
Interrupt from FGIO 2
Interrupt from FGIO 3
Interrupt from FGIO 4
Interrupt from FGIO 5
Interrupt from FGIO 6
Interrupt from FGIO 7
Invert interrupt FGIO 0
Invert interrupt FGIO 1
Invert interrupt FGIO 2
Invert interrupt FGIO 3
Invert interrupt FGIO 4
Type
Register
Bit Position
Load
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Enable
Enable
Enable
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
0x00500
0x00501
0x00501
0x00501
0x00501
0x00501
0x00501
0x00501
0x00501
0x00502
0x00502
0x00502
0x00502
0x00502
0x00502
0x00502
0x00502
0x00503
0x00503
0x00503
0x00600
0x00600
0x00600
0x00600
0x00600
0x00600
0x00600
0x00600
0x00601
0x00601
0x00601
0x00601
0x00601
0x00601
0x00601
0x00601
0x00603
0x00603
0x00603
0x00603
0x00603
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
IF5SB
IF6SB
IF7SB
JG0OB
JG1OB
JG2OB
JG3OB
JG4OB
JG5OB
JG6OB
JG7OB
JG0EB
JG1EB
JG2EB
JG3EB
JG4EB
JG5EB
JG6EB
JG7EB
IG0SB
IG1SB
IG2SB
IG3SB
IG4SB
IG5SB
IG6SB
IG7SB
JS0OB
JS1OB
JS2OB
JS3OB
JS4OB
JS5OB
JS6OB
JS7OB
JS8OB
JS9OB
JSAOB
JSBOB
JSCOB
JSDOB
Description
Invert interrupt FGIO 5
Invert interrupt FGIO 6
Invert interrupt FGIO 7
Interrupt pending GPIO 0
Interrupt pending GPIO 1
Interrupt pending GPIO 2
Interrupt pending GPIO 3
Interrupt pending GPIO 4
Interrupt pending GPIO 5
Interrupt pending GPIO 6
Interrupt pending GPIO 7
Interrupt from GPIO 0
Interrupt from GPIO 1
Interrupt from GPIO 2
Interrupt from GPIO 3
Interrupt from GPIO 4
Interrupt from GPIO 5
Interrupt from GPIO 6
Interrupt from GPIO 7
Invert interrupt GPIO 0
Invert interrupt GPIO 1
Invert interrupt GPIO 2
Invert interrupt GPIO 3
Invert interrupt GPIO 4
Invert interrupt GPIO 5
Invert interrupt GPIO 6
Invert interrupt GPIO 7
Interrupt pending SYSERR 0
Interrupt pending SYSERR 1
Interrupt pending SYSERR 2
Interrupt pending SYSERR 3
Interrupt pending SYSERR 4
Interrupt pending SYSERR 5
Interrupt pending SYSERR 6
Interrupt pending SYSERR 7
Interrupt pending SYSERR 8
Interrupt pending SYSERR 9
Interrupt pending SYSERR A
Interrupt pending SYSERR B
Interrupt pending SYSERR C
Interrupt pending SYSERR D
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Select
Select
Select
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
0x00603
0x00603
0x00603
0x00604
0x00604
0x00604
0x00604
0x00604
0x00604
0x00604
0x00604
0x00605
0x00605
0x00605
0x00605
0x00605
0x00605
0x00605
0x00605
0x00607
0x00607
0x00607
0x00607
0x00607
0x00607
0x00607
0x00607
0x00608
0x00608
0x00608
0x00608
0x00608
0x00608
0x00608
0x00608
0x00609
0x00609
0x00609
0x00609
0x00609
0x00609
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
215
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
JSEOB
JSFOB
JS0EB
JS1EB
JS2EB
JS3EB
JS4EB
JS5EB
JS6EB
JS7EB
JS8EB
JS9EB
JSAEB
JSBEB
JSCEB
JSDEB
JSEEB
JSFEB
JC0OB
JC1OB
JC2OB
JC3OB
JC4OB
JC5OB
JC6OB
JC7OB
JC8OB
JC9OB
JCAOB
JCBOB
JCCOB
JCDOB
JCEOB
JCFOB
JC0EB
JC1EB
JC2EB
JC3EB
JC4EB
JC5EB
JC6EB
216
Description
Interrupt pending SYSERR E
Interrupt pending SYSERR F
Interrupt from SYSERR 0
Interrupt from SYSERR 1
Interrupt from SYSERR 2
Interrupt from SYSERR 3
Interrupt from SYSERR 4
Interrupt from SYSERR 5
Interrupt from SYSERR 6
Interrupt from SYSERR 7
Interrupt from SYSERR 8
Interrupt from SYSERR 9
Interrupt from SYSERR A
Interrupt from SYSERR B
Interrupt from SYSERR C
Interrupt from SYSERR D
Interrupt from SYSERR E
Interrupt from SYSERR F
Interrupt pending CLKERR 0
Interrupt pending CLKERR 1
Interrupt pending CLKERR 2
Interrupt pending CLKERR 3
Interrupt pending CLKERR 4
Interrupt pending CLKERR 5
Interrupt pending CLKERR 6
Interrupt pending CLKERR 7
Interrupt pending CLKERR 8
Interrupt pending CLKERR 9
Interrupt pending CLKERR A
Interrupt pending CLKERR B
Interrupt pending CLKERR C
Interrupt pending CLKERR D
Interrupt pending CLKERR E
Interrupt pending CLKERR F
Interrupt from CLKERR 0
Interrupt from CLKERR 1
Interrupt from CLKERR 2
Interrupt from CLKERR 3
Interrupt from CLKERR 4
Interrupt from CLKERR 5
Interrupt from CLKERR 6
Type
Register
Bit Position
Output
Output
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
0x00609
0x00609
0x0060A
0x0060A
0x0060A
0x0060A
0x0060A
0x0060A
0x0060A
0x0060A
0x0060B
0x0060B
0x0060B
0x0060B
0x0060B
0x0060B
0x0060B
0x0060B
0x0060C
0x0060C
0x0060C
0x0060C
0x0060C
0x0060C
0x0060C
0x0060C
0x0060D
0x0060D
0x0060D
0x0060D
0x0060D
0x0060D
0x0060D
0x0060D
0x0060E
0x0060E
0x0060E
0x0060E
0x0060E
0x0060E
0x0060E
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
JC7EB
JC8EB
JC9EB
JCAEB
JCBEB
JCCEB
JCDEB
JCEEB
JCFEB
JAMSR
JSPSR
JSOSR
JCOSR
JSWSR
JCWSR
JISOR
JVLOR
JVHOB
R0SLR
R0WLR
R0HLR
A0SLR
W0SLR
W0WLR
W0HLR
R1SLR
R1WLR
R1HLR
A1SLR
W1SLR
W1WLR
W1HLR
A1HLR
R2SLR
R2WLR
R2HLR
A2SLR
W2SLR
W2WLR
W2HLR
A2HLR
Description
Interrupt from CLKERR 7
Interrupt from CLKERR 8
Interrupt from CLKERR 9
Interrupt from CLKERR A
Interrupt from CLKERR B
Interrupt from CLKERR C
Interrupt from CLKERR D
Interrupt from CLKERR E
Interrupt from CLKERR F
Interrupt arbitration mode
Interrupt SYSERR-to-PCI_INTA
Interrupt SYSERR output mode
Interrupt CLKERR output mode
Interrupt SYSERR pulse width
Interrupt CLKERR pulse width
Interrupt in-service
Interrupt in-service VC ID low
Interrupt in-service VC ID high
MB_CS0 read cycle setup
MB_CS0 read cycle width
MB_CS0 read cycle hold
MB_CS0 address setup
MB_CS0 write cycle setup
MB_CS0 write cycle width
MB_CS0 write cycle hold
MB_CS1 read cycle setup
MB_CS1 read cycle width
MB_CS1 read cycle hold
MB_CS1 address setup
MB_CS1 write cycle setup
MB_CS1 write cycle width
MB_CS1 write cycle hold
MB_CS1 address hold
MB_CS2 read cycle setup
MB_CS2 read cycle width
MB_CS2 read cycle hold
MB_CS2 address setup
MB_CS2 write cycle setup
MB_CS2 write cycle width
MB_CS2 write cycle hold
MB_CS2 address hold
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Output
Output
Output
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
0x0060E
0x0060F
0x0060F
0x0060F
0x0060F
0x0060F
0x0060F
0x0060F
0x0060F
0x00610
0x00611
0x00612
0x00613
0x00616
0x00617
0x006FC
0x006FE
0x006FF
0x00700
0x00701
0x00702
0x00703
0x00704
0x00705
0x00706
0x00710
0x00711
0x00712
0x00713
0x00714
0x00715
0x00716
0x00717
0x00720
0x00721
0x00722
0x00723
0x00724
0x00725
0x00726
0x00727
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
217
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
R3SLR
R3WLR
R3HLR
A3SLR
W3SLR
W3WLR
W3HLR
A3HLR
R4SLR
R4WLR
R4HLR
A4SLR
W4SLR
W4WLR
W4HLR
A4HLR
R5SLR
R5WLR
R5HLR
A5SLR
W5SLR
W5WLR
W5HLR
A5HLR
R6SLR
R6WLR
R6HLR
A6SLR
W6SLR
W6WLR
W6HLR
A6HLR
R7SLR
R7WLR
R7HLR
A7SLR
W7SLR
W7WLR
W7HLR
A7HLR
IC0SB
218
Description
MB_CS3 read cycle setup
MB_CS3 read cycle width
MB_CS3 read cycle hold
MB_CS3 address setup
MB_CS3 write cycle setup
MB_CS3 write cycle width
MB_CS3 write cycle hold
MB_CS3 address hold
MB_CS4 read cycle setup
MB_CS4 read cycle width
MB_CS4 read cycle hold
MB_CS4 address setup
MB_CS4 write cycle setup
MB_CS4 write cycle width
MB_CS4 write cycle hold
MB_CS4 address hold
MB_CS5 read cycle setup
MB_CS5 read cycle width
MB_CS5 read cycle hold
MB_CS5 address setup
MB_CS5 write cycle setup
MB_CS5 write cycle width
MB_CS5 write cycle hold
MB_CS5 address hold
MB_CS6 read cycle setup
MB_CS6 read cycle width
MB_CS6 read cycle hold
MB_CS6 address setup
MB_CS6 write cycle setup
MB_CS6 write cycle width
MB_CS6 write cycle hold
MB_CS6 address hold
MB_CS7 read cycle setup
MB_CS7 read cycle width
MB_CS7 read cycle hold
MB_CS7 address setup
MB_CS7 write cycle setup
MB_CS7 write cycle width
MB_CS7 write cycle hold
MB_CS7 address hold
Invert MB CS0 strobe
Type
Register
Bit Position
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Select
0x00730
0x00731
0x00732
0x00733
0x00734
0x00735
0x00736
0x00737
0x00740
0x00741
0x00742
0x00743
0x00744
0x00745
0x00746
0x00747
0x00750
0x00751
0x00752
0x00753
0x00754
0x00755
0x00756
0x00757
0x00760
0x00761
0x00762
0x00763
0x00764
0x00765
0x00766
0x00767
0x00770
0x00771
0x00772
0x00773
0x00774
0x00775
0x00776
0x00777
0x00780
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0
Agere Systems Inc.
Data Sheet
May 2001
Ambassador T8110 PCI-Based H.100/H.110 Switch
and Packet Payload Engine
Appendix B. Register Bit Field Mnemonic Summary (continued)
Table 134. Mnemonic Summary, Sorted by Register (continued)
Mnemonic
IC1SB
IC2SB
IC3SB
IC4SB
IC5SB
IC6SB
IC7SB
IMWSB
IMRSB
IPRSB
Description
Invert MB CS1 strobe
Invert MB CS2 strobe
Invert MB CS3 strobe
Invert MB CS4 strobe
Invert MB CS5 strobe
Invert MB CS6 strobe
Invert MB CS7 strobe
Invert MB write strobe
Invert MB read strobe
Invert MB PCIRST, forwarded
Agere Systems Inc.
Type
Register
Bit Position
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00780
0x00781
0x00781
0x00781
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
219
For additional information, contact your Agere Systems Account Manager or the following:
INTERNET:
http://www.agere.com
E-MAIL:
[email protected]
N. AMERICA: Agere Systems Inc., 555 Union Boulevard, Room 30L-15P-BA, Allentown, PA 18109-3286
1-800-372-2447, FAX 610-712-4106 (In CANADA: 1-800-553-2448, FAX 610-712-4106)
ASIA PACIFIC: Agere Systems Singapore Pte. Ltd., 77 Science Park Drive, #03-18 Cintech III, Singapore 118256
Tel. (65) 778 8833, FAX (65) 777 7495
CHINA:
Agere Systems (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., 33/F Jin Mao Tower, 88 Century Boulevard Pudong, Shanghai 200121 PRC
Tel. (86) 21 50471212, FAX (86) 21 50472266
JAPAN:
Agere Systems Japan Ltd., 7-18, Higashi-Gotanda 2-chome, Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 141, Japan
Tel. (81) 3 5421 1600, FAX (81) 3 5421 1700
EUROPE:
Data Requests: DATALINE: Tel. (44) 7000 582 368, FAX (44) 1189 328 148
Technical Inquiries: GERMANY: (49) 89 95086 0 (Munich), UNITED KINGDOM: (44) 1344 865 900 (Ascot),
FRANCE: (33) 1 40 83 68 00 (Paris), SWEDEN: (46) 8 594 607 00 (Stockholm), FINLAND: (358) 9 3507670 (Helsinki),
ITALY: (39) 02 6608131 (Milan), SPAIN: (34) 1 807 1441 (Madrid)
Agere Systems Inc. reserves the right to make changes to the product(s) or information contained herein without notice. No liability is assumed as a result of their use or application.
Ambassador is a registered trademark of Agere Systems Inc.
Copyright © 2001 Agere Systems Inc.
All Rights Reserved
May 2001
DS00-434CTI (Replaces DS00-012CTI, AY00-030CTI, and AY01-009CTI; must accompany AY01-021CTI)